annotate etc/NEWS @ 31639:1c5bd105d7dc

*** empty log message ***
author Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
date Fri, 15 Sep 2000 15:22:07 +0000
parents 3ff1515f7c7a
children 15837f59a747
Ignore whitespace changes - Everywhere: Within whitespace: At end of lines:
rev   line source
30786
550344dcef43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30781
diff changeset
1 GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes. 2000-08-14
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
2 Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3 See the end for copying conditions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5 Please send Emacs bug reports to bug-gnu-emacs@gnu.org.
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6 For older news, see the file ONEWS
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8
25995
0c93f1c6603a Note --with-pop change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 25992
diff changeset
9 * Installation Changes in Emacs 21.1
0c93f1c6603a Note --with-pop change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 25992
diff changeset
10
30576
e53905a0a16b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30568
diff changeset
11 ** Support for GNU/Linux on IA64 machines has been added.
e53905a0a16b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30568
diff changeset
12
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
13 ** Support for LynxOS has been added.
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
14
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
15 ** `movemail' defaults to supporting POP. You can turn this off using
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
16 the --without-pop configure option, should that be necessary.
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
17
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
18 ** There are new configure options associated with the support for
29962
cb2595f03c92 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 29949
diff changeset
19 images and toolkit scrollbars. Use the --help option in `configure'
cb2595f03c92 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 29949
diff changeset
20 to list them.
29696
a5051216d618 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29676
diff changeset
21
29972
39c1579e89a8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29962
diff changeset
22 ** There is a new configure option `--without-xim' that instructs
30786
550344dcef43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30781
diff changeset
23 Emacs to not use X Input Methods (XIM), if these are available.
30467
26afdae5ea13 --disable-largefile, 64-bit solaris
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30445
diff changeset
24
26afdae5ea13 --disable-largefile, 64-bit solaris
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30445
diff changeset
25 ** There is a new configure option `--disable-largefile' to omit
26afdae5ea13 --disable-largefile, 64-bit solaris
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30445
diff changeset
26 Unix-98-style support for large files if that is available.
26afdae5ea13 --disable-largefile, 64-bit solaris
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30445
diff changeset
27
26afdae5ea13 --disable-largefile, 64-bit solaris
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30445
diff changeset
28 ** You can build a 64-bit Emacs for SPARC/Solaris systems which
26afdae5ea13 --disable-largefile, 64-bit solaris
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30445
diff changeset
29 support 64-bit executables. See etc/MACHINES for instructions.
30576
e53905a0a16b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30568
diff changeset
30
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
31
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
32 * Changes in Emacs 21.1
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
33
31248
87ff760a4902 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 31231
diff changeset
34 +++
87ff760a4902 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 31231
diff changeset
35 * New command M-x describe-character-set reads a character set name
87ff760a4902 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 31231
diff changeset
36 and displayes information about that.
87ff760a4902 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 31231
diff changeset
37
30930
ac1cc84d89c9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30922
diff changeset
38 * When an error is signaled during the loading of the user's init
ac1cc84d89c9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30922
diff changeset
39 file, Emacs now pops up the *Messages* buffer.
ac1cc84d89c9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30922
diff changeset
40
30871
3be7720ce052 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30829
diff changeset
41 ** Polish and German translations of Emacs' reference card have been
31004
9af2fb7c9123 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30948
diff changeset
42 added. They are named `pl-refcard.tex' and `de-refcard.tex'.
30871
3be7720ce052 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30829
diff changeset
43 Postscript files are included.
3be7720ce052 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30829
diff changeset
44
3be7720ce052 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30829
diff changeset
45 ** A reference card for Dired has been added. Its name is
3be7720ce052 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30829
diff changeset
46 `dired-ref.tex'.
3be7720ce052 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30829
diff changeset
47
30693
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
48 ** The new variable `auto-mode-interpreter-regexp' contains a regular
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
49 expression matching interpreters, for file mode determination.
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
50
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
51 This regular expression is matched against the first line of a file to
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
52 determine the file's mode in `set-auto-mode' when Emacs can't deduce a
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
53 mode from the file's name. If it matches, the file is assumed to be
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
54 interpreted by the interpreter matched by the second group of the
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
55 regular expression. The mode is then determined as the mode
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
56 associated with that interpreter in `interpreter-mode-alist'.
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
57
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
58 +++
30339
70d759570f7a C-down-mouse-3. Move concat change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30319
diff changeset
59 ** C-down-mouse-3 is bound differently. Now if the menu bar is not
70d759570f7a C-down-mouse-3. Move concat change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30319
diff changeset
60 displayed it pops up a menu containing the items which would be on the
70d759570f7a C-down-mouse-3. Move concat change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30319
diff changeset
61 menu bar. If the menu bar is displayed, it pops up the major mode
70d759570f7a C-down-mouse-3. Move concat change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30319
diff changeset
62 menu or the Edit menu if there is no major mode menu.
70d759570f7a C-down-mouse-3. Move concat change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30319
diff changeset
63
30222
6468eaa4eaee load-path not customizable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30219
diff changeset
64 ** Variable `load-path' is no longer customizable because it contains
6468eaa4eaee load-path not customizable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30219
diff changeset
65 a version-dependent component.
6468eaa4eaee load-path not customizable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30219
diff changeset
66
30155
70b49546d0d0 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30121
diff changeset
67 ** The <delete> function key is now bound to `delete-char' by default.
70b49546d0d0 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30121
diff changeset
68 Note that this takes effect only on window systems. On TTYs, Emacs
70b49546d0d0 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30121
diff changeset
69 will receive ASCII 127 when the DEL key is pressed. This
70b49546d0d0 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30121
diff changeset
70 character is still bound as before.
70b49546d0d0 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30121
diff changeset
71
29752
76ef59b86226 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29696
diff changeset
72 ** Item Save Options on the Options menu allows saving options set
76ef59b86226 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29696
diff changeset
73 using that menu.
76ef59b86226 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29696
diff changeset
74
29532
9609bc6529ac executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29509
diff changeset
75 ** New function executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p is
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
76 suitable as an after-save-hook as an alternative to `executable-chmod'.
29532
9609bc6529ac executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29509
diff changeset
77
31022
2fa78512b45e Mark the operation of chosing safe coding system as explained
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31020
diff changeset
78 +++
29509
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
79 ** The most preferred coding-system is now used to save a buffer if
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
80 buffer-file-coding-system is `undecided' and it is safe for the buffer
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
81 contents. (The most preferred is set by set-language-environment or
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
82 by M-x prefer-coding-system.) Thus if you visit an ASCII file and
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
83 insert a non-ASCII character from your current language environment,
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
84 the file will be saved silently with the appropriate coding.
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
85 Previously you would be prompted for a safe coding system.
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
86
31020
2f1815d3e9ae Mark inhibit-iso-escape-detection as updated in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31019
diff changeset
87 +++
30296
8454f2730931 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30290
diff changeset
88 ** New variable `inhibit-iso-escape-detection' determines if Emacs'
8454f2730931 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30290
diff changeset
89 coding system detection algorithm should pay attention to ISO2022's
8454f2730931 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30290
diff changeset
90 escape sequences. If this variable is non-nil, the algorithm ignores
8454f2730931 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30290
diff changeset
91 such escape sequences. The default value is nil, and it is
8454f2730931 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30290
diff changeset
92 recommended not to change it except for the special case that you
30357
2696b797cd2f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 30339
diff changeset
93 always want to read any escape code verbatim. If you just want to
30296
8454f2730931 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30290
diff changeset
94 read a specific file without decoding escape codes, use C-x RET c
30357
2696b797cd2f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 30339
diff changeset
95 (`universal-coding-system-argument'). For instance, C-x RET c latin-1
2696b797cd2f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 30339
diff changeset
96 RET C-x C-f filename RET.
30205
e596e66d3044 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 30203
diff changeset
97
29506
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
98 ** Variable `default-korean-keyboard' is initialized properly from the
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
99 environment variable `HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE'.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
100
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
101 +++
29506
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
102 ** C-u C-x = provides detailed information about the character at
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
103 point in a pop-up window.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
104
31024
147670916de0 Mark list-charset-chars as documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31022
diff changeset
105 +++
29506
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
106 ** New command M-x list-charset-chars reads a character set name and
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
107 displays all characters in that character set.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
108
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
109 ** M-x set-terminal-coding-system (C-x RET t) now allows CCL-based
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
110 coding systems such as cpXXX and cyrillic-koi8.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
111
31026
3cd6db455d11 Mark comment-dwim as described in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31024
diff changeset
112 +++
29218
e956cc90f6c0 newcomment and the change of binding for M-;
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 29162
diff changeset
113 ** M-; now calls comment-dwim which tries to do something clever based
31026
3cd6db455d11 Mark comment-dwim as described in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31024
diff changeset
114 on the context. M-x kill-comment is now an alias to comment-kill,
3cd6db455d11 Mark comment-dwim as described in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31024
diff changeset
115 defined on newcomment.el.
29218
e956cc90f6c0 newcomment and the change of binding for M-;
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 29162
diff changeset
116
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
117 +++
28919
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28912
diff changeset
118 ** The function `getenv' is now callable interactively.
4f53731e6965 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28912
diff changeset
119
28912
717c04b51e93 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28883
diff changeset
120 ** The many obsolete language `setup-...-environment' commands have
717c04b51e93 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28883
diff changeset
121 been removed -- use `set-language-environment'.
717c04b51e93 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28883
diff changeset
122
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
123 +++
28799
94a120630e7d display-time stuff
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28789
diff changeset
124 ** New user options `display-time-mail-face' and
94a120630e7d display-time stuff
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28789
diff changeset
125 `display-time-use-mail-icon' control the appearance of mode-line mail
94a120630e7d display-time stuff
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28789
diff changeset
126 indicator used by the display-time package. On a suitable display the
94a120630e7d display-time stuff
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28789
diff changeset
127 indicator can be an icon and is mouse-sensitive.
94a120630e7d display-time stuff
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28789
diff changeset
128
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
129 +++
28699
5d002ac53c60 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28695
diff changeset
130 ** Emacs' auto-save list files are now by default stored in a
5d002ac53c60 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28695
diff changeset
131 sub-directory `.emacs.d/auto-save-list/' of the user's home directory.
28776
49a91eb4274c Describe the different auto-save-file-list-prefix on MS-DOS.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28759
diff changeset
132 (On MS-DOS, this subdirectory's name is `_emacs.d/auto-save.list/'.)
28699
5d002ac53c60 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28695
diff changeset
133 You can customize `auto-save-list-prefix' to change this location.
5d002ac53c60 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28695
diff changeset
134
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
135 +++
28695
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
136 ** On window-systems, additional space can be put between text lines
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
137 on the display using several methods
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
138
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
139 +++
28695
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
140 - By setting frame parameter `line-spacing' to PIXELS. PIXELS must be
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
141 a positive integer, and specifies that PIXELS number of pixels should
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
142 be put below text lines on the affected frame or frames.
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
143
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
144 +++
28695
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
145 - By setting X resource `lineSpacing', class `LineSpacing'. This is
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
146 equivalent ot specifying the frame parameter.
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
147
28870
b3629cc23098 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28855
diff changeset
148 - By specifying `--line-spacing=N' or `-lsp N' on the command line.
28695
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
149
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
150 - By setting buffer-local variable `line-spacing'. The meaning is
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
151 the same, but applies to the a particular buffer only.
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
152
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
153 +++
29752
76ef59b86226 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29696
diff changeset
154 ** The new command `clone-indirect-buffer' can be used to create
28660
9de15cb0c24b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28658
diff changeset
155 an indirect buffer that is a twin copy of the current buffer. The
29752
76ef59b86226 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29696
diff changeset
156 command `clone-indirect-buffer-other-window', bound to C-x 4 c,
28660
9de15cb0c24b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28658
diff changeset
157 does the same but displays the indirect buffer in another window.
28626
79911b5afa95 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28556
diff changeset
158
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
159 +++
28525
05658544eaff backup-directory-alist, make-backup-file-name-function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28506
diff changeset
160 ** New user options `backup-directory-alist' and
28757
2fb6dbfe29f6 concat change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28751
diff changeset
161 `make-backup-file-name-function' control the placement of backups,
2fb6dbfe29f6 concat change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28751
diff changeset
162 typically in a single directory or in an invisible sub-directory.
28525
05658544eaff backup-directory-alist, make-backup-file-name-function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28506
diff changeset
163
28396
225ae57ab78e iso-iso2sgml
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28335
diff changeset
164 ** New commands iso-iso2sgml and iso-sgml2iso convert between Latin-1
225ae57ab78e iso-iso2sgml
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28335
diff changeset
165 characters and the corresponding SGML (HTML) entities.
225ae57ab78e iso-iso2sgml
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28335
diff changeset
166
31028
b72824a73f3c Mark load-dangerous-libraries as documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31026
diff changeset
167 +++
28159
20862b49300f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28149
diff changeset
168 ** Emacs now refuses to load compiled Lisp files which weren't
20862b49300f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28149
diff changeset
169 compiled with Emacs. Set `load-dangerous-libraries' to t to change
20862b49300f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28149
diff changeset
170 this behavior.
20862b49300f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28149
diff changeset
171
20862b49300f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28149
diff changeset
172 The reason for this change is an incompatible change in XEmacs' byte
20862b49300f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28149
diff changeset
173 compiler. Files compiled with XEmacs can contain byte codes that let
20862b49300f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28149
diff changeset
174 Emacs dump core.
20862b49300f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28149
diff changeset
175
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
176 +++
28159
20862b49300f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28149
diff changeset
177 ** New X resources recognized
27994
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
178
28140
343d3197bdea *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28132
diff changeset
179 *** The X resource `synchronous', class `Synchronous', specifies
343d3197bdea *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28132
diff changeset
180 whether Emacs should run in synchronous mode. Synchronous mode
343d3197bdea *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28132
diff changeset
181 is useful for debugging X problems.
343d3197bdea *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28132
diff changeset
182
343d3197bdea *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28132
diff changeset
183 Example:
343d3197bdea *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28132
diff changeset
184
28159
20862b49300f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28149
diff changeset
185 emacs.synchronous: true
28140
343d3197bdea *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28132
diff changeset
186
27994
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
187 *** The X resource `visualClass, class `VisualClass', specifies the
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
188 visual Emacs should use. The resource's value should be a string of
27995
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
189 the form `CLASS-DEPTH', where CLASS is the name of the visual class,
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
190 and DEPTH is the requested color depth as a decimal number. Valid
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
191 visual class names are
27994
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
192
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
193 TrueColor
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
194 PseudoColor
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
195 DirectColor
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
196 StaticColor
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
197 GrayScale
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
198 StaticGray
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
199
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
200 Visual class names specified as X resource are case-insensitive, i.e.
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
201 `pseudocolor', `Pseudocolor' and `PseudoColor' all have the same
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
202 meaning.
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
203
27995
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
204 The program `xdpyinfo' can be used to list the visual classes
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
205 supported on your display, and which depths they have. If
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
206 `visualClass' is not specified, Emacs uses the display's default
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
207 visual.
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
208
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
209 Example:
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
210
28159
20862b49300f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28149
diff changeset
211 emacs.visualClass: TrueColor-8
27994
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
212
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
213 *** The X resource `privateColormap', class `PrivateColormap',
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
214 specifies that Emacs should use a private colormap if it is using the
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
215 default visual, and that visual is of class PseudoColor. Recognized
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
216 resource values are `true' or `on'.
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
217
27995
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
218 Example:
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
219
28159
20862b49300f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28149
diff changeset
220 emacs.privateColormap: true
27995
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
221
27966
b8b910003631 Mention the new menu-bar structure.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27881
diff changeset
222 ** The menu bar configuration has changed. The new configuration is
b8b910003631 Mention the new menu-bar structure.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27881
diff changeset
223 more CUA-compliant. The most significant change is that Options is
b8b910003631 Mention the new menu-bar structure.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27881
diff changeset
224 now a separate menu-bar item, with Mule and Customize as its submenus.
b8b910003631 Mention the new menu-bar structure.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27881
diff changeset
225
27847
dac12996b1b5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27845
diff changeset
226 ** User-option `show-cursor-in-non-selected-windows' controls how to
27845
995881918154 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27827
diff changeset
227 display the cursor in non-selected windows. If nil, no cursor is
27847
dac12996b1b5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27845
diff changeset
228 shown, if non-nil a hollow box cursor is shown. This option can
dac12996b1b5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27845
diff changeset
229 be customized.
27845
995881918154 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27827
diff changeset
230
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
231 +++
27770
38f6e392c0aa *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27733
diff changeset
232 ** The variable `echo-keystrokes' may now have a floating point value.
38f6e392c0aa *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27733
diff changeset
233
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
234 +++
27473
2c8128604a57 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27470
diff changeset
235 ** C-x 5 1 runs the new command delete-other-frames which deletes
2c8128604a57 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27470
diff changeset
236 all frames except the selected one.
2c8128604a57 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27470
diff changeset
237
27369
b7162d2b3d0b ph.el, user-init-file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27361
diff changeset
238 ** If your init file is compiled (.emacs.elc), `user-init-file' is set
b7162d2b3d0b ph.el, user-init-file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27361
diff changeset
239 to the source name (.emacs.el), if that exists, after loading it.
b7162d2b3d0b ph.el, user-init-file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27361
diff changeset
240
27356
6a78e514e6d3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27328
diff changeset
241 ** The help string specified for a menu-item whose definition contains
30482
d9af2c1682d5 Help strings are supported on MS-Windows and MS-DOS as well.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 30477
diff changeset
242 the property `:help HELP' is now displayed under X, on MS-Windows, and
d9af2c1682d5 Help strings are supported on MS-Windows and MS-DOS as well.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 30477
diff changeset
243 MS-DOS, either in the echo area or with tooltips. Many standard menus
d9af2c1682d5 Help strings are supported on MS-Windows and MS-DOS as well.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 30477
diff changeset
244 displayed by Emacs now have help strings.
d9af2c1682d5 Help strings are supported on MS-Windows and MS-DOS as well.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 30477
diff changeset
245
31058
8a6816ab9887 Mark mouse-highlight on MS-DOS as documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31053
diff changeset
246 +++
30482
d9af2c1682d5 Help strings are supported on MS-Windows and MS-DOS as well.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 30477
diff changeset
247 ** Highlighting of mouse-sensitive regions is now supported in the
d9af2c1682d5 Help strings are supported on MS-Windows and MS-DOS as well.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 30477
diff changeset
248 MS-DOS version of Emacs.
27356
6a78e514e6d3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27328
diff changeset
249
27266
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
250 ** New user option `read-mail-command' specifies a command to use to
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
251 read mail from the menu etc.
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
252
31030
5f19633e9dc2 Mark hexl-insert-hex-string as documented.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31028
diff changeset
253 +++
28658
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
254 ** Hexl contains a new command `hexl-insert-hex-string' which inserts
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
255 a string of hexadecimal numbers read from the mini-buffer.
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
256
28626
79911b5afa95 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28556
diff changeset
257 ** Changes in Texinfo mode.
79911b5afa95 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28556
diff changeset
258
79911b5afa95 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28556
diff changeset
259 ** A couple of new key bindings have been added for inserting Texinfo
79911b5afa95 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28556
diff changeset
260 macros
79911b5afa95 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28556
diff changeset
261
79911b5afa95 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28556
diff changeset
262 Key binding Macro
79911b5afa95 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28556
diff changeset
263 -------------------------
79911b5afa95 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28556
diff changeset
264 C-c C-c C-s @strong
79911b5afa95 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28556
diff changeset
265 C-c C-c C-e @emph
79911b5afa95 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28556
diff changeset
266 C-c C-c u @url
79911b5afa95 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28556
diff changeset
267 C-c C-c q @quotation
79911b5afa95 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28556
diff changeset
268 C-c C-c m @email
79911b5afa95 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28556
diff changeset
269
27266
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
270 ** Changes in Outline mode.
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
271
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
272 There is now support for Imenu to index headings. A new command
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
273 `outline-headers-as-kill' copies the visible headings in the region to
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
274 the kill ring, e.g. to produce a table of contents.
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
275
31009
8c16eb0c611c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31007
diff changeset
276 ** Changes to Emacs Server
8c16eb0c611c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31007
diff changeset
277
31032
16697e53a439 Mark server-kill-new-buffers as documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31030
diff changeset
278 +++
16697e53a439 Mark server-kill-new-buffers as documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31030
diff changeset
279 *** The new option `server-kill-new-buffers' specifies what to do
31009
8c16eb0c611c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31007
diff changeset
280 with buffers when done with them. If non-nil, the default, buffers
8c16eb0c611c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31007
diff changeset
281 are killed, unless they were already present before visiting them with
8c16eb0c611c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31007
diff changeset
282 Emacs Server. If nil, `server-temp-file-regexp' specifies which
8c16eb0c611c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31007
diff changeset
283 buffers to kill, as before.
8c16eb0c611c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31007
diff changeset
284
8c16eb0c611c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31007
diff changeset
285 Please note that only buffers are killed that still have a client,
31032
16697e53a439 Mark server-kill-new-buffers as documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31030
diff changeset
286 i.e. buffers visited with `emacsclient --no-wait' are never killed in
31009
8c16eb0c611c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31007
diff changeset
287 this way.
8c16eb0c611c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31007
diff changeset
288
30788
fff9b9ec1df1 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30786
diff changeset
289 ** Changes to Show Paren mode.
fff9b9ec1df1 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30786
diff changeset
290
fff9b9ec1df1 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30786
diff changeset
291 *** Overlays used by Show Paren mode now use a priority property.
fff9b9ec1df1 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30786
diff changeset
292 The new user option show-paren-priority specifies the priority to
fff9b9ec1df1 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30786
diff changeset
293 use. Default is 1000.
fff9b9ec1df1 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30786
diff changeset
294
31034
6e746a746c96 Mark check-parens as documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31032
diff changeset
295 +++
27200
37827755f5d3 Up date.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27148
diff changeset
296 ** New command M-x check-parens can be used to find unbalanced paren
37827755f5d3 Up date.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27148
diff changeset
297 groups and strings in buffers in Lisp mode (or other modes).
37827755f5d3 Up date.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27148
diff changeset
298
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
299 +++
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
300 ** You can now easily create new *Info* buffers using either
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
301 M-x clone-buffer, C-u m <entry> RET or C-u g <entry> RET.
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
302 M-x clone-buffer can also be used on *Help* and several other special
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
303 buffers.
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
304
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
305 +++
26432
23b09a47da5c added entry about mwheel.el
William M. Perry <wmperry@aventail.com>
parents: 26417
diff changeset
306 ** Emacs can now support 'wheeled' mice (such as the MS IntelliMouse)
23b09a47da5c added entry about mwheel.el
William M. Perry <wmperry@aventail.com>
parents: 26417
diff changeset
307 under XFree86. To enable this, simply put (mwheel-install) in your
23b09a47da5c added entry about mwheel.el
William M. Perry <wmperry@aventail.com>
parents: 26417
diff changeset
308 .emacs file.
23b09a47da5c added entry about mwheel.el
William M. Perry <wmperry@aventail.com>
parents: 26417
diff changeset
309
23b09a47da5c added entry about mwheel.el
William M. Perry <wmperry@aventail.com>
parents: 26417
diff changeset
310 The variables `mwheel-follow-mouse' and `mwheel-scroll-amount'
23b09a47da5c added entry about mwheel.el
William M. Perry <wmperry@aventail.com>
parents: 26417
diff changeset
311 determine where and by how much buffers are scrolled.
23b09a47da5c added entry about mwheel.el
William M. Perry <wmperry@aventail.com>
parents: 26417
diff changeset
312
26417
5678b244c3ac Changes in `list-buffers'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26407
diff changeset
313 ** Listing buffers with M-x list-buffers (C-x C-b) now shows
5678b244c3ac Changes in `list-buffers'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26407
diff changeset
314 abbreviated file names. Abbreviations can be customized by changing
5678b244c3ac Changes in `list-buffers'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26407
diff changeset
315 `directory-abbrev-alist'.
5678b244c3ac Changes in `list-buffers'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26407
diff changeset
316
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
317 ** Faces and frame parameters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
318
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
319 There are four new faces `scroll-bar', `border', `cursor' and `mouse'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
320 Setting the frame parameters `scroll-bar-foreground' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
321 `scroll-bar-background' sets foreground and background color of face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
322 `scroll-bar' and vice versa. Setting frame parameter `border-color'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
323 sets the background color of face `border' and vice versa. Likewise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
324 for frame parameters `cursor-color' and face `cursor', and frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
325 parameter `mouse-color' and face `mouse'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
326
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
327 Changing frame parameter `font' sets font-related attributes of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
328 `default' face and vice versa. Setting frame parameters
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
329 `foreground-color' or `background-color' sets the colors of the
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
330 `default' face and vice versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
331
31036
b8536256a5e8 Mark the `menu' face as already documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31034
diff changeset
332 +++
25951
b3f0ced6423b Add entry for face `menu'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25949
diff changeset
333 ** New face `menu'.
b3f0ced6423b Add entry for face `menu'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25949
diff changeset
334
b3f0ced6423b Add entry for face `menu'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25949
diff changeset
335 The face `menu' can be used to change colors and font of Emacs' menus.
b3f0ced6423b Add entry for face `menu'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25949
diff changeset
336 Setting the font of LessTif/Motif menus is currently not supported;
b3f0ced6423b Add entry for face `menu'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25949
diff changeset
337 attempts to set the font are ignored in this case.
b3f0ced6423b Add entry for face `menu'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25949
diff changeset
338
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
339 +++
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
340 ** New frame parameter `screen-gamma' for gamma correction.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
341
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
342 The new frame parameter `screen-gamma' specifies gamma-correction for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
343 colors. Its value may be nil, the default, in which case no gamma
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
344 correction occurs, or a number > 0, usually a float, that specifies
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
345 the screen gamma of a frame's display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
346
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
347 PC monitors usually have a screen gamma of 2.2. smaller values result
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
348 in darker colors. You might want to try a screen gamma of 1.5 for LCD
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
349 color displays. The viewing gamma Emacs uses is 0.4545. (1/2.2).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
350
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
351 The X resource name of this parameter is `screenGamma', class
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
352 `ScreenGamma'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
353
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
354 ** Emacs has a new redisplay engine.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
355
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
356 The new redisplay handles characters of variable width and height.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
357 Italic text can be used without redisplay problems. Fonts containing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
358 oversized characters, i.e. characters larger than the logical height
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
359 of a font can be used. Images of various formats can be displayed in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
360 the text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
361
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
362 ** Emacs has a new face implementation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
363
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
364 The new faces no longer fundamentally use X font names to specify the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
365 font. Instead, each face has several independent attributes--family,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
366 height, width, weight and slant--that it may or may not specify.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
367 These attributes can be merged from various faces, and then together
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
368 specify a font.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
369
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
370 Faces are supported on terminals that can display color or fonts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
371 These terminal capabilities are auto-detected. Details can be found
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
372 under Lisp changes, below.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
373
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
374 ** New default font is Courier 12pt.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
375
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
376 +++
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
377 ** When using a windowing terminal, each Emacs window now has a cursor
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
378 of its own. When the window is selected, the cursor is solid;
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
379 otherwise, it is hollow.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
380
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
381 ** Bitmap areas to the left and right of windows are used to display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
382 truncation marks, continuation marks, overlay arrows and alike. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
383 foreground, background, and stipple of these areas can be changed by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
384 customizing face `fringe'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
385
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
386 ** The mode line under X is now drawn with shadows by default. You
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
387 can change its appearance by modifying the face `modeline'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
388
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
389 ** LessTif support.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
390
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
391 Emacs now runs with the LessTif toolkit (see <http://www.lesstif.org>).
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
392 You will need a version 0.88.1 or later.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
393
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
394 ** Toolkit scroll bars.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
395
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
396 Emacs now uses toolkit scrollbars if available. When configured for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
397 LessTif/Motif, it will use that toolkit's scrollbar. Otherwise, when
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
398 configured for Lucid and Athena widgets, it will use the Xaw3d scroll
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
399 bar if Xaw3d is available. You can turn off the use of toolkit scroll
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
400 bars by specifying `--with-toolkit-scroll-bars=no' when configuring
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
401 Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
402
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
403 When you encounter problems with the Xaw3d scroll bar, watch out how
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
404 Xaw3d is compiled on your system. If the Makefile generated from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
405 Xaw3d's Imakefile contains a `-DNARROWPROTO' compiler option, and your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
406 Emacs system configuration file `s/your-system.h' does not contain a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
407 define for NARROWPROTO, you might consider adding it. Take
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
408 `s/freebsd.h' as an example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
409
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
410 Alternatively, if you don't have access to the Xaw3d source code, take
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
411 a look at your system's imake configuration file, for example in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
412 directory `/usr/X11R6/lib/X11/config' (paths are different on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
413 different systems). You will find files `*.cf' there. If your
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
414 system's cf-file contains a line like `#define NeedWidePrototypes NO',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
415 add a `#define NARROWPROTO' to your Emacs system configuration file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
416
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
417 The reason for this is that one Xaw3d function uses `double' or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
418 `float' function parameters depending on the setting of NARROWPROTO.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
419 This is not a problem when Imakefiles are used because each system's
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
420 image configuration file contains the necessary information. Since
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
421 Emacs doesn't use imake, this has do be done manually.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
422
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
423 ** Toggle buttons and radio buttons in menus.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
424
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
425 When compiled with LessTif (or Motif) support, Emacs uses toolkit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
426 widgets for radio and toggle buttons in menus. When configured for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
427 Lucid, Emacs draws radio buttons and toggle buttons similar to Motif.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
428
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
429 +++
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
430 ** Highlighting of trailing whitespace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
431
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
432 When `show-trailing-whitespace' is non-nil, Emacs displays trailing
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
433 whitespace in the face `trailing-whitespace'. Trailing whitespace is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
434 defined as spaces or tabs at the end of a line. To avoid busy
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
435 highlighting when entering new text, trailing whitespace is not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
436 displayed if point is at the end of the line containing the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
437 whitespace.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
438
31040
5c62643e2061 Mark busy-cursor as being documented.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31036
diff changeset
439 +++
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
440 ** Busy-cursor.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
441
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
442 Emacs can optionally display a busy-cursor under X. You can turn the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
443 display on or off by customizing group `cursor'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
444
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
445 +++
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
446 ** Blinking cursor
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
447
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
448 M-x blink-cursor-mode toggles a blinking cursor under X and on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
449 terminals having terminal capabilities `vi', `vs', and `ve'. Blinking
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
450 and related parameters like frequency and delay can be customized in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
451 the group `cursor'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
452
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
453 ** New font-lock support mode `jit-lock-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
454
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
455 This support mode is roughly equivalent to `lazy-lock' but is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
456 generally faster. It supports stealth and deferred fontification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
457 See the documentation of the function `jit-lock-mode' for more
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
458 details.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
459
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
460 Font-lock uses jit-lock-mode as default support mode, so you don't
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
461 have to do anything to activate it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
462
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
463 ** Tabs and variable-width text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
464
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
465 Tabs are now displayed with stretch properties; the width of a tab is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
466 defined as a multiple of the normal character width of a frame, and is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
467 independent of the fonts used in the text where the tab appears.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
468 Thus, tabs can be used to line up text in different fonts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
469
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
470 ** Enhancements of the Lucid menu bar
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
471
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
472 +++
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
473 *** The Lucid menu bar now supports the resource "margin".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
474
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
475 emacs.pane.menubar.margin: 5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
476
28677
950ff4674e17 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 28660
diff changeset
477 The default margin is 4 which makes the menu bar appear like the
950ff4674e17 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 28660
diff changeset
478 LessTif/Motif one.
950ff4674e17 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 28660
diff changeset
479
950ff4674e17 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 28660
diff changeset
480 *** Arrows that indicate sub-menus are now drawn with shadows, as in
950ff4674e17 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 28660
diff changeset
481 LessTif and Motif.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
482
31042
bff0e9c38c5d Mark automatic-hscrolling as documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31040
diff changeset
483 +++
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
484 ** Hscrolling in C code.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
485
28695
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
486 Horizontal scrolling now happens automatically if
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
487 `automatic-hscrolling' is set (the default). This setting can be
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
488 customized.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
489
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
490 ** Tool bar support.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
491
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
492 Emacs supports a tool bar at the top of a frame under X. For details
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
493 how to define a tool bar, see the page describing Lisp-level changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
494
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
495 +++
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
496 ** Mouse-sensitive mode line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
497
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
498 Different parts of the mode line under X have been made
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
499 mouse-sensitive. Moving the mouse to a mouse-sensitive part in the mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
500 line changes the appearance of the mouse pointer to an arrow, and help
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
501 about available mouse actions is displayed either in the echo area, or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
502 in the tooltip window if you have enabled one.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
503
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
504 Currently, the following actions have been defined:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
505
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
506 - Mouse-1 on the buffer name in the mode line switches between two
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
507 buffers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
508
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
509 - Mouse-2 on the buffer-name switches to the next buffer, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
510 M-mouse-2 switches to the previous buffer in the buffer list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
511
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
512 - Mouse-3 on the buffer-name displays a buffer menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
513
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
514 - Mouse-2 on the read-only or modified status in the mode line (`%' or
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
515 `*') toggles the status.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
516
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
517 - Mouse-3 on the mode name display a minor-mode menu.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
518
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
519 ** LessTif/Motif file selection dialog.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
520
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
521 When Emacs is configured to use LessTif or Motif, reading a file name
26652
a556296b4c8a use-dialog-box <- use-dialogs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26623
diff changeset
522 from a menu will pop up a file selection dialog if `use-dialog-box' is
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
523 non-nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
524
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
525 ** Emacs can display faces on TTY frames.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
527 Emacs automatically detects terminals that are able to display colors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
528 Faces with a weight greater than normal are displayed extra-bright, if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
529 the terminal supports it. Faces with a weight less than normal and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
530 italic faces are displayed dimmed, if the terminal supports it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
531 Underlined faces are displayed underlined if possible. Other face
29962
cb2595f03c92 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 29949
diff changeset
532 attributes such as `overline', `strike-through', and `box' are ignored
cb2595f03c92 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 29949
diff changeset
533 on terminals.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
535 ** Sound support
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
536
30012
c4958e8c427f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30006
diff changeset
537 Emacs supports playing sound files on GNU/Linux and FreeBSD (Voxware
30121
f67697912c81 Correct a typo ("aka as" -> "a.k.a.").
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 30111
diff changeset
538 driver and native BSD driver, a.k.a. Luigi's driver). Currently
30012
c4958e8c427f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30006
diff changeset
539 supported file formats are RIFF-WAVE (*.wav) and Sun Audio (*.au).
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
540
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
541 +++
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
542 ** A new variable, backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch, gives
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
543 the highest file uid for which backup-by-copying-when-mismatch will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
544 forced on. The assumption is that uids less than or equal to this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
545 value are special uids (root, bin, daemon, etc.--not real system
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
546 users) and that files owned by these users should not change ownership,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
547 even if your system policy allows users other than root to edit them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
548
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
549 The default is 200; set the variable to nil to disable the feature.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
550
31045
a82ae0d01b33 Mark x-stretch-cursor as being documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31042
diff changeset
551 +++
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
552 ** A block cursor can be drawn as wide as the glyph under it under X.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
554 As an example: if a block cursor is over a tab character, it will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
555 drawn as wide as that tab on the display. To do this, set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
556 `x-stretch-cursor' to a non-nil value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
557
31047
0a8115d19f8e Mark indicate-empty-lines as being documented.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31045
diff changeset
558 +++
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
559 ** Empty display lines at the end of a buffer may be marked with a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
560 bitmap (this is similar to the tilde displayed by vi).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
561
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
562 This behavior is activated by setting the buffer-local variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
563 `indicate-empty-lines' to a non-nil value. The default value of this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
564 variable is found in `default-indicate-empty-lines'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
565
31127
acdb063c2011 Mark scroll-*-aggressively as being documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31124
diff changeset
566 +++
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
567 ** There is a new "aggressive" scrolling method.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
568
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
569 When scrolling up because point is above the window start, if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
570 value of the buffer-local variable `scroll-up-aggessively' is a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
571 number, Emacs chooses a new window start so that point ends up that
31124
265c24a487bf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31073
diff changeset
572 fraction of the window's height from the top of the window.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
573
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
574 When scrolling down because point is below the window end, if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
575 value of the buffer-local variable `scroll-down-aggessively' is a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
576 number, Emacs chooses a new window start so that point ends up that
31124
265c24a487bf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31073
diff changeset
577 fraction of the window's height from the bottom of the window.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
578
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
579 ** The rectangle commands now avoid inserting undesirable spaces,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
580 notably at the end of lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
581
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
582 All these functions have been rewritten to avoid inserting unwanted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
583 spaces, and an optional prefix now allows them to behave the old way.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
584
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
585 +++
28132
2a26c31d59c5 replace-rectangle, autoconf.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28098
diff changeset
586 There is a new command M-x replace-rectangle.
2a26c31d59c5 replace-rectangle, autoconf.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28098
diff changeset
587
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
588 ** The new command M-x query-replace-regexp-eval acts like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
589 query-replace-regexp, but takes a Lisp expression which is evaluated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
590 after each match to get the replacement text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
591
31049
c5e2705a7119 Mark the `e' command in query-replace as being documented.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31047
diff changeset
592 +++
29972
39c1579e89a8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29962
diff changeset
593 ** M-x query-replace recognizes a new command `e' (or `E') that lets
39c1579e89a8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29962
diff changeset
594 you edit the replacement string.
28805
d77e34df755e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28799
diff changeset
595
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
596 ** The new command mail-abbrev-complete-alias, bound to `M-TAB', lets
28805
d77e34df755e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28799
diff changeset
597 you complete mail aliases in the text, analogous to
d77e34df755e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28799
diff changeset
598 lisp-complete-symbol.
d77e34df755e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28799
diff changeset
599
31051
37d565afa4ae Mark max-mini-window-height as documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31049
diff changeset
600 +++
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
601 ** Emacs now resizes mini-windows if appropriate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
602
29962
cb2595f03c92 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 29949
diff changeset
603 If a message is longer than one line, or minibuffer contents are
cb2595f03c92 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 29949
diff changeset
604 longer than one line, Emacs now resizes the minibuffer window unless
cb2595f03c92 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 29949
diff changeset
605 it is on a frame of its own. You can control the maximum minibuffer
cb2595f03c92 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 29949
diff changeset
606 window size by setting the following variable:
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
607
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
608 - User option: max-mini-window-height
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
609
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
610 Maximum height for resizing mini-windows. If a float, it specifies a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
611 fraction of the mini-window frame's height. If an integer, it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
612 specifies a number of lines. If nil, don't resize.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
613
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
614 Default is 0.25.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
615
30111
cdd9c822e994 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30068
diff changeset
616 ** The command `Info-search' now uses a search history.
cdd9c822e994 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30068
diff changeset
617
27017
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
618 ** Changes to hideshow.el
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
619
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
620 Hideshow is now at version 5.x. It uses a new algorithms for block
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
621 selection and traversal and includes more isearch support.
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
622
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
623 *** Generalized block selection and traversal
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
624
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
625 A block is now recognized by three things: its start and end regexps
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
626 (both strings), and a match-data selector (an integer) specifying
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
627 which sub-expression in the start regexp serves as the place where a
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
628 `forward-sexp'-like function can operate. Hideshow always adjusts
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
629 point to this sub-expression before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
630 (which for most modes evaluates to `forward-sexp').
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
631
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
632 If the match-data selector is not specified, it defaults to zero,
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
633 i.e., the entire start regexp is valid, w/ no prefix. This is
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
634 backwards compatible with previous versions of hideshow. Please see
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
635 the docstring for variable `hs-special-modes-alist' for details.
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
636
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
637 *** Isearch support for updating mode line
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
638
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
639 During incremental search, if Hideshow minor mode is active, hidden
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
640 blocks are temporarily shown. The variable `hs-headline' records the
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
641 line at the beginning of the opened block (preceding the hidden
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
642 portion of the buffer), and the mode line is refreshed. When a block
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
643 is re-hidden, the variable is set to nil.
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
644
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
645 To show `hs-headline' in the mode line, you may wish to include
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
646 something like this in your .emacs.
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
647
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
648 (add-hook 'hs-minor-mode-hook
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
649 (lambda ()
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
650 (add-to-list 'mode-line-format 'hs-headline)))
78e14b5e988c Hideshow changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27016
diff changeset
651
27266
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
652 ** Changes to Change Log mode and Add-Log functions
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
653
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
654 +++
27266
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
655 If you invoke `add-change-log-entry' from a backup file, it makes an
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
656 entry appropriate for the file's parent. This is useful for making
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
657 log entries by comparing a version with deleted functions.
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
658
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
659 +++
27266
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
660 New command M-x change-log-merge merges another log into the current
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
661 buffer.
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
662
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
663 +++
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
664 New command M-x change-log-redate fixes any old-style date entries in
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
665 a log file.
27005
e9167a5cfad2 Alto's change to add-log.el.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26964
diff changeset
666
31053
5020deed39ea Mark change-log-version-info-enabled and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31051
diff changeset
667 +++
27005
e9167a5cfad2 Alto's change to add-log.el.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26964
diff changeset
668 Change Log mode now adds a file's version number to change log entries
e9167a5cfad2 Alto's change to add-log.el.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26964
diff changeset
669 if user-option `change-log-version-info-enabled' is non-nil.
e9167a5cfad2 Alto's change to add-log.el.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26964
diff changeset
670
31053
5020deed39ea Mark change-log-version-info-enabled and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31051
diff changeset
671 +++
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
672 Unless the file is under version control the search for a file's
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
673 version number is performed based on regular expressions from
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
674 `change-log-version-number-regexp-list' which can be cutomized.
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
675 Version numbers are only found in the first 10 percent of a file.
27005
e9167a5cfad2 Alto's change to add-log.el.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26964
diff changeset
676
26964
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
677 ** Changes in Font Lock
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
678
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
679 *** The new function `font-lock-remove-keywords' can be used to remove
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
680 font-lock keywords from the current buffer or from a specific major
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
681 mode.
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
682
26606
12a1dfb72160 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26541
diff changeset
683 ** Comint (subshell) changes
12a1dfb72160 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26541
diff changeset
684
30650
db7dfd959c19 Add note about comint field changes (`comint-prompt-regexp removal').
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30576
diff changeset
685 By default, comint no longer uses the variable `comint-prompt-regexp' to
db7dfd959c19 Add note about comint field changes (`comint-prompt-regexp removal').
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30576
diff changeset
686 distiguish prompts from user-input. Instead, it notices which parts of
db7dfd959c19 Add note about comint field changes (`comint-prompt-regexp removal').
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30576
diff changeset
687 the text were output by the process, and which entered by the user, and
db7dfd959c19 Add note about comint field changes (`comint-prompt-regexp removal').
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30576
diff changeset
688 attaches `field' properties to allow emacs commands to use this information.
db7dfd959c19 Add note about comint field changes (`comint-prompt-regexp removal').
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30576
diff changeset
689 Common movement commands, notably beginning-of-line, respect field
db7dfd959c19 Add note about comint field changes (`comint-prompt-regexp removal').
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30576
diff changeset
690 boundaries in a fairly natural manner.
db7dfd959c19 Add note about comint field changes (`comint-prompt-regexp removal').
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30576
diff changeset
691 To disable this feature, and use the old behavior, set the variable
db7dfd959c19 Add note about comint field changes (`comint-prompt-regexp removal').
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30576
diff changeset
692 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' to a non-nil value.
db7dfd959c19 Add note about comint field changes (`comint-prompt-regexp removal').
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30576
diff changeset
693
26606
12a1dfb72160 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26541
diff changeset
694 Comint now includes new features to send commands to running processes
12a1dfb72160 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26541
diff changeset
695 and redirect the output to a designated buffer or buffers.
12a1dfb72160 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26541
diff changeset
696
12a1dfb72160 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26541
diff changeset
697 The command M-x comint-redirect-send-command reads a command and
12a1dfb72160 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26541
diff changeset
698 buffer name from the mini-buffer. The command is sent to the current
12a1dfb72160 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26541
diff changeset
699 buffer's process, and its output is inserted into the specified buffer.
12a1dfb72160 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26541
diff changeset
700
12a1dfb72160 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26541
diff changeset
701 The command M-x comint-redirect-send-command-to-process acts like
12a1dfb72160 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26541
diff changeset
702 M-x comint-redirect-send-command but additionally reads the name of
12a1dfb72160 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26541
diff changeset
703 the buffer whose process should be used from the mini-buffer.
12a1dfb72160 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26541
diff changeset
704
30759
408aec5f514c Mention comint prompt highlighting.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30693
diff changeset
705 Packages based on comint.el like shell-mode, and scheme-interaction-mode
408aec5f514c Mention comint prompt highlighting.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30693
diff changeset
706 now highlight user input and program prompts, and support choosing
408aec5f514c Mention comint prompt highlighting.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30693
diff changeset
707 previous input with mouse-2. To control these feature, see the
408aec5f514c Mention comint prompt highlighting.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30693
diff changeset
708 user-options `comint-highlight-input' and `comint-highlight-prompt'.
30319
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
709
26835
44fd08970a49 RET bound in Rmail summary.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26834
diff changeset
710 ** Changes to Rmail mode
44fd08970a49 RET bound in Rmail summary.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26834
diff changeset
711
28492
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
712 *** The new user-option rmail-rmail-user-mail-address-regexp can be
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
713 set to fine tune the identification of of the correspondent when
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
714 receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender, the
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
715 recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail. If nil, the default,
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
716 `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address' are used to exclude yourself
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
717 as correspondent.
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
718
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
719 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
720 mails sent by you under different user names. Then it should be a
29162
b66d0d26dfb2 rmail-automatic-folder-directives
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29151
diff changeset
721 regexp matching your mail addresses.
28492
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
722
28292
156a858432c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28244
diff changeset
723 *** The new user-option rmail-confirm-expunge controls whether and how
156a858432c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28244
diff changeset
724 to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages from an
156a858432c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28244
diff changeset
725 Rmail file. You can choose between no confirmation, confirmation
156a858432c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28244
diff changeset
726 with y-or-n-p, or confirmation with yes-or-no-p. Default is to ask
156a858432c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28244
diff changeset
727 for confirmation with yes-or-no-p.
156a858432c4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28244
diff changeset
728
27361
c050e4500d16 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27356
diff changeset
729 *** RET is now bound in the Rmail summary to rmail-summary-goto-msg,
c050e4500d16 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27356
diff changeset
730 like `j'.
c050e4500d16 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27356
diff changeset
731
27381
622e861dce48 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27378
diff changeset
732 *** There is a new user option `rmail-digest-end-regexps' that
622e861dce48 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27378
diff changeset
733 specifies the regular expressions to detect the line that ends a
27378
af3075bcc264 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27369
diff changeset
734 digest message.
26835
44fd08970a49 RET bound in Rmail summary.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26834
diff changeset
735
29162
b66d0d26dfb2 rmail-automatic-folder-directives
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29151
diff changeset
736 *** The new user option `rmail-automatic-folder-directives' specifies
b66d0d26dfb2 rmail-automatic-folder-directives
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29151
diff changeset
737 in which folder to put messages automatically.
b66d0d26dfb2 rmail-automatic-folder-directives
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29151
diff changeset
738
26271
b47b74998eef *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26264
diff changeset
739 ** Changes to TeX mode
b47b74998eef *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26264
diff changeset
740
b47b74998eef *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26264
diff changeset
741 The default mode has been changed from `plain-tex-mode' to
b47b74998eef *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26264
diff changeset
742 `latex-mode'.
b47b74998eef *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26264
diff changeset
743
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
744 ** Changes to RefTeX mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
745
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
746 *** RefTeX has new support for index generation. Index entries can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
747 created with `C-c <', with completion available on index keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
748 Pressing `C-c /' indexes the word at the cursor with a default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
749 macro. `C-c >' compiles all index entries into an alphabetically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
750 sorted *Index* buffer which looks like the final index. Entries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
751 can be edited from that buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
752
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
753 *** Label and citation key selection now allow to select several
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
754 items and reference them together (use `m' to mark items, `a' or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
755 `A' to use all marked entries).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
756
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
757 *** reftex.el has been split into a number of smaller files to reduce
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
758 memory use when only a part of RefTeX is being used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
759
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
760 *** a new command `reftex-view-crossref-from-bibtex' (bound to `C-c &'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
761 in BibTeX-mode) can be called in a BibTeX database buffer in order
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
762 to show locations in LaTeX documents where a particular entry has
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
763 been cited.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
764
26684
5ffc1f61b1d4 Add description of changed outline-regexp/new outline-level for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26652
diff changeset
765 ** Emacs Lisp mode now allows multiple levels of outline headings.
5ffc1f61b1d4 Add description of changed outline-regexp/new outline-level for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26652
diff changeset
766 The level of a heading is determined from the number of leading
5ffc1f61b1d4 Add description of changed outline-regexp/new outline-level for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26652
diff changeset
767 semicolons in a heading line. Toplevel forms starting with a `('
5ffc1f61b1d4 Add description of changed outline-regexp/new outline-level for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26652
diff changeset
768 in column 1 are always made leaves.
5ffc1f61b1d4 Add description of changed outline-regexp/new outline-level for
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26652
diff changeset
769
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
770 ** The M-x time-stamp command (most commonly used on write-file-hooks)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
771 has the following new features:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
772
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
773 *** The patterns for finding the time stamp and for updating a pattern
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
774 may match text spanning multiple lines. For example, some people like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
775 to have the filename and date on separate lines. The new variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
776 time-stamp-inserts-lines controls the matching for multi-line patterns.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
777
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
778 *** More than one time stamp can be updated in the same file. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
779 feature is useful if you need separate time stamps in a program source
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
780 file to both include in formatted documentation and insert in the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
781 compiled binary. The same time-stamp will be written at each matching
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
782 pattern. The variable time-stamp-count enables this new feature; it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
783 defaults to 1.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
784
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
785 ** Partial Completion mode now completes environment variables in
29676
6c84e790448f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29657
diff changeset
786 file names.
6c84e790448f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29657
diff changeset
787
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
788 +++
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
789 ** Tooltips.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
790
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
791 Tooltips are small X windows displaying a help string at the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
792 mouse position. To use them, use the Lisp package `tooltip' which you
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
793 can access via the user option `tooltip-mode'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
794
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
795 Tooltips also provides support for GUD debugging. If activated,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
796 variable values can be displayed in tooltips by pointing at them with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
797 the mouse in source buffers. You can customize various aspects of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
798 tooltip display in the group `tooltip'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
799
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
800 +++
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
801 ** Customize changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
802
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
803 *** Customize now supports comments about customized items. Use the
26096
466a2fb0133c Note about custom comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26062
diff changeset
804 `State' menu to add comments. Note that customization comments will
466a2fb0133c Note about custom comments.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26062
diff changeset
805 cause the customizations to fail in earlier versions of Emacs.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
806
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
807 *** The new option `custom-buffer-done-function' says whether to kill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
808 Custom buffers when you've done with them or just bury them (the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
809 default).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
810
26834
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
811 *** The keyword :set-after in defcustom allows to specify dependencies
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
812 between custom options. Example:
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
813
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
814 (defcustom default-input-method nil
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
815 "*Default input method for multilingual text (a string).
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
816 This is the input method activated automatically by the command
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
817 `toggle-input-method' (\\[toggle-input-method])."
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
818 :group 'mule
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
819 :type '(choice (const nil) string)
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
820 :set-after '(current-language-environment))
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
821
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
822 This specifies that default-input-method should be set after
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
823 current-language-environment even if default-input-method appears
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
824 first in a custom-set-variables statement.
782476a34d9d Custom option keyword :set-after.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26820
diff changeset
825
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
826 ** New features in evaluation commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
827
30056
2381ee2fec5b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30038
diff changeset
828 *** The commands to evaluate Lisp expressions, such as C-M-x in Lisp
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
829 modes, C-j in Lisp Interaction mode, and M-:, now bind the variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
830 print-level, print-length, and debug-on-error based on the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
831 customizable variables eval-expression-print-level,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
832 eval-expression-print-length, and eval-expression-debug-on-error.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
833
30056
2381ee2fec5b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30038
diff changeset
834 *** The function `eval-defun' (M-C-x) now loads Edebug and instruments
2381ee2fec5b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30038
diff changeset
835 code when called with a prefix argument.
2381ee2fec5b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30038
diff changeset
836
30564
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
837 ** Ispell changes
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
838
31061
457c0b39a922 Mark `ispell' and the DOZe'NT support as documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31058
diff changeset
839 +++
30568
904cda56fa16 Fix typos in the entry for `ispell' command.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
840 *** The command `ispell' now spell-checks a region if
904cda56fa16 Fix typos in the entry for `ispell' command.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 30565
diff changeset
841 transient-mark-mode is on, and the mark is active. Otherwise it
30564
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
842 spell-checks the current buffer.
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
843
31061
457c0b39a922 Mark `ispell' and the DOZe'NT support as documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31058
diff changeset
844 +++
30937
5f266cae21c8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30933
diff changeset
845 *** Support for synchronous subprocesses - DOS/Windoze - has been
5f266cae21c8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30933
diff changeset
846 added.
5f266cae21c8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30933
diff changeset
847
5f266cae21c8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30933
diff changeset
848 *** An "alignment error" bug was fixed when a manual spelling
5f266cae21c8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30933
diff changeset
849 correction is made and re-checked.
5f266cae21c8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30933
diff changeset
850
30948
0763555f942b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30937
diff changeset
851 *** An Italian and a Portuguese dictionary definition has been added.
30937
5f266cae21c8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30933
diff changeset
852
5f266cae21c8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30933
diff changeset
853 *** Region skipping performance has been vastly improved in some
5f266cae21c8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30933
diff changeset
854 cases.
5f266cae21c8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30933
diff changeset
855
5f266cae21c8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30933
diff changeset
856 *** Spell checking HTML buffers has been improved and isn't so strict
5f266cae21c8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30933
diff changeset
857 on syntax errors.
5f266cae21c8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30933
diff changeset
858
5f266cae21c8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30933
diff changeset
859 *** The buffer-local words are now always placed on a new line at the
5f266cae21c8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30933
diff changeset
860 end of the buffer.
5f266cae21c8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30933
diff changeset
861
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
862 ** Dired changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
863
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
864 *** New variable `dired-recursive-deletes' determines if the delete
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
865 command will delete non-empty directories recursively. The default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
866 is, delete only empty directories.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
867
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
868 *** New variable `dired-recursive-copies' determines if the copy
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
869 command will copy directories recursively. The default is, do not
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
870 copy directories recursively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
871
26728
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
872 *** In command `dired-do-shell-command' (usually bound to `!') a `?'
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
873 in the shell command has a special meaning similar to `*', but with
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
874 the difference that the command will be run on each file individually.
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
875
30111
cdd9c822e994 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30068
diff changeset
876 *** The new command `dired-find-alternate-file' (usually bound to `a')
cdd9c822e994 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30068
diff changeset
877 replaces the Dired buffer with the buffer for an alternate file or
cdd9c822e994 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30068
diff changeset
878 directory.
cdd9c822e994 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30068
diff changeset
879
30278
88f980a73f48 Add entry for new `dired-show-file-type' command.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30222
diff changeset
880 *** The new command `dired-show-file-type' (usually bound to `w') shows
88f980a73f48 Add entry for new `dired-show-file-type' command.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30222
diff changeset
881 a message in the echo area describing what type of file the point is on.
88f980a73f48 Add entry for new `dired-show-file-type' command.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30222
diff changeset
882 This command invokes the external program `file' do its work, and so
88f980a73f48 Add entry for new `dired-show-file-type' command.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30222
diff changeset
883 will only work on systems with that program, and will be only as
88f980a73f48 Add entry for new `dired-show-file-type' command.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30222
diff changeset
884 accurate or inaccurate as it is.
88f980a73f48 Add entry for new `dired-show-file-type' command.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30222
diff changeset
885
30415
a4f7b3cc6705 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30412
diff changeset
886 *** Dired now properly handles undo changes of adding/removing `-R'
a4f7b3cc6705 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30412
diff changeset
887 from ls switches.
a4f7b3cc6705 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30412
diff changeset
888
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
889 ** The variable mail-specify-envelope-from controls whether to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
890 use the -f option when sending mail.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
891
26820
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
892 ** CC mode changes.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
893
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
894 Note: This release contains changes that might not be compatible with
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
895 current user setups (although it's believed that these
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
896 incompatibilities will only show in very uncommon circumstances).
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
897 However, since the impact is uncertain, these changes may be rolled
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
898 back depending on user feedback. Therefore there's no forward
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
899 compatibility guarantee wrt the new features introduced in this
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
900 release.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
901
30412
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
902 *** c-style-variables-are-local-p now defaults to t.
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
903 This is an incompatible change that has been made to make the behavior
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
904 of the style system wrt global variable settings less confusing for
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
905 non-advanced users. If you know what this variable does you might
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
906 want to set it to nil in your .emacs, otherwise you probably don't
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
907 have to bother.
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
908
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
909 Defaulting c-style-variables-are-local-p to t avoids the confusing
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
910 situation that occurs when a user sets some style variables globally
30445
507cbd3f9296 Fix a typo.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 30415
diff changeset
911 and edits both a Java and a non-Java file in the same Emacs session.
30412
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
912 If the style variables aren't buffer local in this case, loading of
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
913 the second file will cause the default style (either "gnu" or "java"
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
914 by default) to override the global settings made by the user.
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
915
26820
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
916 *** New initialization procedure for the style system.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
917 When the initial style for a buffer is determined by CC Mode (from the
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
918 variable c-default-style), the global values of style variables now
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
919 take precedence over the values specified by the chosen style. This
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
920 is different than the old behavior: previously, the style-specific
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
921 settings would override the global settings. This change makes it
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
922 possible to do simple configuration in the intuitive way with
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
923 Customize or with setq lines in one's .emacs file.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
924
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
925 By default, the global value of every style variable is the new
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
926 special symbol set-from-style, which causes the value to be taken from
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
927 the style system. This means that in effect, only an explicit setting
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
928 of a style variable will cause the "overriding" behavior described
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
929 above.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
930
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
931 Also note that global settings override style-specific settings *only*
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
932 when the initial style of a buffer is chosen by a CC Mode major mode
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
933 function. When a style is chosen in other ways --- for example, by a
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
934 call like (c-set-style "gnu") in a hook, or via M-x c-set-style ---
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
935 then the style-specific values take precedence over any global style
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
936 values. In Lisp terms, global values override style-specific values
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
937 only when the new second argument to c-set-style is non-nil; see the
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
938 function documentation for more info.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
939
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
940 The purpose of these changes is to make it easier for users,
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
941 especially novice users, to do simple customizations with Customize or
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
942 with setq in their .emacs files. On the other hand, the new system is
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
943 intended to be compatible with advanced users' customizations as well,
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
944 such as those that choose styles in hooks or whatnot. This new system
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
945 is believed to be almost entirely compatible with current
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
946 configurations, in spite of the changed precedence between style and
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
947 global variable settings when a buffer's default style is set.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
948
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
949 (Thanks to Eric Eide for clarifying this explanation a bit.)
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
950
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
951 **** c-offsets-alist is now a customizable variable.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
952 This became possible as a result of the new initialization behavior.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
953
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
954 This variable is treated slightly differently from the other style
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
955 variables; instead of using the symbol set-from-style, it will be
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
956 completed with the syntactic symbols it doesn't already contain when
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
957 the style is first initialized. This means it now defaults to the
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
958 empty list to make all syntactic elements get their values from the
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
959 style system.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
960
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
961 **** Compatibility variable to restore the old behavior.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
962 In case your configuration doesn't work with this change, you can set
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
963 c-old-style-variable-behavior to non-nil to get the old behavior back
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
964 as far as possible.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
965
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
966 *** Improvements to line breaking and text filling.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
967 CC Mode now handles this more intelligently and seamlessly wrt the
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
968 surrounding code, especially inside comments. For details see the new
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
969 chapter about this in the manual.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
970
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
971 **** New variable to recognize comment line prefix decorations.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
972 The variable c-comment-prefix-regexp has been added to properly
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
973 recognize the line prefix in both block and line comments. It's
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
974 primarily used to initialize the various paragraph recognition and
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
975 adaptive filling variables that the text handling functions uses.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
976
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
977 **** New variable c-block-comment-prefix.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
978 This is a generalization of the now obsolete variable
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
979 c-comment-continuation-stars to handle arbitrary strings.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
980
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
981 **** CC Mode now uses adaptive fill mode.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
982 This to make it adapt better to the paragraph style inside comments.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
983
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
984 It's also possible to use other adaptive filling packages inside CC
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
985 Mode, notably Kyle E. Jones' Filladapt mode (http://wonderworks.com/).
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
986 A new convenience function c-setup-filladapt sets up Filladapt for use
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
987 inside CC Mode.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
988
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
989 Note though that the 2.12 version of Filladapt lacks a feature that
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
990 causes it to work suboptimally when c-comment-prefix-regexp can match
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
991 the empty string (which it commonly does). A patch for that is
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
992 available from the CC Mode web site (http://www.python.org/emacs/
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
993 cc-mode/).
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
994
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
995 **** It's now possible to selectively turn off auto filling.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
996 The variable c-ignore-auto-fill is used to ignore auto fill mode in
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
997 specific contexts, e.g. in preprocessor directives and in string
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
998 literals.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
999
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1000 **** New context sensitive line break function c-context-line-break.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1001 It works like newline-and-indent in normal code, and adapts the line
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1002 prefix according to the comment style when used inside comments. If
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1003 you're normally using newline-and-indent, you might want to switch to
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1004 this function.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1005
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1006 *** Fixes to IDL mode.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1007 It now does a better job in recognizing only the constructs relevant
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1008 to IDL. E.g. it no longer matches "class" as the beginning of a
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1009 struct block, but it does match the CORBA 2.3 "valuetype" keyword.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1010 Thanks to Eric Eide.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1011
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1012 *** Improvements to the Whitesmith style.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1013 It now keeps the style consistently on all levels and both when
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1014 opening braces hangs and when they don't.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1015
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1016 **** New lineup function c-lineup-whitesmith-in-block.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1017
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1018 *** New lineup functions c-lineup-template-args and c-indent-multi-line-block.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1019 See their docstrings for details. c-lineup-template-args does a
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1020 better job of tracking the brackets used as parens in C++ templates,
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1021 and is used by default to line up continued template arguments.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1022
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1023 *** c-lineup-comment now preserves alignment with a comment on the
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1024 previous line. It used to instead preserve comments that started in
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1025 the column specified by comment-column.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1026
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1027 *** c-lineup-C-comments handles "free form" text comments.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1028 In comments with a long delimiter line at the start, the indentation
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1029 is kept unchanged for lines that start with an empty comment line
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1030 prefix. This is intended for the type of large block comments that
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1031 contain documentation with its own formatting. In these you normally
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1032 don't want CC Mode to change the indentation.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1033
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1034 *** The `c' syntactic symbol is now relative to the comment start
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1035 instead of the previous line, to make integers usable as lineup
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1036 arguments.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1037
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1038 *** All lineup functions have gotten docstrings.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1039
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1040 *** More preprocessor directive movement functions.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1041 c-down-conditional does the reverse of c-up-conditional.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1042 c-up-conditional-with-else and c-down-conditional-with-else are
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1043 variants of these that also stops at "#else" lines (suggested by Don
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1044 Provan).
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1045
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1046 *** Minor improvements to many movement functions in tricky situations.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
1047
28506
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
1048 ** Makefile mode changes
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
1049
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
1050 *** The mode now uses the abbrev table `makefile-mode-abbrev-table'.
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
1051
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1052 *** Conditionals and include statements are now highlighted when
28506
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
1053 Fontlock mode is active.
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
1054
26407
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1055 ** Isearch changes
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1056
30477
5996e9860cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30467
diff changeset
1057 *** Isearch now puts a call to `isearch-resume' in the command history,
5996e9860cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30467
diff changeset
1058 so that searches can be resumed.
5996e9860cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30467
diff changeset
1059
5996e9860cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30467
diff changeset
1060 *** In Isearch mode, M-C-s and M-C-r are now bound like C-s and C-r,
28506
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
1061 respectively, i.e. you can repeat a regexp isearch with the same keys
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
1062 that started the search.
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
1063
26407
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1064 *** In Isearch mode, mouse-2 in the echo area now yanks the current
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1065 selection into the search string rather than giving an error.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1066
31063
e0e59380736b Mark isearch-lazy-highlight as documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31061
diff changeset
1067 +++
26407
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1068 *** There is a new lazy highlighting feature in incremental search.
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1069
26417
5678b244c3ac Changes in `list-buffers'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26407
diff changeset
1070 Lazy highlighting is switched on/off by customizing variable
26407
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1071 `isearch-lazy-highlight'. When active, all matches for the current
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1072 search string are highlighted. The current match is highlighted as
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1073 before using face `isearch' or `region'. All other matches are
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1074 highlighted using face `isearch-lazy-highlight-face' which defaults to
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1075 `secondary-selection'.
26407
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1076
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1077 The extra highlighting makes it easier to anticipate where the cursor
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1078 will end up each time you press C-s or C-r to repeat a pending search.
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1079 Highlighting of these additional matches happens in a deferred fashion
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1080 using "idle timers," so the cycles needed do not rob isearch of its
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1081 usual snappy response.
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1082
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1083 If `isearch-lazy-highlight-cleanup' is set to t, highlights for
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1084 matches are automatically cleared when you end the search. If it is
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1085 set to nil, you can remove the highlights manually with `M-x
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1086 isearch-lazy-highlight-cleanup'.
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1087
31064
3aa8be9f2e70 Mark sort-numeric-fields and sort-numeric-base as documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31063
diff changeset
1088 +++
27470
483c021bf376 Change in sort-numeric-fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27387
diff changeset
1089 ** Changes in sort.el
483c021bf376 Change in sort-numeric-fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27387
diff changeset
1090
483c021bf376 Change in sort-numeric-fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27387
diff changeset
1091 The function sort-numeric-fields interprets numbers starting with `0'
27533
6dfbe5197843 A typo ("ocatal" instead of "octal").
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27498
diff changeset
1092 as octal and numbers starting with `0x' or `0X' as hexadecimal. The
31064
3aa8be9f2e70 Mark sort-numeric-fields and sort-numeric-base as documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31063
diff changeset
1093 new user-option sort-numeric-base can be used to specify a default
27470
483c021bf376 Change in sort-numeric-fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27387
diff changeset
1094 numeric base.
26407
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
1095
28194
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1096 ** Changes to Ange-ftp
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1097
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1098 +++
28194
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1099 *** Ange-ftp allows you to specify of a port number in remote file
25929
a955ea8f6b15 ange-ftp item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 25910
diff changeset
1100 names cleanly. It is appended to the host name, separated by a hash
a955ea8f6b15 ange-ftp item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 25910
diff changeset
1101 sign, e.g. `/foo@bar.org#666:mumble'. (This syntax comes from EFS.)
a955ea8f6b15 ange-ftp item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 25910
diff changeset
1102
28194
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1103 *** If the new user-option `ange-ftp-try-passive-mode' is set, passive
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1104 ftp mode will be used if the ftp client supports that.
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1105
30518
ba9bd1bf0ef8 Ange-ftp handles the output of the w32-style clients
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30516
diff changeset
1106 *** Ange-ftp handles the output of the w32-style clients which
ba9bd1bf0ef8 Ange-ftp handles the output of the w32-style clients
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30516
diff changeset
1107 output ^M at the end of lines.
ba9bd1bf0ef8 Ange-ftp handles the output of the w32-style clients
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30516
diff changeset
1108
25984
eea178de35f5 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25951
diff changeset
1109 ** Shell script mode changes.
eea178de35f5 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25951
diff changeset
1110
eea178de35f5 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25951
diff changeset
1111 Shell script mode (sh-script) can now indent scripts for shells
eea178de35f5 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25951
diff changeset
1112 derived from sh and rc. The indentation style is customizeable, and
eea178de35f5 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25951
diff changeset
1113 sh-script can attempt to "learn" the current buffer's style.
eea178de35f5 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25951
diff changeset
1114
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1115 ** Etags changes.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1116
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1117 *** In DOS, etags looks for file.cgz if it cannot find file.c.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1118
26289
6651db4a4b1f Document regexp changes in etags.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26277
diff changeset
1119 *** New option --ignore-case-regex is an alternative to --regex. It is now
26292
81cd0c225dd9 Last changes for etags (I hope).
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26289
diff changeset
1120 possible to bind a regexp to a language, by prepending the regexp with
81cd0c225dd9 Last changes for etags (I hope).
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26289
diff changeset
1121 {lang}, where lang is one of the languages that `etags --help' prints out.
81cd0c225dd9 Last changes for etags (I hope).
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26289
diff changeset
1122 This feature is useful especially for regex files, where each line contains
81cd0c225dd9 Last changes for etags (I hope).
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26289
diff changeset
1123 a regular expression. The manual contains details.
26289
6651db4a4b1f Document regexp changes in etags.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26277
diff changeset
1124
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1125 *** In C and derived languages, etags creates tags for function
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1126 declarations when given the --declarations option.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1127
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1128 *** In C++, tags are created for "operator". The tags have the form
26289
6651db4a4b1f Document regexp changes in etags.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26277
diff changeset
1129 "operator+", without spaces between the keyword and the operator.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1130
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1131 *** New language Ada: tags are functions, procedures, packages, tasks, and
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1132 types.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1133
29238
552f0327e586 subr-arity
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29218
diff changeset
1134 *** In Fortran, `procedure' is not tagged.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1135
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1136 *** In Java, tags are created for "interface".
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1137
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1138 *** In Lisp, "(defstruct (foo", "(defun (operator" and similar constructs
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1139 are now tagged.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1140
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1141 *** In Perl, the --globals option tags global variables. my and local
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1142 variables are tagged.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1143
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1144 *** New language Python: def and class at the beginning of a line are tags.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1145
26292
81cd0c225dd9 Last changes for etags (I hope).
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26289
diff changeset
1146 *** .ss files are Scheme files, .pdb is Postscript with C syntax, .psw is
81cd0c225dd9 Last changes for etags (I hope).
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26289
diff changeset
1147 for PSWrap.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1148
31066
8339f8e5c8c8 Mark etags.el changes as documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31064
diff changeset
1149 +++
26728
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1150 ** Changes in etags.el
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1151
28244
0a2dc2be3dd4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28194
diff changeset
1152 *** The new user-option tags-case-fold-search can be used to make
0a2dc2be3dd4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28194
diff changeset
1153 tags operations case-sensitive or case-insensitive. The default
0a2dc2be3dd4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28194
diff changeset
1154 is to use the same setting as case-fold-search.
0a2dc2be3dd4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28194
diff changeset
1155
26728
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1156 *** You can display additional output with M-x tags-apropos by setting
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1157 the new variable tags-apropos-additional-actions.
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1158
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1159 If non-nil, the variable's value should be a list of triples (TITLE
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1160 FUNCTION TO-SEARCH). For each triple, M-x tags-apropos processes
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1161 TO-SEARCH and lists tags from it. TO-SEARCH should be an alist,
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1162 obarray, or symbol. If it is a symbol, the symbol's value is used.
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1163
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1164 TITLE is a string to use to label the list of tags from TO-SEARCH.
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1165
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1166 FUNCTION is a function to call when an entry is selected in the Tags
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1167 List buffer. It is called with one argument, the selected symbol.
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1168
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1169 A useful example value for this variable might be something like:
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1170
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1171 '(("Emacs Lisp" Info-goto-emacs-command-node obarray)
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1172 ("Common Lisp" common-lisp-hyperspec common-lisp-hyperspec-obarray)
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1173 ("SCWM" scwm-documentation scwm-obarray))
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1174
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1175 *** The face tags-tag-face can be used to customize the appearance
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1176 of tags in the output of M-x tags-apropos.
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1177
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1178 *** Setting tags-apropos-verbose to a non-nil value displays the
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1179 names of tags files in the *Tags List* buffer.
8a531f428463 Etags.el change moved. Add dired-aux change.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26718
diff changeset
1180
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1181 +++
26140
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
1182 ** Emacs now attempts to determine the initial language environment
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
1183 and preferred and locale coding systems systematically from the
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
1184 LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, and LANG environment variables during startup.
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
1185
31068
38395be86e6d Mark the new language environments as documented.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31066
diff changeset
1186 +++
29506
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1187 ** New language environments `Polish', `Latin-8' and `Latin-9'.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1188 Latin-8 and Latin-9 correspond respectively to the ISO character sets
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1189 8859-14 (Celtic) and 8859-15 (updated Latin-1, with the Euro sign).
31156
deaa66a2ac5b *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31127
diff changeset
1190 GNU Intlfonts doesn't support these yet; there are basic 8859-14 and
deaa66a2ac5b *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31127
diff changeset
1191 8859-15 fonts at <URL:http://czyborra.com/charsets/> and recent X
deaa66a2ac5b *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31127
diff changeset
1192 releases have 8859-15. There are new Latin-8 and Latin-9 prefix
deaa66a2ac5b *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31127
diff changeset
1193 (only) and Polish slash input methods in Leim.
26016
e60cddba180c latin-[89]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 25995
diff changeset
1194
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1195 +++
29962
cb2595f03c92 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 29949
diff changeset
1196 ** Fortran mode has a new command `fortran-strip-sequence-nos' to
26652
a556296b4c8a use-dialog-box <- use-dialogs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26623
diff changeset
1197 remove text past column 72. The syntax class of `\' in Fortran is now
a556296b4c8a use-dialog-box <- use-dialogs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26623
diff changeset
1198 appropriate for C-style escape sequences in strings.
a556296b4c8a use-dialog-box <- use-dialogs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26623
diff changeset
1199
a556296b4c8a use-dialog-box <- use-dialogs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26623
diff changeset
1200 ** SGML mode's default `sgml-validate-command' is now `nsgmls'.
a556296b4c8a use-dialog-box <- use-dialogs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26623
diff changeset
1201
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1202 +++
26768
02eb997314dc view-emacs-problems
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26737
diff changeset
1203 ** A new command `view-emacs-problems' (C-h P) displays the PROBLEMS file.
02eb997314dc view-emacs-problems
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26737
diff changeset
1204
31070
5c579e72175d Mark dabbrev-ignore-regexps as documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31068
diff changeset
1205 +++
31156
deaa66a2ac5b *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31127
diff changeset
1206 ** The Dabbrev package has a new user-option `dabbrev-ignored-regexps'
28492
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
1207 containing a list of regular expressions. Buffers matching a regular
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
1208 expression from that list, are not checked.
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
1209
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1210 ** Emacs can now figure out modification times of remote files.
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1211 When you do C-x C-f /user@host:/path/file RET and edit the file,
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1212 and someone else modifies the file, you will be prompted to revert
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1213 the buffer, just like for the local files.
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1214
30829
a83791be7166 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30789
diff changeset
1215 ** The buffer menu (C-x C-b) no longer lists the *Buffer List* buffer.
a83791be7166 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30789
diff changeset
1216
31279
90089bb22edf Mark as documented in the manual the effect of prefix argument
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31248
diff changeset
1217 +++
31231
abc7c24c58bb *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31220
diff changeset
1218 ** When invoked with a prefix argument, the command `list-abbrevs' now
abc7c24c58bb *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31220
diff changeset
1219 displays local abbrevs, only.
abc7c24c58bb *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31220
diff changeset
1220
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1221 ** VC Changes
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1222
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1223 VC has been overhauled internally. It is now modular, making it
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1224 easier to plug-in arbitrary version control backends. (See Lisp
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1225 Changes for details on the new structure.) As a result, the mechanism
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1226 to enable and disable support for particular version systems has
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1227 changed: everything is now controlled by the new variable
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1228 `vc-handled-backends'. Its value is a list of atoms that identify
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1229 version systems; the default is '(RCS CVS SCCS). When finding a file,
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1230 each of the backends in that list is tried in order to see whether the
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1231 file is registered in that backend.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1232
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1233 When registering a new file, VC first tries each of the listed
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1234 backends to see if any of them considers itself "responsible" for the
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1235 directory of the file (e.g. because a corresponding subdirectory for
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1236 master files exists). If none of the backends is responsible, then
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1237 the first backend in the list that could register the file is chosen.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1238 As a consequence, the variable `vc-default-back-end' is now obsolete.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1239
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1240 The old variable `vc-master-templates' is also obsolete, although VC
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1241 still supports it for backward compatibility. To define templates for
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1242 RCS or SCCS, you should rather use the new variables
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1243 vc-{rcs,sccs}-master-templates. (There is no such feature under CVS
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1244 where it doesn't make sense.)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1245
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1246 The variables `vc-ignore-vc-files' and `vc-handle-cvs' are also
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1247 obsolete now, you must set `vc-handled-backends' to nil or exclude
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1248 `CVS' from the list, respectively, to achieve their effect now.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1249
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1250 *** General Changes
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1251
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1252 The variable `vc-checkout-carefully' is obsolete: the corresponding
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1253 checks are always done now.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1254
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1255 VC Dired buffers are now kept up-to-date during all version control
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1256 operations.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1257
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1258 *** Changes for CVS
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1259
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1260 There is a new user option, `vc-cvs-stay-local'. If it is `t' (the
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1261 default), then VC avoids network queries for files registered in
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1262 remote repositories. The state of such files is then only determined
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1263 by heuristics and past information. `vc-cvs-stay-local' can also be a
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1264 regexp to match against repository hostnames; only files from hosts
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1265 that match it are treated locally. If the variable is nil, then VC
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1266 queries the repository just as often as it does for local files.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1267
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1268 If `vc-cvs-stay-local' is on, and there have been changes in the
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1269 repository, VC notifies you about it when you actually try to commit.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1270 If you want to check for updates from the repository without trying to
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1271 commit, you can either use C-u C-x v m to perform an update on the
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1272 current file, or you can use C-x v r RET to get an update for an
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1273 entire directory tree.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1274
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1275 The new user option `vc-cvs-use-edit' indicates whether VC should call
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1276 "cvs edit" to make files writeable; it defaults to `t'. (This option
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1277 is only meaningful if the CVSREAD variable is set, or if files are
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1278 "watched" by other developers.)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1279
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1280 *** Lisp Changes in VC
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1281
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1282 VC has been restructured internally to make it modular. You can now
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1283 add support for arbitrary version control backends by writing a
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1284 library that provides a certain set of backend-specific functions, and
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1285 then telling VC to use that library. For example, to add support for
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1286 a version system named FOO, you write a library named vc-foo.el, which
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1287 provides a number of functions vc-foo-... (see commentary at the end
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1288 of vc.el for a detailed list of them). To make VC use that library,
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1289 you need to put it somewhere into Emacs' load path and add the atom
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1290 `FOO' to the list `vc-handled-backends'.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
1291
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1292 ** New modes and packages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1293
31019
2ec8d313faf7 Mark timeclock.el as being described in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31009
diff changeset
1294 +++
30781
59479ef35bf2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30776
diff changeset
1295 *** The new package timeclock.el is a mode is for keeping track of time
59479ef35bf2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30776
diff changeset
1296 intervals. You can use it for whatever purpose you like, but the
59479ef35bf2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30776
diff changeset
1297 typical scenario is to keep track of how much time you spend working
59479ef35bf2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30776
diff changeset
1298 on certain projects.
59479ef35bf2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30776
diff changeset
1299
31071
93f2d24e3942 Mark hi-lock.el as being documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31070
diff changeset
1300 +++
30781
59479ef35bf2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30776
diff changeset
1301 *** The new package hi-lock.el, text matching interactively entered
30789
68b63779f4df typo fix
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30788
diff changeset
1302 regexp's can be highlighted. For example,
68b63779f4df typo fix
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30788
diff changeset
1303
68b63779f4df typo fix
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30788
diff changeset
1304 M-x highlight-regexp RET clearly RET RET
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
1305
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
1306 will highlight all occurrences of `clearly' using a yellow background
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
1307 face. New occurrences of `clearly' will be highlighted as they are
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
1308 typed. `M-x unhighlight-regexp RET' will remove the highlighting.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
1309 Any existing face can be used for highlighting and a set of
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
1310 appropriate faces is provided. The regexps can be written into the
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
1311 current buffer in a form that will be recognized the next time the
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
1312 corresponding file is read.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
1313
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1314 +++
30789
68b63779f4df typo fix
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30788
diff changeset
1315 *** The new package zone.el plays games with Emacs' display when
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
1316 Emacs is idle.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
1317
30319
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1318 *** The new package xml.el provides a simple but generic XML
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1319 parser. It doesn't parse the DTDs however.
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1320
29218
e956cc90f6c0 newcomment and the change of binding for M-;
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 29162
diff changeset
1321 *** The comment operations are now provided by the newcomment.el
e956cc90f6c0 newcomment and the change of binding for M-;
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 29162
diff changeset
1322 package which allows different styles of comment-region and should
e956cc90f6c0 newcomment and the change of binding for M-;
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 29162
diff changeset
1323 be more robust while offering the same functionality.
e956cc90f6c0 newcomment and the change of binding for M-;
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 29162
diff changeset
1324
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1325 +++
28879
2a918425ca15 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28870
diff changeset
1326 *** The Ebrowse package implements a C++ class browser and tags
2a918425ca15 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28870
diff changeset
1327 facilities tailored for use with C++. It is documented in a
2a918425ca15 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28870
diff changeset
1328 separate Texinfo file.
2a918425ca15 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28870
diff changeset
1329
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1330 +++
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1331 *** The PCL-CVS package available by either running M-x cvs-examine or
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1332 by visiting a CVS administrative directory (with a prefix argument)
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1333 provides an alternative interface to VC-dired for CVS. It comes with
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1334 `log-view-mode' to view RCS and SCCS logs and `log-edit-mode' used to
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1335 enter checkin log messages.
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1336
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1337 +++
28834
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
1338 *** The new package called `woman' allows to browse Unix man pages
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
1339 without invoking external programs.
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
1340
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
1341 The command `M-x woman' formats manual pages entirely in Emacs Lisp
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
1342 and then displays them, like `M-x manual-entry' does. Unlike
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
1343 `manual-entry', `woman' does not invoke any external programs, so it
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
1344 is useful on systems such as MS-DOS/MS-Windows where the `man' and
28955
6cfd3ddf0911 Correct a typo in description of `woman.el'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28946
diff changeset
1345 Groff or `troff' commands are not readily available.
28834
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
1346
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
1347 The command `M-x woman-find-file' asks for the file name of a man
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
1348 page, then formats and displays it like `M-x woman' does.
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
1349
31073
f35042c35352 Mark re-build as being documented.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31071
diff changeset
1350 +++
28098
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1351 *** The new command M-x re-builder offers a convenient interface for
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1352 authoring regular expressions with immediate visual feedback.
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1353
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1354 The buffer from which the command was called becomes the target for
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1355 the regexp editor popping up in a separate window. Matching text in
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1356 the target buffer is immediately color marked during the editing.
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1357 Each sub-expression of the regexp will show up in a different face so
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1358 even complex regexps can be edited and verified on target data in a
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1359 single step.
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1360
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1361 On displays not supporting faces the matches instead blink like
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1362 matching parens to make them stand out. On such a setup you will
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1363 probably also want to use the sub-expression mode when the regexp
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1364 contains such to get feedback about their respective limits.
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
1365
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1366 +++
27644
1ac28043dbd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27573
diff changeset
1367 *** glasses-mode is a minor mode that makes
1ac28043dbd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27573
diff changeset
1368 unreadableIdentifiersLikeThis readable. It works as glasses, without
1ac28043dbd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27573
diff changeset
1369 actually modifying content of a buffer.
1ac28043dbd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27573
diff changeset
1370
27498
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1371 *** The package ebnf2ps translates an EBNF to a syntactic chart in
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1372 PostScript.
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1373
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1374 Currently accepts ad-hoc EBNF, ISO EBNF and Bison/Yacc.
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1375
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1376 The ad-hoc default EBNF syntax has the following elements:
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1377
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1378 ; comment (until end of line)
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1379 A non-terminal
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1380 "C" terminal
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1381 ?C? special
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1382 $A default non-terminal
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1383 $"C" default terminal
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1384 $?C? default special
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1385 A = B. production (A is the header and B the body)
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1386 C D sequence (C occurs before D)
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1387 C | D alternative (C or D occurs)
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1388 A - B exception (A excluding B, B without any non-terminal)
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1389 n * A repetition (A repeats n (integer) times)
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1390 (C) group (expression C is grouped together)
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1391 [C] optional (C may or not occurs)
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1392 C+ one or more occurrences of C
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1393 {C}+ one or more occurrences of C
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1394 {C}* zero or more occurrences of C
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1395 {C} zero or more occurrences of C
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1396 C / D equivalent to: C {D C}*
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1397 {C || D}+ equivalent to: C {D C}*
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1398 {C || D}* equivalent to: [C {D C}*]
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1399 {C || D} equivalent to: [C {D C}*]
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1400
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1401 Please, see ebnf2ps documentation for EBNF syntax and how to use it.
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
1402
27328
7748234c70d7 align.el
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27307
diff changeset
1403 *** The package align.el will align columns within a region, using M-x
7748234c70d7 align.el
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27307
diff changeset
1404 align. Its mode-specific rules, based on regular expressions,
7748234c70d7 align.el
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27307
diff changeset
1405 determine where the columns should be split. In C and C++, for
7748234c70d7 align.el
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27307
diff changeset
1406 example, it will align variable names in declaration lists, or the
7748234c70d7 align.el
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27307
diff changeset
1407 equal signs of assignments.
7748234c70d7 align.el
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27307
diff changeset
1408
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1409 +++
27266
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
1410 *** `paragraph-indent-minor-mode' is a new minor mode supporting
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
1411 paragraphs in the same style as `paragraph-indent-text-mode'.
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
1412
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1413 +++
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27005
diff changeset
1414 *** bs.el is a new package for buffer selection similar to
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27005
diff changeset
1415 list-buffers or electric-buffer-list. Use M-x bs-show to display a
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27005
diff changeset
1416 buffer menu with this package. You can use M-x bs-customize to
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27005
diff changeset
1417 customize the package.
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27005
diff changeset
1418
29696
a5051216d618 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29676
diff changeset
1419 *** find-lisp.el is a package emulating the Unix find command in Lisp.
a5051216d618 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29676
diff changeset
1420
27733
d6a89b95b32d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27714
diff changeset
1421 *** calculator.el is a small calculator package that is intended to
d6a89b95b32d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27714
diff changeset
1422 replace desktop calculators such as xcalc and calc.exe. Actually, it
d6a89b95b32d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27714
diff changeset
1423 is not too small - it has more features than most desktop calculators,
d6a89b95b32d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27714
diff changeset
1424 and can be customized easily to get many more functions. It should
d6a89b95b32d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27714
diff changeset
1425 not be confused with "calc" which is a much bigger mathematical tool
d6a89b95b32d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27714
diff changeset
1426 which answers different needs.
d6a89b95b32d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27714
diff changeset
1427
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1428 +++
26964
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
1429 *** The minor modes cwarn-mode and global-cwarn-mode highlights
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
1430 suspicious C and C++ constructions. Currently, assignments inside
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
1431 expressions, semicolon following `if', `for' and `while' (except, of
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
1432 course, after a `do .. while' statement), and C++ functions with
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
1433 reference parameters are recognized. The modes require font-lock mode
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
1434 to be enabled.
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
1435
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1436 +++
27094
6500fd0a7d8e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 27092
diff changeset
1437 *** smerge-mode.el provides `smerge-mode', a simple minor-mode for files
6500fd0a7d8e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 27092
diff changeset
1438 containing diff3-style conflict markers, such as generated by RCS.
6500fd0a7d8e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 27092
diff changeset
1439
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1440 +++
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1441 *** 5x5.el is a simple puzzle game.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1442
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1443 +++
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1444 *** hl-line.el provides a minor mode to highlight the current line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1445
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1446 *** ansi-color.el translates ANSI terminal escapes into text-properties.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1447
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1448 *** delphi.el provides a major mode for editing the Delphi (Object
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1449 Pascal) language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1450
31156
deaa66a2ac5b *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31127
diff changeset
1451 +++
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1452 *** quickurl.el provides a simple method of inserting a URL based on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1453 the text at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1454
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1455 *** sql.el provides an interface to SQL data bases.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1456
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1457 +++
25862
62b8ede0e424 Mention fortune.el.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 25853
diff changeset
1458 *** fortune.el uses the fortune program to create mail/news signatures.
62b8ede0e424 Mention fortune.el.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 25853
diff changeset
1459
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1460 *** whitespace.el ???
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1461
25992
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1462 *** PostScript mode (ps-mode) is a new major mode for editing PostScript
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1463 files. It offers: interaction with a PostScript interpreter, including
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1464 (very basic) error handling; fontification, easily customizable for
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1465 interpreter messages; auto-indentation; insertion of EPSF templates and
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1466 often used code snippets; viewing of BoundingBox; commenting out /
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1467 uncommenting regions; conversion of 8bit characters to PostScript octal
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1468 codes. All functionality is accessible through a menu.
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1469
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1470 *** delim-col helps to prettify columns in a text region or rectangle.
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1471
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1472 Here is an example of columns:
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1473
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1474 horse apple bus
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1475 dog pineapple car EXTRA
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1476 porcupine strawberry airplane
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1477
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1478 Doing the following settings:
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1479
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1480 (setq delimit-columns-str-before "[ ")
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1481 (setq delimit-columns-str-after " ]")
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1482 (setq delimit-columns-str-separator ", ")
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1483 (setq delimit-columns-separator "\t")
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1484
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1485
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1486 Selecting the lines above and typing:
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1487
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1488 M-x delimit-columns-region
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1489
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1490 It results:
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1491
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1492 [ horse , apple , bus , ]
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1493 [ dog , pineapple , car , EXTRA ]
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1494 [ porcupine, strawberry, airplane, ]
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1495
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1496 delim-col has the following options:
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1497
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1498 delimit-columns-str-before Specify a string to be inserted
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1499 before all columns.
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1500
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1501 delimit-columns-str-separator Specify a string to be inserted
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1502 between each column.
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1503
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1504 delimit-columns-str-after Specify a string to be inserted
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1505 after all columns.
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1506
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1507 delimit-columns-separator Specify a regexp which separates
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1508 each column.
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1509
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1510 delim-col has the following commands:
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1511
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1512 delimit-columns-region Prettify all columns in a text region.
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1513 delimit-columns-rectangle Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
1514
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1515 +++
26030
c5e8559a53cb Add description of recentf.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26016
diff changeset
1516 *** The package recentf.el maintains a menu for visiting files that
30319
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1517 were operated on recently.
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1518
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1519 M-x recentf-mode RET toggles recentf mode.
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1520
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1521 M-x customize-variable RET recentf-mode RET can be used to enable
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1522 recentf at Emacs startup.
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1523
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1524 M-x customize-variable RET recentf-menu-filter RET to specify a menu
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1525 filter function to change the menu appearance. For example, the recent
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1526 file list can be displayed:
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1527
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1528 - organized by major modes, directories or user defined rules.
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1529 - sorted by file pathes, file names, ascending or descending.
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1530 - showing pathes relative to the current default-directory
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1531
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1532 The `recentf-filter-changer' menu filter function allows to
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
1533 dynamically change the menu appearance.
26030
c5e8559a53cb Add description of recentf.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26016
diff changeset
1534
26149
0a342d5afcc2 elide-head.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26144
diff changeset
1535 *** elide-head.el provides a mechanism for eliding boilerplate header
0a342d5afcc2 elide-head.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26144
diff changeset
1536 text.
0a342d5afcc2 elide-head.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26144
diff changeset
1537
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1538 +++
26924
5348841810f6 Add diff-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26835
diff changeset
1539 *** footnote.el provides `footnote-mode', a minor mode supporting use
26786
d30b640777b8 footnote.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26768
diff changeset
1540 of footnotes. It is intended for use with Message mode, but isn't
d30b640777b8 footnote.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26768
diff changeset
1541 specific to Message mode.
d30b640777b8 footnote.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26768
diff changeset
1542
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1543 +++
26924
5348841810f6 Add diff-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26835
diff changeset
1544 *** diff-mode.el provides `diff-mode', a major mode for
5348841810f6 Add diff-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26835
diff changeset
1545 viewing/editing context diffs (patches). It is selected for files
5348841810f6 Add diff-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26835
diff changeset
1546 with extension `.diff', `.diffs', `.patch' and `.rej'.
5348841810f6 Add diff-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26835
diff changeset
1547
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1548 +++
27714
22a581e00fe4 Mention some new packages, extra configure options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27693
diff changeset
1549 *** EUDC, the Emacs Unified Directory Client, provides a common user
22a581e00fe4 Mention some new packages, extra configure options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27693
diff changeset
1550 interface to access directory servers using different directory
22a581e00fe4 Mention some new packages, extra configure options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27693
diff changeset
1551 protocols. It has a separate manual.
22a581e00fe4 Mention some new packages, extra configure options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27693
diff changeset
1552
28132
2a26c31d59c5 replace-rectangle, autoconf.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28098
diff changeset
1553 *** autoconf.el provides a major mode for editing configure.in files
2a26c31d59c5 replace-rectangle, autoconf.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28098
diff changeset
1554 for Autoconf, selected automatically.
2a26c31d59c5 replace-rectangle, autoconf.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28098
diff changeset
1555
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1556 +++
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
1557 *** windmove.el provides moving between windows.
28855
1be9a502caca Cleaned some left over bogus conflict markers.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 28854
diff changeset
1558
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1559 *** crm.el provides a facility to read multiple strings from the
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
1560 minibuffer with completion.
27714
22a581e00fe4 Mention some new packages, extra configure options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27693
diff changeset
1561
28883
e43afc57ee04 todo-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28879
diff changeset
1562 *** todo-mode.el provides management of TODO lists and integration
e43afc57ee04 todo-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28879
diff changeset
1563 with the diary features.
e43afc57ee04 todo-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28879
diff changeset
1564
28912
717c04b51e93 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28883
diff changeset
1565 *** autoarg.el provides a feature reported from Twenex Emacs whereby
717c04b51e93 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28883
diff changeset
1566 numeric keys supply prefix args rather than self inserting.
717c04b51e93 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28883
diff changeset
1567
29814
daf26bf9d779 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29752
diff changeset
1568 *** The function `turn-off-auto-fill' unconditionally turns off Auto
daf26bf9d779 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29752
diff changeset
1569 Fill mode.
daf26bf9d779 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29752
diff changeset
1570
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1571 ** Withdrawn packages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1572
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1573 *** mldrag.el has been removed. mouse.el provides the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1574 functionality with aliases for the mldrag functions.
26133
5eb182b0c724 eval-reg removed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26107
diff changeset
1575
27369
b7162d2b3d0b ph.el, user-init-file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27361
diff changeset
1576 *** eval-reg.el has been obsoleted by changes to edebug.el and removed.
b7162d2b3d0b ph.el, user-init-file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27361
diff changeset
1577
b7162d2b3d0b ph.el, user-init-file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27361
diff changeset
1578 *** ph.el has been obsoleted by EUDC and removed.
29102
ba9cfbfc601e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28955
diff changeset
1579
ba9cfbfc601e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28955
diff changeset
1580
ba9cfbfc601e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28955
diff changeset
1581 * Lisp changes made after edition 2.6 of the Emacs Lisp Manual,
ba9cfbfc601e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28955
diff changeset
1582 (Display-related features are described in a page of their own below.)
ba9cfbfc601e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28955
diff changeset
1583
31636
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
1584 ** In image specifications, `:heuristic-mask' has been replaced
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
1585 with the more general `:mask' property.
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
1586
31561
b441ceb31859 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
1587 ** A `?' can be used in a symbol name without escaping it with a
b441ceb31859 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
1588 backslash.
b441ceb31859 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
1589
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1590 +++
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1591 ** Reading from the mini-buffer now reads from standard input if Emacs
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1592 is running in batch mode. For example,
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1593
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1594 (message "%s" (read t))
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1595
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1596 will read a Lisp expression from standard input and print the result
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1597 to standard output.
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1598
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1599 +++
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1600 ** The argument of `down-list', `backward-up-list', `up-list',
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1601 `kill-sexp', `backward-kill-sexp' and `mark-sexp' is now optional.
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1602
30564
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
1603 ** If `display-buffer-reuse-frames' is set, function `display-buffer'
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
1604 will raise frames displaying a buffer, instead of creating a new
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
1605 frame or window.
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
1606
31156
deaa66a2ac5b *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31127
diff changeset
1607 +++
30516
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
1608 ** Two new functions for removing elements from lists/sequences
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
1609 were added
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
1610
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
1611 - Function: remove ELT SEQ
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
1612
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
1613 Return a copy of SEQ with all occurences of ELT removed. SEQ must be
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
1614 a list, vector, or string. The comparison is done with `equal'.
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
1615
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
1616 - Function: remq ELT LIST
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
1617
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
1618 Return a copy of LIST with all occurences of ELT removed. The
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
1619 comparison is done with `eq'.
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
1620
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
1621 ** The function `delete' now also works with vectors and strings.
30511
2ac427297d38 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30502
diff changeset
1622
30502
0dca3aa6405a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30483
diff changeset
1623 ** The meaning of the `:weakness WEAK' argument of make-hash-table
0dca3aa6405a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30483
diff changeset
1624 has been changed.
0dca3aa6405a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30483
diff changeset
1625
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1626 +++
30357
2696b797cd2f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 30339
diff changeset
1627 ** Function `aset' stores any multibyte character in any string
2696b797cd2f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 30339
diff changeset
1628 without signaling "Attempt to change char length of a string". It may
2696b797cd2f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 30339
diff changeset
1629 convert a unibyte string to multibyte if necessary.
2696b797cd2f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 30339
diff changeset
1630
30219
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
1631 ** The value of the `help-echo' text property is called as a function
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
1632 or evaluated, if it is not a string already, to obtain a help string.
30203
34881d6fc1f6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30158
diff changeset
1633
30158
84d54b049d67 make-obsolete, plist-member changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30155
diff changeset
1634 ** Function `make-obsolete' now has an optional arg to say when the
84d54b049d67 make-obsolete, plist-member changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30155
diff changeset
1635 function was declared obsolete.
84d54b049d67 make-obsolete, plist-member changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30155
diff changeset
1636
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1637 ** Function `plist-member' is renamed from `widget-plist-member' (which is
30158
84d54b049d67 make-obsolete, plist-member changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30155
diff changeset
1638 retained as an alias).
84d54b049d67 make-obsolete, plist-member changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30155
diff changeset
1639
30068
fd80ab818a0c Fix various typos.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 30056
diff changeset
1640 ** Easy-menu's :filter now works as in XEmacs.
fd80ab818a0c Fix various typos.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 30056
diff changeset
1641 It takes the unconverted (i.e. XEmacs) form of the menu and the result
fd80ab818a0c Fix various typos.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 30056
diff changeset
1642 is automatically converted to Emacs' form.
fd80ab818a0c Fix various typos.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 30056
diff changeset
1643
30038
9a141c819d48 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30012
diff changeset
1644 ** The new function `window-list' has been defined
9a141c819d48 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30012
diff changeset
1645
9a141c819d48 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30012
diff changeset
1646 - Function: window-list &optional WINDOW MINIBUF ALL-FRAMES
9a141c819d48 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30012
diff changeset
1647
9a141c819d48 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30012
diff changeset
1648 Return a list of windows in canonical order. The parameters WINDOW,
9a141c819d48 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30012
diff changeset
1649 MINIBUF and ALL-FRAMES are defined like for `next-window'.
9a141c819d48 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30012
diff changeset
1650
30006
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1651 ** There's a new function `some-window' defined as follows
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1652
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1653 - Function: some-window PREDICATE &optional MINIBUF ALL-FRAMES DEFAULT
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1654
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1655 Return a window satisfying PREDICATE.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1656
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1657 This function cycles through all visible windows using `walk-windows',
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1658 calling PREDICATE on each one. PREDICATE is called with a window as
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1659 argument. The first window for which PREDICATE returns a non-nil
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1660 value is returned. If no window satisfies PREDICATE, DEFAULT is
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1661 returned.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1662
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1663 Optional second arg MINIBUF t means count the minibuffer window even
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1664 if not active. MINIBUF nil or omitted means count the minibuffer iff
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1665 it is active. MINIBUF neither t nor nil means not to count the
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1666 minibuffer even if it is active.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1667
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1668 Several frames may share a single minibuffer; if the minibuffer
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1669 counts, all windows on all frames that share that minibuffer count
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1670 too. Therefore, if you are using a separate minibuffer frame
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1671 and the minibuffer is active and MINIBUF says it counts,
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1672 `walk-windows' includes the windows in the frame from which you
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1673 entered the minibuffer, as well as the minibuffer window.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1674
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1675 ALL-FRAMES is the optional third argument.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1676 ALL-FRAMES nil or omitted means cycle within the frames as specified above.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1677 ALL-FRAMES = `visible' means include windows on all visible frames.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1678 ALL-FRAMES = 0 means include windows on all visible and iconified frames.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1679 ALL-FRAMES = t means include windows on all frames including invisible frames.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1680 If ALL-FRAMES is a frame, it means include windows on that frame.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1681 Anything else means restrict to the selected frame.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
1682
30564
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
1683 ** The function `single-key-description' now encloses function key and
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
1684 event names in angle brackets. When called with a second optional
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
1685 argument non-nil, angle brackets won't be printed.
29657
cdef08609770 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29637
diff changeset
1686
29637
6b63e5410a0e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29633
diff changeset
1687 ** If the variable `message-truncate-lines' is bound to t around a
6b63e5410a0e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29633
diff changeset
1688 call to `message', the echo area will not be resized to display that
30290
5d592031fd61 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30278
diff changeset
1689 message; it will be truncated instead, as it was done in 20.x.
5d592031fd61 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30278
diff changeset
1690 Default value is nil.
29637
6b63e5410a0e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29633
diff changeset
1691
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1692 ** The user option `line-number-display-limit' can now be set to nil,
29633
98e1c27ffe84 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29533
diff changeset
1693 meaning no limit.
98e1c27ffe84 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29533
diff changeset
1694
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1695 ** `select-safe-coding-system' now also checks the most preferred
29509
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
1696 coding-system if buffer-file-coding-system is `undecided' and
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
1697 DEFAULT-CODING-SYSTEM is not specified,
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
1698
29286
c0fe782084bb keymap property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29238
diff changeset
1699 ** The function `subr-arity' provides information on the argument list
29238
552f0327e586 subr-arity
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29218
diff changeset
1700 of a primitive.
552f0327e586 subr-arity
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29218
diff changeset
1701
29286
c0fe782084bb keymap property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29238
diff changeset
1702 ** The text property `keymap' specifies a key map which overrides the
c0fe782084bb keymap property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29238
diff changeset
1703 buffer's local map and the map specified by the `local-map' property.
c0fe782084bb keymap property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29238
diff changeset
1704 This is probably what most current uses of `local-map' want, rather
c0fe782084bb keymap property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29238
diff changeset
1705 than replacing the local map.
c0fe782084bb keymap property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29238
diff changeset
1706
29381
580f03a746d8 find-image, {before,after}-change-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29286
diff changeset
1707 ** The obsolete variables before-change-function and
580f03a746d8 find-image, {before,after}-change-function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29286
diff changeset
1708 after-change-function are no longer acted upon and have been removed.
29498
4b79925ce8fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29381
diff changeset
1709
4b79925ce8fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29381
diff changeset
1710 ** The function `apropos-mode' runs the hook `apropos-mode-hook'.
4b79925ce8fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29381
diff changeset
1711
31156
deaa66a2ac5b *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31127
diff changeset
1712 +++
30339
70d759570f7a C-down-mouse-3. Move concat change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30319
diff changeset
1713 ** `concat' no longer accepts individual integer arguments, as
70d759570f7a C-down-mouse-3. Move concat change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30319
diff changeset
1714 promised long ago.
70d759570f7a C-down-mouse-3. Move concat change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30319
diff changeset
1715
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1716 ** The new function `float-time' returns the current time as a float.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1717
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1718 * Lisp changes in Emacs 21.1 (see following page for display-related features)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1719
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1720 Note that +++ before an item means the Lisp manual has been updated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1721 --- means that I have decided it does not need to be in the Lisp manual.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1722 When you add a new item, please add it without either +++ or ---
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1723 so I will know I still need to look at it -- rms.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1724
30933
3a89352a7dab Document save-restriction fix.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30930
diff changeset
1725 *** The special form `save-restriction' now works correctly even if the
3a89352a7dab Document save-restriction fix.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30930
diff changeset
1726 buffer is widened inside the save-restriction and changes made outside
3a89352a7dab Document save-restriction fix.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30930
diff changeset
1727 the original restriction. Previously, doing this would cause the saved
3a89352a7dab Document save-restriction fix.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30930
diff changeset
1728 restriction to be restored incorrectly.
3a89352a7dab Document save-restriction fix.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30930
diff changeset
1729
29506
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1730 *** The functions `find-charset-region' and `find-charset-string' include
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1731 `eight-bit-control' and/or `eight-bit-graphic' in the returned list
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1732 when it finds 8-bit characters. Previously, it included `ascii' in a
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1733 multibyte buffer and `unknown' in a unibyte buffer.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1734
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1735 *** The functions `set-buffer-modified', `string-as-multibyte' and
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1736 `string-as-unibyte' change the byte sequence of a buffer if it
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1737 contains a character from the `eight-bit-control' character set.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1738
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1739 *** The handling of multibyte sequences in a multibyte buffer is
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1740 changed. Previously, a byte sequence matching the pattern
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1741 [\200-\237][\240-\377]+ was interpreted as a single character
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1742 regardless of the length of the trailing bytes [\240-\377]+. Thus, if
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1743 the sequence was longer than what the leading byte indicated, the
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1744 extra trailing bytes were ignored by Lisp functions. Now such extra
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1745 bytes are independent 8-bit characters belonging to the charset
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1746 eight-bit-graphic.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1747
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1748 ** Fontsets are now implemented using char-tables.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1749
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1750 A fontset can now be specified for for each independent character, for
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1751 a group of characters or for a character set rather than just for a
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1752 character set as previously.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1753
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1754 *** The arguments of the function `set-fontset-font' are changed.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1755 They are NAME, CHARACTER, FONTNAME, and optional FRAME. The function
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1756 modifies fontset NAME to use FONTNAME for CHARACTER.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1757
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1758 CHARACTER may be a cons (FROM . TO), where FROM and TO are non-generic
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1759 characters. In that case FONTNAME is used for all characters in the
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1760 range FROM and TO (inclusive). CHARACTER may be a charset. In that
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1761 case FONTNAME is used for all character in the charset.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1762
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1763 FONTNAME may be a cons (FAMILY . REGISTRY), where FAMILY is the family
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1764 name of a font and REGSITRY is a registry name of a font.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1765
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1766 *** Variable x-charset-registry has been deleted. The default charset
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1767 registries of character sets are set in the default fontset
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1768 "fontset-default".
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1769
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1770 *** The function `create-fontset-from-fontset-spec' ignores the second
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1771 argument STYLE-VARIANT. It never creates style-variant fontsets.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1772
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1773 ** The method of composing characters is changed. Now character
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1774 composition is done by a special text property `composition' in
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1775 buffers and strings.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1776
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1777 *** Charset composition is deleted. Emacs never creates a `composite
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1778 character' which is an independent character with a unique character
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1779 code. Thus the following functions handling `composite characters'
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1780 have been deleted: composite-char-component,
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1781 composite-char-component-count, composite-char-composition-rule,
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1782 composite-char-composition-rule and decompose-composite-char delete.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1783 The variables leading-code-composition and min-composite-char have
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1784 also been deleted.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1785
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1786 *** Three more glyph reference points are added. They can be used to
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1787 specify a composition rule. See the documentation of the variable
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1788 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1789
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1790 *** The function `compose-region' takes new arguments COMPONENTS and
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1791 MODIFICATION-FUNC. With COMPONENTS, you can specify not only a
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1792 composition rule but also characters to be composed. Such characters
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1793 may differ between buffer and string text.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1794
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1795 *** The function `compose-string' takes new arguments START, END,
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1796 COMPONENTS, and MODIFICATION-FUNC.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1797
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1798 *** The function `compose-string' puts text property `composition'
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1799 directly on the argument STRING instead of returning a new string.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1800 Likewise, the function `decompose-string' just removes text property
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1801 `composition' from STRING.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1802
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1803 *** The new function `find-composition' returns information about
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1804 a composition at a specified position in a buffer or a string.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1805
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1806 *** The function `decompose-composite-char' is now labeled as
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1807 obsolete.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1808
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1809 ** The new character set `mule-unicode-0100-24ff' is introduced for
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1810 Unicode characters of the range U+0100..U+24FF. Currently, this
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1811 character set is not used.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1812
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1813 ** The new character sets `japanese-jisx0213-1' and
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1814 `japanese-jisx0213-2' are introduced for the new Japanese standard JIS
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1815 X 0213 Plane 1 and Plane 2.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1816
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1817 +++
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1818 ** The new character sets `eight-bit-control' and `eight-bit-graphic'
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1819 are introduced for 8-bit characters in the ranges 0x80..0x9F and
30068
fd80ab818a0c Fix various typos.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 30056
diff changeset
1820 0xA0..0xFF respectively.
29506
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1821
28883
e43afc57ee04 todo-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28879
diff changeset
1822 +++
28847
c27ead6e7ea1 write-region change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28834
diff changeset
1823 ** If the APPEND argument of `write-region' is an integer, it seeks to
c27ead6e7ea1 write-region change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28834
diff changeset
1824 that offset in the file before writing.
c27ead6e7ea1 write-region change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28834
diff changeset
1825
30068
fd80ab818a0c Fix various typos.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 30056
diff changeset
1826 ** The function `add-minor-mode' has been added for convenience and
fd80ab818a0c Fix various typos.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 30056
diff changeset
1827 compatibility with XEmacs (and is used internally by define-minor-mode).
28724
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
1828
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
1829 ** The function `shell-command' now sets the default directory of the
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
1830 `*Shell Command Output*' buffer to the default directory of the buffer
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
1831 from which the command was issued.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
1832
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
1833 ** The functions `query-replace', `query-replace-regexp',
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
1834 `query-replace-regexp-eval' `map-query-replace-regexp',
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
1835 `replace-string', `replace-regexp', and `perform-replace' take two
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
1836 additional optional arguments START and END that specify the region to
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
1837 operate on.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
1838
28658
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1839 ** The new function `count-screen-lines' is a more flexible alternative
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1840 to `window-buffer-height'.
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1841
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1842 - Function: count-screen-lines &optional BEG END COUNT-FINAL-NEWLINE WINDOW
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1843
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1844 Return the number of screen lines in the region between BEG and END.
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1845 The number of screen lines may be different from the number of actual
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1846 lines, due to line breaking, display table, etc.
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1847
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1848 Optional arguments BEG and END default to `point-min' and `point-max'
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1849 respectively.
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1850
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1851 If region ends with a newline, ignore it unless optinal third argument
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1852 COUNT-FINAL-NEWLINE is non-nil.
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1853
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1854 The optional fourth argument WINDOW specifies the window used for
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1855 obtaining parameters such as width, horizontal scrolling, and so
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1856 on. The default is to use the selected window's parameters.
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1857
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1858 Like `vertical-motion', `count-screen-lines' always uses the current
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1859 buffer, regardless of which buffer is displayed in WINDOW. This makes
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1860 possible to use `count-screen-lines' in any buffer, whether or not it
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1861 is currently displayed in some window.
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
1862
28556
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28525
diff changeset
1863 ** The new function `mapc' is like `mapcar' but doesn't collect the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28525
diff changeset
1864 argument function's results.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28525
diff changeset
1865
28496
92a9591b21a2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28492
diff changeset
1866 ** The functions base64-decode-region and base64-decode-string now
92a9591b21a2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28492
diff changeset
1867 signal an error instead of returning nil if decoding fails.
92a9591b21a2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28492
diff changeset
1868
28492
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
1869 ** The function sendmail-user-agent-compose now recognizes a `body'
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
1870 header is the list of headers passed to it.
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
1871
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
1872 ** The new function member-ignore-case works like `member', but
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
1873 ignores differences in case and text representation.
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
1874
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
1875 ** The buffer-local variable cursor-type can be used to specify the
28323
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
1876 cursor to use in windows displaying a buffer. Values are interpreted
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
1877 as follows:
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
1878
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
1879 t use the cursor specified for the frame (default)
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
1880 nil don't display a cursor
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
1881 `bar' display a bar cursor with default width
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
1882 (bar . WIDTH) display a bar cursor with width WIDTH
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
1883 others display a box cursor.
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
1884
28303
8bdd3f67b91a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
1885 ** The variable open-paren-in-column-0-is-defun-start controls whether
8bdd3f67b91a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
1886 an open parenthesis in column 0 is considered to be the start of a
8bdd3f67b91a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
1887 defun. If set, the default, it is considered a defun start. If not
8bdd3f67b91a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
1888 set, an open parenthesis in column 0 has no special meaning.
8bdd3f67b91a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
1889
28194
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1890 ** The new function `string-to-syntax' can be used to translate syntax
28854
a5c81109bc31 Mention PCL-CVS.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 28847
diff changeset
1891 specifications in string form as accepted by `modify-syntax-entry' to
28194
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1892 the cons-cell form that is used for the values of the `syntax-table'
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1893 text property, and in `font-lock-syntactic-keywords'.
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1894
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1895 Example:
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1896
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1897 (string-to-syntax "()")
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1898 => (4 . 41)
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
1899
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1900 ** Emacs' reader supports CL read syntax for integers in bases
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1901 other than 10.
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1902
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1903 *** `#BINTEGER' or `#bINTEGER' reads INTEGER in binary (radix 2).
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1904 INTEGER optionally contains a sign.
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1905
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1906 #b1111
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1907 => 15
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1908 #b-1111
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1909 => -15
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1910
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1911 *** `#OINTEGER' or `#oINTEGER' reads INTEGER in octal (radix 8).
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1912
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1913 #o666
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1914 => 438
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1915
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1916 *** `#XINTEGER' or `#xINTEGER' reads INTEGER in hexadecimal (radix 16).
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1917
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1918 #xbeef
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1919 => 48815
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1920
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1921 *** `#RADIXrINTEGER' reads INTEGER in radix RADIX, 2 <= RADIX <= 36.
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1922
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1923 #2R-111
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1924 => -7
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
1925 #25rah
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1926 => 267
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1927
28335
012be509f4f4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28323
diff changeset
1928 ** The function `documentation-property' now evaluates the value of
30068
fd80ab818a0c Fix various typos.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 30056
diff changeset
1929 the given property to obtain a string if it doesn't refer to etc/DOC
28037
acbd35afbe7b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27995
diff changeset
1930 and isn't a string.
acbd35afbe7b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27995
diff changeset
1931
28335
012be509f4f4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28323
diff changeset
1932 ** If called for a symbol, the function `documentation' now looks for
012be509f4f4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28323
diff changeset
1933 a `function-documentation' property of that symbol. If it has a non-nil
012be509f4f4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28323
diff changeset
1934 value, the documentation is taken from that value. If the value is
012be509f4f4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28323
diff changeset
1935 not a string, it is evaluated to obtain a string.
012be509f4f4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28323
diff changeset
1936
27881
f54471f7b913 replace-regexps-in-string, mouse-position-function, define-key-after change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27847
diff changeset
1937 +++
f54471f7b913 replace-regexps-in-string, mouse-position-function, define-key-after change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27847
diff changeset
1938 ** The last argument of `define-key-after' defaults to t for convenience.
f54471f7b913 replace-regexps-in-string, mouse-position-function, define-key-after change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27847
diff changeset
1939
28149
fd72698178e7 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28140
diff changeset
1940 ** The new function `replace-regexp-in-string' replaces all matches
27881
f54471f7b913 replace-regexps-in-string, mouse-position-function, define-key-after change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27847
diff changeset
1941 for a regexp in a string.
f54471f7b913 replace-regexps-in-string, mouse-position-function, define-key-after change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27847
diff changeset
1942
f54471f7b913 replace-regexps-in-string, mouse-position-function, define-key-after change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27847
diff changeset
1943 ** `mouse-position' now runs the abnormal hook
f54471f7b913 replace-regexps-in-string, mouse-position-function, define-key-after change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27847
diff changeset
1944 `mouse-position-function'.
f54471f7b913 replace-regexps-in-string, mouse-position-function, define-key-after change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27847
diff changeset
1945
27827
25e4e0c9c19a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27820
diff changeset
1946 ** The function string-to-number now returns a float for numbers
25e4e0c9c19a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27820
diff changeset
1947 that don't fit into a Lisp integer.
25e4e0c9c19a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27820
diff changeset
1948
27820
2d9b98395c82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27770
diff changeset
1949 ** The variable keyword-symbols-constants-flag has been removed.
2d9b98395c82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27770
diff changeset
1950 Keywords are now always considered constants.
2d9b98395c82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27770
diff changeset
1951
27770
38f6e392c0aa *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27733
diff changeset
1952 +++
38f6e392c0aa *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27733
diff changeset
1953 ** The new function `delete-and-extract-region' deletes text and
38f6e392c0aa *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27733
diff changeset
1954 returns it.
38f6e392c0aa *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27733
diff changeset
1955
27276
61772f3ab92f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27266
diff changeset
1956 ** The function `clear-this-command-keys' now also clears the vector
61772f3ab92f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27266
diff changeset
1957 returned by function `recent-keys'.
61772f3ab92f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27266
diff changeset
1958
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1959 +++
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1960 ** Variables `beginning-of-defun-function' and `end-of-defun-function'
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1961 can be used to define handlers for the functions that find defuns.
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1962 Major modes can define these locally instead of rebinding M-C-a
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1963 etc. if the normal conventions for defuns are not appropriate for the
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1964 mode.
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1965
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1966 +++
27094
6500fd0a7d8e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 27092
diff changeset
1967 ** easy-mmode-define-minor-mode now takes an additional BODY argument
6500fd0a7d8e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 27092
diff changeset
1968 and is renamed `define-minor-mode'.
6500fd0a7d8e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 27092
diff changeset
1969
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1970 +++
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1971 ** If an abbrev has a hook function which is a symbol, and that symbol
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1972 has a non-nil `no-self-insert' property, the return value of the hook
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1973 function specifies whether an expansion has been done or not. If it
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1974 returns nil, abbrev-expand also returns nil, meaning "no expansion has
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1975 been performed."
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1976
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1977 When abbrev expansion is done by typing a self-inserting character,
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1978 and the abbrev has a hook with the `no-self-insert' property, and the
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1979 hook function returns non-nil meaning expansion has been done,
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1980 then the self-inserting character is not inserted.
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1981
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1982 +++
26737
0aad3e0b47d2 Change of intern-soft.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26728
diff changeset
1983 ** The function `intern-soft' now accepts a symbol as first argument.
0aad3e0b47d2 Change of intern-soft.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26728
diff changeset
1984 In this case, that exact symbol is looked up in the specified obarray,
0aad3e0b47d2 Change of intern-soft.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26728
diff changeset
1985 and the function's value is nil if it is not found.
0aad3e0b47d2 Change of intern-soft.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26728
diff changeset
1986
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1987 +++
26467
fe1632dc5fb3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26432
diff changeset
1988 ** The new macro `with-syntax-table' can be used to evaluate forms
fe1632dc5fb3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26432
diff changeset
1989 with the syntax table of the current buffer temporarily set to a
fe1632dc5fb3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26432
diff changeset
1990 specified table.
fe1632dc5fb3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26432
diff changeset
1991
fe1632dc5fb3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26432
diff changeset
1992 (with-syntax-table TABLE &rest BODY)
fe1632dc5fb3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26432
diff changeset
1993
fe1632dc5fb3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26432
diff changeset
1994 Evaluate BODY with syntax table of current buffer set to a copy of
26541
ce6bf7b42bc7 --with-syntax-table changed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26525
diff changeset
1995 TABLE. The current syntax table is saved, BODY is evaluated, and the
ce6bf7b42bc7 --with-syntax-table changed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26525
diff changeset
1996 saved table is restored, even in case of an abnormal exit. Value is
ce6bf7b42bc7 --with-syntax-table changed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26525
diff changeset
1997 what BODY returns.
26467
fe1632dc5fb3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26432
diff changeset
1998
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
1999 +++
27693
d8bedafef8d5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 27644
diff changeset
2000 ** Regular expressions now support intervals \{n,m\} as well as
28063
f1b33463506d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 28051
diff changeset
2001 Perl's shy-groups \(?:...\) and non-greedy *? +? and ?? operators.
27094
6500fd0a7d8e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 27092
diff changeset
2002
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
2003 +++
26397
17d6fe2e2d0f Removal of buffer argument of file-local-copy.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26360
diff changeset
2004 ** The optional argument BUFFER of function file-local-copy has been
17d6fe2e2d0f Removal of buffer argument of file-local-copy.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26360
diff changeset
2005 removed since it wasn't used by anything.
17d6fe2e2d0f Removal of buffer argument of file-local-copy.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26360
diff changeset
2006
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
2007 +++
26360
5370b1c171ef Change in file-locked-p argument.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26359
diff changeset
2008 ** The file name argument of function `file-locked-p' is now required
5370b1c171ef Change in file-locked-p argument.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26359
diff changeset
2009 instead of being optional.
5370b1c171ef Change in file-locked-p argument.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26359
diff changeset
2010
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
2011 +++
26277
32e16b70ae15 New built-in error `text-read-only'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26271
diff changeset
2012 ** The new built-in error `text-read-only' is signaled when trying to
32e16b70ae15 New built-in error `text-read-only'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26271
diff changeset
2013 modify read-only text.
32e16b70ae15 New built-in error `text-read-only'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26271
diff changeset
2014
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
2015 +++
26140
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
2016 ** New functions and variables for locales.
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
2017
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
2018 The new variable `locale-coding-system' specifies how to encode and
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
2019 decode strings passed to low-level message functions like strerror and
26525
4df5920724de Rename messages-locale to system-messages-locale
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26467
diff changeset
2020 time functions like strftime. The new variables
4df5920724de Rename messages-locale to system-messages-locale
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26467
diff changeset
2021 `system-messages-locale' and `system-time-locale' give the system
4df5920724de Rename messages-locale to system-messages-locale
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26467
diff changeset
2022 locales to be used when invoking these two types of functions.
26140
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
2023
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
2024 The new function `set-locale-environment' sets the language
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
2025 environment, preferred coding system, and locale coding system from
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
2026 the system locale as specified by the LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, and LANG
26525
4df5920724de Rename messages-locale to system-messages-locale
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26467
diff changeset
2027 environment variables. Normally, it is invoked during startup and need
4df5920724de Rename messages-locale to system-messages-locale
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26467
diff changeset
2028 not be invoked thereafter. It uses the new variables
4df5920724de Rename messages-locale to system-messages-locale
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26467
diff changeset
2029 `locale-language-names', `locale-charset-language-names', and
4df5920724de Rename messages-locale to system-messages-locale
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26467
diff changeset
2030 `locale-preferred-coding-systems' to make its decisions.
26140
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
2031
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
2032 +++
26107
5bdae485eb03 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 26096
diff changeset
2033 ** syntax tables now understand nested comments.
5bdae485eb03 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 26096
diff changeset
2034 To declare a comment syntax as allowing nesting, just add an `n'
5bdae485eb03 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 26096
diff changeset
2035 modifier to either of the characters of the comment end and the comment
5bdae485eb03 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 26096
diff changeset
2036 start sequences.
5bdae485eb03 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 26096
diff changeset
2037
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
2038 +++
25910
918acea58309 Add section for change of pixmap-spec-p to bitmap-spec-p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25862
diff changeset
2039 ** The function `pixmap-spec-p' has been renamed `bitmap-spec-p'
918acea58309 Add section for change of pixmap-spec-p to bitmap-spec-p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25862
diff changeset
2040 because `bitmap' is more in line with the usual X terminology.
918acea58309 Add section for change of pixmap-spec-p to bitmap-spec-p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25862
diff changeset
2041
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
2042 +++
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2043 ** New function `propertize'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2044
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2045 The new function `propertize' can be used to conveniently construct
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2046 strings with text properties.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2047
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2048 - Function: propertize STRING &rest PROPERTIES
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2049
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2050 Value is a copy of STRING with text properties assigned as specified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2051 by PROPERTIES. PROPERTIES is a sequence of pairs PROPERTY VALUE, with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2052 PROPERTY being the name of a text property and VALUE being the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2053 specified value of that property. Example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2054
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2055 (propertize "foo" 'face 'bold 'read-only t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2056
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2057 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2058 ** push and pop macros.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2059
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
2060 Simple versions of the push and pop macros of Common Lisp
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
2061 are now defined in Emacs Lisp. These macros allow only symbols
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2062 as the place that holds the list to be changed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2063
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2064 (push NEWELT LISTNAME) add NEWELT to the front of LISTNAME's value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2065 (pop LISTNAME) return first elt of LISTNAME, and remove it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2066 (thus altering the value of LISTNAME).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2067
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
2068 ** New dolist and dotimes macros.
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
2069
27387
d0a7127b33e5 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27385
diff changeset
2070 Simple versions of the dolist and dotimes macros of Common Lisp
d0a7127b33e5 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27385
diff changeset
2071 are now defined in Emacs Lisp.
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
2072
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
2073 (dolist (VAR LIST [RESULT]) BODY...)
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
2074 Execute body once for each element of LIST,
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
2075 using the variable VAR to hold the current element.
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
2076 Then return the value of RESULT, or nil if RESULT is omitted.
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
2077
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
2078 (dotimes (VAR COUNT [RESULT]) BODY...)
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
2079 Execute BODY with VAR bound to successive integers running from 0,
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
2080 inclusive, to COUNT, exclusive.
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
2081 Then return the value of RESULT, or nil if RESULT is omitted.
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
2082
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2083 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2084 ** Regular expressions now support Posix character classes such
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2085 as [:alpha:], [:space:] and so on.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2086
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2087 [:digit:] matches 0 through 9
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2088 [:cntrl:] matches ASCII control characters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2089 [:xdigit:] matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2090 [:blank:] matches space and tab only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2091 [:graph:] matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2092 space, and DEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2093 [:print:] matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2094 and DEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2095 [:alnum:] matches letters and digits.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2096 (But at present, for multibyte characters,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2097 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2098 [:alpha:] matches letters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2099 (But at present, for multibyte characters,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2100 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2101 [:ascii:] matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2102 [:nonascii:] matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2103 [:lower:] matches anything lower-case.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2104 [:punct:] matches punctuation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2105 (But at present, for multibyte characters,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2106 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2107 [:space:] matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2108 [:upper:] matches anything upper-case.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2109 [:word:] matches anything that has word syntax.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2110
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2111 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2112 ** Emacs now has built-in hash tables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2114 The following functions are defined for hash tables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2115
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2116 - Function: make-hash-table ARGS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2117
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2118 The argument list ARGS consists of keyword/argument pairs. All arguments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2119 are optional. The following arguments are defined:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2120
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2121 :test TEST
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2122
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2123 TEST must be a symbol specifying how to compare keys. Default is `eql'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2124 Predefined are `eq', `eql' and `equal'. If TEST is not predefined,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2125 it must have been defined with `define-hash-table-test'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2126
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2127 :size SIZE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2128
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2129 SIZE must be an integer > 0 giving a hint to the implementation how
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2130 many elements will be put in the hash table. Default size is 65.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2131
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2132 :rehash-size REHASH-SIZE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2134 REHASH-SIZE specifies by how much to grow a hash table once it becomes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2135 full. If REHASH-SIZE is an integer, add that to the hash table's old
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2136 size to get the new size. Otherwise, REHASH-SIZE must be a float >
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2137 1.0, and the new size is computed by multiplying REHASH-SIZE with the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2138 old size. Default rehash size is 1.5.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2139
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2140 :rehash-threshold THRESHOLD
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2141
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2142 THRESHOLD must be a float > 0 and <= 1.0 specifying when to resize the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2143 hash table. It is resized when the ratio of (number of entries) /
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2144 (size of hash table) is >= THRESHOLD. Default threshold is 0.8.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2145
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2146 :weakness WEAK
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2147
30502
0dca3aa6405a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30483
diff changeset
2148 WEAK must be either nil, one of the symbols `key, `value',
0dca3aa6405a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30483
diff changeset
2149 `key-or-value', `key-and-value', or t, meaning the same as
0dca3aa6405a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30483
diff changeset
2150 `key-and-value'. Entries are removed from weak tables during garbage
0dca3aa6405a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30483
diff changeset
2151 collection if their key and/or value are not referenced elsewhere
0dca3aa6405a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30483
diff changeset
2152 outside of the hash table. Default are non-weak hash tables.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2153
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2154 - Function: makehash &optional TEST
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2155
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2156 Similar to make-hash-table, but only TEST can be specified.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2157
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2158 - Function: hash-table-p TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2159
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2160 Returns non-nil if TABLE is a hash table object.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2161
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2162 - Function: copy-hash-table TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2163
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2164 Returns a copy of TABLE. Only the table itself is copied, keys and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2165 values are shared.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2167 - Function: hash-table-count TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2168
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2169 Returns the number of entries in TABLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2171 - Function: hash-table-rehash-size TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2172
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2173 Returns the rehash size of TABLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2174
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2175 - Function: hash-table-rehash-threshold TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2176
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2177 Returns the rehash threshold of TABLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2178
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2179 - Function: hash-table-rehash-size TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2180
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2181 Returns the size of TABLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2182
30789
68b63779f4df typo fix
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30788
diff changeset
2183 - Function: hash-table-test TABLE
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2184
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2185 Returns the test TABLE uses to compare keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2186
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2187 - Function: hash-table-weakness TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2188
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2189 Returns the weakness specified for TABLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2190
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2191 - Function: clrhash TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2192
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2193 Clear TABLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2194
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2195 - Function: gethash KEY TABLE &optional DEFAULT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2196
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2197 Look up KEY in TABLE and return its associated VALUE or DEFAULT if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2198 not found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2199
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
2200 - Function: puthash KEY VALUE TABLE
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2201
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2202 Associate KEY with VALUE in TABLE. If KEY is already associated with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2203 another value, replace the old value with VALUE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2204
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2205 - Function: remhash KEY TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2206
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2207 Remove KEY from TABLE if it is there.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2208
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2209 - Function: maphash FUNCTION TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2210
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2211 Call FUNCTION for all elements in TABLE. FUNCTION must take two
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2212 arguments KEY and VALUE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2213
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2214 - Function: sxhash OBJ
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2215
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2216 Return a hash code for Lisp object OBJ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2217
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2218 - Function: define-hash-table-test NAME TEST-FN HASH-FN
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2219
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2220 Define a new hash table test named NAME. If NAME is specified as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2221 a test in `make-hash-table', the table created will use TEST-FN for
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
2222 comparing keys, and HASH-FN to compute hash codes for keys. Test
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2223 and hash function are stored as symbol property `hash-table-test'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2224 of NAME with a value of (TEST-FN HASH-FN).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2225
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2226 TEST-FN must take two arguments and return non-nil if they are the same.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2227
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2228 HASH-FN must take one argument and return an integer that is the hash
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2229 code of the argument. The function should use the whole range of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2230 integer values for hash code computation, including negative integers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2231
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2232 Example: The following creates a hash table whose keys are supposed to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2233 be strings that are compared case-insensitively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2234
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2235 (defun case-fold-string= (a b)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2236 (compare-strings a nil nil b nil nil t))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2237
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2238 (defun case-fold-string-hash (a)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2239 (sxhash (upcase a)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2240
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
2241 (define-hash-table-test 'case-fold 'case-fold-string=
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2242 'case-fold-string-hash))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2243
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2244 (make-hash-table :test 'case-fold)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2245
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2246 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2247 ** The Lisp reader handles circular structure.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2248
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2249 It now works to use the #N= and #N# constructs to represent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2250 circular structures. For example, #1=(a . #1#) represents
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2251 a cons cell which is its own cdr.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2252
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2253 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2254 ** The Lisp printer handles circular structure.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2255
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2256 If you bind print-circle to a non-nil value, the Lisp printer outputs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2257 #N= and #N# constructs to represent circular and shared structure.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2258
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2259 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2260 ** If the second argument to `move-to-column' is anything but nil or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2261 t, that means replace a tab with spaces if necessary to reach the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2262 specified column, but do not add spaces at the end of the line if it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2263 is too short to reach that column.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2264
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2265 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2266 ** perform-replace has a new feature: the REPLACEMENTS argument may
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2267 now be a cons cell (FUNCTION . DATA). This means to call FUNCTION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2268 after each match to get the replacement text. FUNCTION is called with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2269 two arguments: DATA, and the number of replacements already made.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2270
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2271 If the FROM-STRING contains any upper-case letters,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2272 perform-replace also turns off `case-fold-search' temporarily
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2273 and inserts the replacement text without altering case in it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2274
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2275 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2276 ** The function buffer-size now accepts an optional argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2277 to specify which buffer to return the size of.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2278
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2279 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2280 ** The calendar motion commands now run the normal hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2281 calendar-move-hook after moving point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2282
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2283 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2284 ** The new variable small-temporary-file-directory specifies a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2285 directory to use for creating temporary files that are likely to be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2286 small. (Certain Emacs features use this directory.) If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2287 small-temporary-file-directory is nil, they use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2288 temporary-file-directory instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2289
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2290 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2291 ** The variable `inhibit-modification-hooks', if non-nil, inhibits all
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2292 the hooks that track changes in the buffer. This affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2293 `before-change-functions' and `after-change-functions', as well as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2294 hooks attached to text properties and overlay properties.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2295
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2296 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2297 ** assoc-delete-all is a new function that deletes all the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2298 elements of an alist which have a particular value as the car.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2299
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2300 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2301 ** make-temp-file provides a more reliable way to create a temporary file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2302
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2303 make-temp-file is used like make-temp-name, except that it actually
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2304 creates the file before it returns. This prevents a timing error,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2305 ensuring that no other job can use the same name for a temporary file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2306
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2307 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2308 ** New exclusive-open feature in `write-region'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2309
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2310 The optional seventh arg is now called MUSTBENEW. If non-nil, it insists
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2311 on a check for an existing file with the same name. If MUSTBENEW
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2312 is `excl', that means to get an error if the file already exists;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2313 never overwrite. If MUSTBENEW is neither nil nor `excl', that means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2314 ask for confirmation before overwriting, but do go ahead and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2315 overwrite the file if the user gives confirmation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2316
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2317 If the MUSTBENEW argument in `write-region' is `excl',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2318 that means to use a special feature in the `open' system call
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2319 to get an error if the file exists at that time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2320 The error reported is `file-already-exists'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2321
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2322 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2323 ** Function `format' now handles text properties.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2324
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2325 Text properties of the format string are applied to the result string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2326 If the result string is longer than the format string, text properties
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2327 ending at the end of the format string are extended to the end of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2328 result string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2329
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2330 Text properties from string arguments are applied to the result
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2331 string where arguments appear in the result string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2332
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2333 Example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2334
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2335 (let ((s1 "hello, %s")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2336 (s2 "world"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2337 (put-text-property 0 (length s1) 'face 'bold s1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2338 (put-text-property 0 (length s2) 'face 'italic s2)
26034
e7b463705814 Some typos fixed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26030
diff changeset
2339 (format s1 s2))
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2340
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2341 results in a bold-face string with an italic `world' at the end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2342
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2343 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2344 ** Messages can now be displayed with text properties.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2345
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2346 Text properties are handled as described above for function `format'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2347 The following example displays a bold-face message with an italic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2348 argument in it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2349
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2350 (let ((msg "hello, %s!")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2351 (arg "world"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2352 (put-text-property 0 (length msg) 'face 'bold msg)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2353 (put-text-property 0 (length arg) 'face 'italic arg)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2354 (message msg arg))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2355
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2356 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2357 ** Sound support
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2358
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2359 Emacs supports playing sound files on GNU/Linux and the free BSDs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2360 (Voxware driver and native BSD driver, aka as Luigi's driver).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2361
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2362 Currently supported file formats are RIFF-WAVE (*.wav) and Sun Audio
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2363 (*.au). You must configure Emacs with the option `--with-sound=yes'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2364 to enable sound support.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2365
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2366 Sound files can be played by calling (play-sound SOUND). SOUND is a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2367 list of the form `(sound PROPERTY...)'. The function is only defined
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2368 when sound support is present for the system on which Emacs runs. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2369 functions runs `play-sound-functions' with one argument which is the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2370 sound to play, before playing the sound.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2371
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2372 The following sound properties are supported:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2373
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2374 - `:file FILE'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2375
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2376 FILE is a file name. If FILE isn't an absolute name, it will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2377 searched relative to `data-directory'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2378
27148
929f111a6823 Sound with :data.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27145
diff changeset
2379 - `:data DATA'
929f111a6823 Sound with :data.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27145
diff changeset
2380
929f111a6823 Sound with :data.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27145
diff changeset
2381 DATA is a string containing sound data. Either :file or :data
929f111a6823 Sound with :data.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27145
diff changeset
2382 may be present, but not both.
929f111a6823 Sound with :data.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27145
diff changeset
2383
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2384 - `:volume VOLUME'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2385
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2386 VOLUME must be an integer in the range 0..100 or a float in the range
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2387 0..1. This property is optional.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2388
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2389 Other properties are ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2390
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2391 ** `multimedia' is a new Finder keyword and Custom group.
26933
73340d009a9f keywordp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26924
diff changeset
2392
73340d009a9f keywordp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26924
diff changeset
2393 ** keywordp is a new predicate to test efficiently for an object being
73340d009a9f keywordp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26924
diff changeset
2394 a keyword symbol.
27145
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
2395
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
2396 ** Changes to garbage collection
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
2397
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
2398 *** The function garbage-collect now additionally returns the number
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
2399 of live and free strings.
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
2400
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
2401 *** There is a new variable `strings-consed' holding the number of
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
2402 strings that have been consed so far.
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
2403
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2404
29151
fa8f476affa7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29102
diff changeset
2405 * Lisp-level Display features added after release 2.6 of the Emacs
fa8f476affa7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29102
diff changeset
2406 Lisp Manual
fa8f476affa7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29102
diff changeset
2407
31220
e947c5224fc0 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31183
diff changeset
2408 *** On window systems, `glyph-table' is no longer used.
e947c5224fc0 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31183
diff changeset
2409
30222
6468eaa4eaee load-path not customizable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30219
diff changeset
2410 +++
6468eaa4eaee load-path not customizable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30219
diff changeset
2411 ** Help strings in menu items are now used to provide `help-echo' text.
29939
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
2412
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
2413 ** The function `image-size' can be used to determine the size of an
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
2414 image.
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
2415
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
2416 - Function: image-size SPEC &optional PIXELS FRAME
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
2417
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
2418 Return the size of an image as a pair (WIDTH . HEIGHT).
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
2419
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
2420 SPEC is an image specification. PIXELS non-nil means return sizes
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
2421 measured in pixels, otherwise return sizes measured in canonical
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
2422 character units (fractions of the width/height of the frame's default
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
2423 font). FRAME is the frame on which the image will be displayed.
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
2424 FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame.
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
2425
31639
1c5bd105d7dc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31636
diff changeset
2426 ** The function `image-mask-p' can be used to determine if an image
1c5bd105d7dc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31636
diff changeset
2427 has a mask bitmap.
1c5bd105d7dc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31636
diff changeset
2428
1c5bd105d7dc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31636
diff changeset
2429 - Function: image-mask-p SPEC &optional FRAME
1c5bd105d7dc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31636
diff changeset
2430
1c5bd105d7dc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31636
diff changeset
2431 Return t if image SPEC has a mask bitmap.
1c5bd105d7dc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31636
diff changeset
2432 FRAME is the frame on which the image will be displayed. FRAME nil
1c5bd105d7dc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31636
diff changeset
2433 or omitted means use the selected frame.
1c5bd105d7dc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31636
diff changeset
2434
31156
deaa66a2ac5b *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31127
diff changeset
2435 +++
29506
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
2436 ** The function `find-image' can be used to find a usable image
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
2437 satisfying one of a list of specifications.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
2438
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
2439 +++
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
2440 ** The STRING argument of `put-image' and `insert-image' is now
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
2441 optional.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
2442
31156
deaa66a2ac5b *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31127
diff changeset
2443 +++
deaa66a2ac5b *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31127
diff changeset
2444 ** Image specifications may contain the property `:ascent center' (see
deaa66a2ac5b *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31127
diff changeset
2445 below).
29151
fa8f476affa7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29102
diff changeset
2446
fa8f476affa7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29102
diff changeset
2447
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2448 * New Lisp-level Display features in Emacs 21.1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2449
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2450 Note that +++ before an item means the Lisp manual has been updated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2451 --- means that I have decided it does not need to be in the Lisp manual.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2452 When you add a new item, please add it without either +++ or ---
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2453 so I will know I still need to look at it -- rms.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2454
28634
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2455 ** The function tty-suppress-bold-inverse-default-colors can be used
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2456 to make Emacs avoid displaying text with bold black foreground on TTYs.
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2457
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2458 Some terminals, notably PC consoles, emulate bold text by displaying
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2459 text in brighter colors. On such a console, a bold black foreground
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2460 is displayed in a gray color. If this turns out to be hard to read on
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2461 your monitor---the problem occurred with the mode line on
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2462 laptops---you can instruct Emacs to ignore the text's boldness, and to
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2463 just display it black instead.
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2464
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2465 This situation can't be detected automatically. You will have to put
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2466 a line like
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2467
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2468 (tty-suppress-bold-inverse-default-colors t)
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2469
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2470 in your `.emacs'.
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
2471
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2472 ** New face implementation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2473
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2474 Emacs faces have been reimplemented from scratch. They don't use XLFD
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2475 font names anymore and face merging now works as expected.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2476
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2477 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2478 *** New faces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2479
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2480 Each face can specify the following display attributes:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2481
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2482 1. Font family or fontset alias name.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
2483
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2484 2. Relative proportionate width, aka character set width or set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2485 width (swidth), e.g. `semi-compressed'.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
2486
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2487 3. Font height in 1/10pt
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
2488
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2489 4. Font weight, e.g. `bold'.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
2490
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2491 5. Font slant, e.g. `italic'.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
2492
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2493 6. Foreground color.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
2494
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2495 7. Background color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2496
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2497 8. Whether or not characters should be underlined, and in what color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2499 9. Whether or not characters should be displayed in inverse video.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2500
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2501 10. A background stipple, a bitmap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2502
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2503 11. Whether or not characters should be overlined, and in what color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2504
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2505 12. Whether or not characters should be strike-through, and in what
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2506 color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2508 13. Whether or not a box should be drawn around characters, its
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2509 color, the width of the box lines, and 3D appearance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2510
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2511 Faces are frame-local by nature because Emacs allows to define the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2512 same named face (face names are symbols) differently for different
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2513 frames. Each frame has an alist of face definitions for all named
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2514 faces. The value of a named face in such an alist is a Lisp vector
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2515 with the symbol `face' in slot 0, and a slot for each each of the face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2516 attributes mentioned above.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2518 There is also a global face alist `face-new-frame-defaults'. Face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2519 definitions from this list are used to initialize faces of newly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2520 created frames.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
2521
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2522 A face doesn't have to specify all attributes. Those not specified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2523 have a nil value. Faces specifying all attributes are called
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2524 `fully-specified'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2525
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2526 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2527 *** Face merging.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2528
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2529 The display style of a given character in the text is determined by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2530 combining several faces. This process is called `face merging'. Any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2531 aspect of the display style that isn't specified by overlays or text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2532 properties is taken from the `default' face. Since it is made sure
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2533 that the default face is always fully-specified, face merging always
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2534 results in a fully-specified face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2535
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2536 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2537 *** Face realization.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2538
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2539 After all face attributes for a character have been determined by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2540 merging faces of that character, that face is `realized'. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2541 realization process maps face attributes to what is physically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2542 available on the system where Emacs runs. The result is a `realized
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2543 face' in form of an internal structure which is stored in the face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2544 cache of the frame on which it was realized.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2545
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2546 Face realization is done in the context of the charset of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2547 character to display because different fonts and encodings are used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2548 for different charsets. In other words, for characters of different
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2549 charsets, different realized faces are needed to display them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2550
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2551 Except for composite characters, faces are always realized for a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2552 specific character set and contain a specific font, even if the face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2553 being realized specifies a fontset. The reason is that the result of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2554 the new font selection stage is better than what can be done with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2555 statically defined font name patterns in fontsets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2556
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2557 In unibyte text, Emacs' charsets aren't applicable; function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2558 `char-charset' reports ASCII for all characters, including those >
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2559 0x7f. The X registry and encoding of fonts to use is determined from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2560 the variable `face-default-registry' in this case. The variable is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2561 initialized at Emacs startup time from the font the user specified for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2562 Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2563
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2564 Currently all unibyte text, i.e. all buffers with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2565 `enable-multibyte-characters' nil are displayed with fonts of the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2566 registry and encoding `face-default-registry'. This is consistent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2567 with the fact that languages can also be set globally, only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2568
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2569 ++++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2570 **** Clearing face caches.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2571
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2572 The Lisp function `clear-face-cache' can be called to clear face caches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2573 on all frames. If called with a non-nil argument, it will also unload
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2574 unused fonts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2575
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2576 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2577 *** Font selection.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
2578
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2579 Font selection tries to find the best available matching font for a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2580 given (charset, face) combination. This is done slightly differently
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2581 for faces specifying a fontset, or a font family name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2582
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2583 If the face specifies a fontset name, that fontset determines a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2584 pattern for fonts of the given charset. If the face specifies a font
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2585 family, a font pattern is constructed. Charset symbols have a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2586 property `x-charset-registry' for that purpose that maps a charset to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2587 an XLFD registry and encoding in the font pattern constructed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2588
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2589 Available fonts on the system on which Emacs runs are then matched
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2590 against the font pattern. The result of font selection is the best
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2591 match for the given face attributes in this font list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2592
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2593 Font selection can be influenced by the user.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2594
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2595 The user can specify the relative importance he gives the face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2596 attributes width, height, weight, and slant by setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2597 face-font-selection-order (faces.el) to a list of face attribute
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2598 names. The default is (:width :height :weight :slant), and means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2599 that font selection first tries to find a good match for the font
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2600 width specified by a face, then---within fonts with that width---tries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2601 to find a best match for the specified font height, etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2602
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2603 Setting `face-alternative-font-family-alist' allows the user to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2604 specify alternative font families to try if a family specified by a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2605 face doesn't exist.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2606
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2607 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2608 **** Scalable fonts
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2609
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2610 Emacs can make use of scalable fonts but doesn't do so by default,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2611 since the use of too many or too big scalable fonts may crash XFree86
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2612 servers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2613
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2614 To enable scalable font use, set the variable
26034
e7b463705814 Some typos fixed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26030
diff changeset
2615 `scalable-fonts-allowed'. A value of nil, the default, means never use
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2616 scalable fonts. A value of t means any scalable font may be used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2617 Otherwise, the value must be a list of regular expressions. A
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2618 scalable font may then be used if it matches a regular expression from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2619 that list. Example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2620
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2621 (setq scalable-fonts-allowed '("muleindian-2$"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2622
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2623 allows the use of scalable fonts with registry `muleindian-2'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2624
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2625 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2626 *** Functions and variables related to font selection.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2627
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2628 - Function: x-family-fonts &optional FAMILY FRAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2629
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2630 Return a list of available fonts of family FAMILY on FRAME. If FAMILY
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2631 is omitted or nil, list all families. Otherwise, FAMILY must be a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2632 string, possibly containing wildcards `?' and `*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2633
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2634 If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame. Each element of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2635 the result is a vector [FAMILY WIDTH POINT-SIZE WEIGHT SLANT FIXED-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2636 FULL REGISTRY-AND-ENCODING]. FAMILY is the font family name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2637 POINT-SIZE is the size of the font in 1/10 pt. WIDTH, WEIGHT, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2638 SLANT are symbols describing the width, weight and slant of the font.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2639 These symbols are the same as for face attributes. FIXED-P is non-nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2640 if the font is fixed-pitch. FULL is the full name of the font, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2641 REGISTRY-AND-ENCODING is a string giving the registry and encoding of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2642 the font. The result list is sorted according to the current setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2643 of the face font sort order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2644
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
2645 - Function: x-font-family-list
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2646
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2647 Return a list of available font families on FRAME. If FRAME is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2648 omitted or nil, use the selected frame. Value is a list of conses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2649 (FAMILY . FIXED-P) where FAMILY is a font family, and FIXED-P is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2650 non-nil if fonts of that family are fixed-pitch.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2651
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2652 - Variable: font-list-limit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2653
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2654 Limit for font matching. If an integer > 0, font matching functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2655 won't load more than that number of fonts when searching for a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2656 matching font. The default is currently 100.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2657
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2658 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2659 *** Setting face attributes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2660
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2661 For the most part, the new face implementation is interface-compatible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2662 with the old one. Old face attribute related functions are now
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2663 implemented in terms of the new functions `set-face-attribute' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2664 `face-attribute'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2666 Face attributes are identified by their names which are keyword
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2667 symbols. All attributes can be set to `unspecified'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2668
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2669 The following attributes are recognized:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2670
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2671 `:family'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2672
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2673 VALUE must be a string specifying the font family, e.g. ``courier'',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2674 or a fontset alias name. If a font family is specified, wild-cards `*'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2675 and `?' are allowed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2676
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2677 `:width'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2678
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2679 VALUE specifies the relative proportionate width of the font to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2680 It must be one of the symbols `ultra-condensed', `extra-condensed',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2681 `condensed', `semi-condensed', `normal', `semi-expanded', `expanded',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2682 `extra-expanded', or `ultra-expanded'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2683
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2684 `:height'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2685
31183
cb5d69bcd655 Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and additional legal
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31156
diff changeset
2686 VALUE must be either an integer specifying the height of the font to use
cb5d69bcd655 Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and additional legal
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31156
diff changeset
2687 in 1/10 pt, a floating point number specifying the amount by which to
cb5d69bcd655 Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and additional legal
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31156
diff changeset
2688 scale any underlying face, or a function, which is called with the old
cb5d69bcd655 Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and additional legal
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31156
diff changeset
2689 height (from the underlying face), and should return the new height.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2690
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2691 `:weight'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2692
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2693 VALUE specifies the weight of the font to use. It must be one of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2694 symbols `ultra-bold', `extra-bold', `bold', `semi-bold', `normal',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2695 `semi-light', `light', `extra-light', `ultra-light'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2696
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2697 `:slant'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2698
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2699 VALUE specifies the slant of the font to use. It must be one of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2700 symbols `italic', `oblique', `normal', `reverse-italic', or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2701 `reverse-oblique'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2702
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2703 `:foreground', `:background'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2704
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2705 VALUE must be a color name, a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2706
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2707 `:underline'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2708
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2709 VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be underlined. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2710 VALUE is t, underline with foreground color of the face. If VALUE is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2711 a string, underline with that color. If VALUE is nil, explicitly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2712 don't underline.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2713
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2714 `:overline'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2715
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2716 VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be overlined. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2717 VALUE is t, overline with foreground color of the face. If VALUE is a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2718 string, overline with that color. If VALUE is nil, explicitly don't
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2719 overline.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2720
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2721 `:strike-through'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2722
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2723 VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be drawn with a line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2724 striking through them. If VALUE is t, use the foreground color of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2725 face. If VALUE is a string, strike-through with that color. If VALUE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2726 is nil, explicitly don't strike through.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2727
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2728 `:box'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2729
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2730 VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should have a box drawn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2731 around them. If VALUE is nil, explicitly don't draw boxes. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2732 VALUE is t, draw a box with lines of width 1 in the foreground color
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2733 of the face. If VALUE is a string, the string must be a color name,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2734 and the box is drawn in that color with a line width of 1. Otherwise,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2735 VALUE must be a property list of the form `(:line-width WIDTH
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2736 :color COLOR :style STYLE)'. If a keyword/value pair is missing from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2737 the property list, a default value will be used for the value, as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2738 specified below. WIDTH specifies the width of the lines to draw; it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2739 defaults to 1. COLOR is the name of the color to draw in, default is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2740 the foreground color of the face for simple boxes, and the background
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2741 color of the face for 3D boxes. STYLE specifies whether a 3D box
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2742 should be draw. If STYLE is `released-button', draw a box looking
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2743 like a released 3D button. If STYLE is `pressed-button' draw a box
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2744 that appears like a pressed button. If STYLE is nil, the default if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2745 the property list doesn't contain a style specification, draw a 2D
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2746 box.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2747
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2748 `:inverse-video'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2749
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2750 VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be displayed in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2751 inverse video. VALUE must be one of t or nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2752
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2753 `:stipple'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2754
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2755 If VALUE is a string, it must be the name of a file of pixmap data.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2756 The directories listed in the `x-bitmap-file-path' variable are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2757 searched. Alternatively, VALUE may be a list of the form (WIDTH
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2758 HEIGHT DATA) where WIDTH and HEIGHT are the size in pixels, and DATA
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2759 is a string containing the raw bits of the bitmap. VALUE nil means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2760 explicitly don't use a stipple pattern.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2761
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2762 For convenience, attributes `:family', `:width', `:height', `:weight',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2763 and `:slant' may also be set in one step from an X font name:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2764
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2765 `:font'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2766
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2767 Set font-related face attributes from VALUE. VALUE must be a valid
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2768 XLFD font name. If it is a font name pattern, the first matching font
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2769 is used--this is for compatibility with the behavior of previous
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2770 versions of Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2771
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2772 For compatibility with Emacs 20, keywords `:bold' and `:italic' can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2773 be used to specify that a bold or italic font should be used. VALUE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2774 must be t or nil in that case. A value of `unspecified' is not allowed."
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2775
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2776 Please see also the documentation of `set-face-attribute' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2777 `defface'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2778
31183
cb5d69bcd655 Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and additional legal
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31156
diff changeset
2779 `:inherit'
cb5d69bcd655 Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and additional legal
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31156
diff changeset
2780
cb5d69bcd655 Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and additional legal
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31156
diff changeset
2781 VALUE is the name of a face from which to inherit attributes, or a list
cb5d69bcd655 Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and additional legal
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31156
diff changeset
2782 of face names. Attributes from inherited faces are merged into the face
cb5d69bcd655 Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and additional legal
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31156
diff changeset
2783 like an underlying face would be, with higher priority than underlying faces.
cb5d69bcd655 Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and additional legal
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31156
diff changeset
2784
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2785 *** Face attributes and X resources
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2786
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2787 The following X resource names can be used to set face attributes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2788 from X resources:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2789
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2790 Face attribute X resource class
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2791 -----------------------------------------------------------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2792 :family attributeFamily . Face.AttributeFamily
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2793 :width attributeWidth Face.AttributeWidth
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2794 :height attributeHeight Face.AttributeHeight
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2795 :weight attributeWeight Face.AttributeWeight
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2796 :slant attributeSlant Face.AttributeSlant
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2797 foreground attributeForeground Face.AttributeForeground
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2798 :background attributeBackground . Face.AttributeBackground
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2799 :overline attributeOverline Face.AttributeOverline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2800 :strike-through attributeStrikeThrough Face.AttributeStrikeThrough
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2801 :box attributeBox Face.AttributeBox
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2802 :underline attributeUnderline Face.AttributeUnderline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2803 :inverse-video attributeInverse Face.AttributeInverse
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2804 :stipple attributeStipple Face.AttributeStipple
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
2805 or attributeBackgroundPixmap
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2806 Face.AttributeBackgroundPixmap
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2807 :font attributeFont Face.AttributeFont
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2808 :bold attributeBold Face.AttributeBold
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2809 :italic attributeItalic . Face.AttributeItalic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2810 :font attributeFont Face.AttributeFont
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2811
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2812 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2813 *** Text property `face'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2814
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2815 The value of the `face' text property can now be a single face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2816 specification or a list of such specifications. Each face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2817 specification can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2818
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2819 1. A symbol or string naming a Lisp face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2820
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2821 2. A property list of the form (KEYWORD VALUE ...) where each
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2822 KEYWORD is a face attribute name, and VALUE is an appropriate value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2823 for that attribute. Please see the doc string of `set-face-attribute'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2824 for face attribute names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2825
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2826 3. Conses of the form (FOREGROUND-COLOR . COLOR) or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2827 (BACKGROUND-COLOR . COLOR) where COLOR is a color name. This is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2828 for compatibility with previous Emacs versions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2829
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2830 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2831 ** Support functions for colors on text-only terminals.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2832
27092
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2833 The function `tty-color-define' can be used to define colors for use
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2834 on TTY and MSDOS frames. It maps a color name to a color number on
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2835 the terminal. Emacs defines a couple of common color mappings by
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2836 default. You can get defined colors with a call to
27092
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2837 `defined-colors'. The function `tty-color-clear' can be
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2838 used to clear the mapping table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2839
27092
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2840 ** Unified support for colors independent of frame type.
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2841
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2842 The new functions `defined-colors', `color-defined-p', `color-values',
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2843 and `display-color-p' work for any type of frame. On frames whose
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2844 type is neither x nor w32, these functions transparently map X-style
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2845 color specifications to the closest colors supported by the frame
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2846 display. Lisp programs should use these new functions instead of the
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2847 old `x-defined-colors', `x-color-defined-p', `x-color-values', and
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2848 `x-display-color-p'. (The old function names are still available for
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2849 compatibility; they are now aliases of the new names.) Lisp programs
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2850 should no more look at the value of the variable window-system to
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2851 modify their color-related behavior.
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2852
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2853 The primitives `color-gray-p' and `color-supported-p' also work for
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2854 any frame type.
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
2855
27573
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
2856 ** Platform-independent functions to describe display capabilities.
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
2857
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
2858 The new functions `display-mouse-p', `display-popup-menus-p',
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
2859 `display-graphic-p', `display-selections-p', `display-screens',
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
2860 `display-pixel-width', `display-pixel-height', `display-mm-width',
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
2861 `display-mm-height', `display-backing-store', `display-save-under',
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
2862 `display-planes', `display-color-cells', `display-visual-class', and
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
2863 `display-grayscale-p' describe the basic capabilities of a particular
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
2864 display. Lisp programs should call these functions instead of testing
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
2865 the value of the variables `window-system' or `system-type', or calling
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
2866 platform-specific functions such as `x-display-pixel-width'.
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
2867
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2868 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2869 ** The minibuffer prompt is now actually inserted in the minibuffer.
26062
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
2870
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2871 This makes it possible to scroll through the prompt, if you want to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2872
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2873 The function minubuffer-prompt-end returns the current position of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2874 end of the minibuffer prompt, if the minibuffer is current.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2875 Otherwise, it returns zero.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2876
26062
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
2877 ** New `field' abstraction in buffers.
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
2878
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
2879 There is now code to support an abstraction called `fields' in emacs
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
2880 buffers. A field is a contiguous region of text with the same `field'
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2881 property (which can be a text property or an overlay).
26062
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
2882
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2883 Many emacs functions, such as forward-word, forward-sentence,
26062
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
2884 forward-paragraph, beginning-of-line, etc., stop moving when they come
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2885 to the boundary between fields; beginning-of-line and end-of-line will
26062
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
2886 not let the point move past the field boundary, but other movement
27144
46becbc67703 inhibit-field-text-motion
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27136
diff changeset
2887 commands continue into the next field if repeated. Stopping at field
46becbc67703 inhibit-field-text-motion
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27136
diff changeset
2888 boundaries can be suppressed programmatically by binding
46becbc67703 inhibit-field-text-motion
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27136
diff changeset
2889 `inhibit-field-text-motion' to a non-nil value around calls to these
46becbc67703 inhibit-field-text-motion
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27136
diff changeset
2890 functions.
26062
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
2891
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
2892 Now that the minibuffer prompt is inserted into the minibuffer, it is in
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2893 a separate field from the user-input part of the buffer, so that common
26062
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
2894 editing commands treat the user's text separately from the prompt.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2895
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2896 The following functions are defined for operating on fields:
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2897
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2898 - Function: constrain-to-field NEW-POS OLD-POS &optional ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE ONLY-IN-LINE INHIBIT-CAPTURE-PROPERTY
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2899
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2900 Return the position closest to NEW-POS that is in the same field as OLD-POS.
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2901
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2902 A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2903 If NEW-POS is nil, then the current point is used instead, and set to the
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2904 constrained position if that is is different.
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2905
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2906 If OLD-POS is at the boundary of two fields, then the allowable
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2907 positions for NEW-POS depends on the value of the optional argument
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2908 ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE: If ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is nil, then NEW-POS is
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2909 constrained to the field that has the same `field' char-property
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2910 as any new characters inserted at OLD-POS, whereas if ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2911 is non-nil, NEW-POS is constrained to the union of the two adjacent
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2912 fields. Additionally, if two fields are separated by another field with
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2913 the special value `boundary', then any point within this special field is
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2914 also considered to be `on the boundary'.
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2915
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2916 If the optional argument ONLY-IN-LINE is non-nil and constraining
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2917 NEW-POS would move it to a different line, NEW-POS is returned
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2918 unconstrained. This useful for commands that move by line, like
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2919 C-n or C-a, which should generally respect field boundaries
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2920 only in the case where they can still move to the right line.
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2921
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2922 If the optional argument INHIBIT-CAPTURE-PROPERTY is non-nil, and OLD-POS has
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2923 a non-nil property of that name, then any field boundaries are ignored.
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2924
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2925 Field boundaries are not noticed if `inhibit-field-text-motion' is non-nil.
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2926
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2927 - Function: delete-field &optional POS
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2928
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2929 Delete the field surrounding POS.
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2930 A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2931 If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2932
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2933 - Function: field-beginning &optional POS ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2934
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2935 Return the beginning of the field surrounding POS.
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2936 A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2937 If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2938 If ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is non-nil and POS is at the beginning of its
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2939 field, then the beginning of the *previous* field is returned.
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2940
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2941 - Function: field-end &optional POS ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2942
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2943 Return the end of the field surrounding POS.
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2944 A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2945 If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2946 If ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is non-nil and POS is at the end of its field,
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2947 then the end of the *following* field is returned.
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2948
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2949 - Function: field-string &optional POS
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2950
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2951 Return the contents of the field surrounding POS as a string.
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2952 A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2953 If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2954
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2955 - Function: field-string-no-properties &optional POS
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2956
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2957 Return the contents of the field around POS, without text-properties.
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2958 A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
2959 If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
2960
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2961 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2962 ** Image support.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2963
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2964 Emacs can now display images. Images are inserted into text by giving
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2965 strings or buffer text a `display' text property containing one of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2966 (AREA IMAGE) or IMAGE. The display of the `display' property value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2967 replaces the display of the characters having that property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2968
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2969 If the property value has the form (AREA IMAGE), AREA must be one of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2970 `(margin left-margin)', `(margin right-margin)' or `(margin nil)'. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2971 AREA is `(margin nil)', IMAGE will be displayed in the text area of a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2972 window, otherwise it will be displayed in the left or right marginal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2973 area.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2974
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2975 IMAGE is an image specification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2976
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2977 *** Image specifications
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2978
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2979 Image specifications are lists of the form `(image PROPS)' where PROPS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2980 is a property list whose keys are keyword symbols. Each
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2981 specifications must contain a property `:type TYPE' with TYPE being a
26403
03830fdf5186 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26397
diff changeset
2982 symbol specifying the image type, e.g. `xbm'. Properties not
03830fdf5186 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26397
diff changeset
2983 described below are ignored.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2984
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2985 The following is a list of properties all image types share.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2986
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2987 `:ascent ASCENT'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2988
28789
b69d5f20b837 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28776
diff changeset
2989 ASCENT must be a number in the range 0..100, or the symbol `center'.
b69d5f20b837 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28776
diff changeset
2990 If it is a number, it specifies the percentage of the image's height
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
2991 to use for its ascent.
28789
b69d5f20b837 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28776
diff changeset
2992
b69d5f20b837 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28776
diff changeset
2993 If not specified, ASCENT defaults to the value 50 which means that the
b69d5f20b837 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28776
diff changeset
2994 image will be centered with the base line of the row it appears in.
b69d5f20b837 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28776
diff changeset
2995
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
2996 If ASCENT is `center' the image is vertically centered around a
29151
fa8f476affa7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29102
diff changeset
2997 centerline which is the vertical center of text drawn at the position
fa8f476affa7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29102
diff changeset
2998 of the image, in the manner specified by the text properties and
fa8f476affa7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29102
diff changeset
2999 overlays that apply to the image.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3000
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3001 `:margin MARGIN'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3002
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3003 MARGIN must be a number >= 0 specifying how many pixels to put as
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3004 margin around the image. Default is 0.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3005
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3006 `:relief RELIEF'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3007
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3008 RELIEF is analogous to the `:relief' attribute of faces. Puts a relief
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3009 around an image.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3010
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3011 `:algorithm ALGO'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3012
31636
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3013 Apply an image algorithm to the image before displaying it.
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3014
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3015 ALGO `laplace' or `emboss' means apply a Laplace or ``emboss''
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3016 edge-detection algorithm to the image.
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3017
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3018 ALGO `(edge-detection :matrix MATRIX :color-adjust ADJUST)' means
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3019 apply a general edge-detection algorithm. MATRIX must be either a
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3020 nine-element list or a nine-element vector of numbers. A pixel at
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3021 position x/y in the transformed image is computed from original pixels
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3022 around that position. MATRIX specifies, for each pixel in the
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3023 neighborhood of x/y, a factor with which that pixel will influence the
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3024 transformed pixel; element 0 specifies the factor for the pixel at
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3025 x-1/y-1, element 1 the factor for the pixel at x/y-1 etc. as shown
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3026 below.
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3027
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3028 (x-1/y-1 x/y-1 x+1/y-1
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3029 x-1/y x/y x+1/y
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3030 x-1/y+1 x/y+1 x+1/y+1)
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3031
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3032 The resulting pixel is computed from the color intensity of the color
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3033 resulting from summing up the RGB values of surrounding pixels,
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3034 multiplied by the specified factors, and dividing that sum by the sum
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3035 of the factors' absolute values.
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3036
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3037 Laplace edge-detection currently uses a matrix of
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3038
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3039 (1 0 0
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3040 0 0 0
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3041 9 9 -1)
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3042
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3043 Emboss edge-detection uses a matrix of
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3044
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3045 ( 2 -1 0
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3046 -1 0 1
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3047 0 1 -2)
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3048
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3049 `:mask MASK'
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3050
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3051 If MASK is `heuristic' or `(heuristic BG)', build a clipping mask for
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3052 the image, so that the background of a frame is visible behind the
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3053 image. If BG is not specified, or if BG is t, determine the
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3054 background color of the image by looking at the 4 corners of the
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3055 image, assuming the most frequently occuring color from the corners is
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3056 the background color of the image. Otherwise, BG must be a list `(RED
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3057 GREEN BLUE)' specifying the color to assume for the background of the
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3058 image.
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3059
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3060 If MASK is nil, remove a mask from the image, if it has one. Images
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3061 in some formats include a mask which can be removed by specifying
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3062 `:mask nil'.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3063
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3064 `:file FILE'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3065
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3066 Load image from FILE. If FILE is not absolute after expanding it,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3067 search for the image in `data-directory'. Some image types support
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3068 building images from data. When this is done, no `:file' property
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3069 may be present in the image specification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3070
27076
40c18bc759e9 Change description of :data for images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27055
diff changeset
3071 `:data DATA'
40c18bc759e9 Change description of :data for images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27055
diff changeset
3072
40c18bc759e9 Change description of :data for images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27055
diff changeset
3073 Get image data from DATA. (As of this writing, this is not yet
40c18bc759e9 Change description of :data for images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27055
diff changeset
3074 supported for image type `postscript'). Either :file or :data may be
40c18bc759e9 Change description of :data for images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27055
diff changeset
3075 present in an image specification, but not both. All image types
40c18bc759e9 Change description of :data for images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27055
diff changeset
3076 support strings as DATA, some types allow additional types of DATA.
40c18bc759e9 Change description of :data for images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27055
diff changeset
3077
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3078 *** Supported image types
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3079
26034
e7b463705814 Some typos fixed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26030
diff changeset
3080 **** XBM, image type `xbm'.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3081
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3082 XBM images don't require an external library. Additional image
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3083 properties supported are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3084
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3085 `:foreground FG'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3086
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3087 FG must be a string specifying the image foreground color. Default
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3088 is the frame's foreground.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3089
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3090 `:background FG'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3091
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3092 BG must be a string specifying the image foreground color. Default is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3093 the frame's background color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3094
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3095 XBM images can be constructed from data instead of file. In this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3096 case, the image specification must contain the following properties
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3097 instead of a `:file' property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3098
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3099 `:width WIDTH'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3100
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3101 WIDTH specifies the width of the image in pixels.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3102
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3103 `:height HEIGHT'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3104
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3105 HEIGHT specifies the height of the image in pixels.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3106
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3107 `:data DATA'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3108
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3109 DATA must be either
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3110
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3111 1. a string large enough to hold the bitmap data, i.e. it must
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3112 have a size >= (WIDTH + 7) / 8 * HEIGHT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3114 2. a bool-vector of size >= WIDTH * HEIGHT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3115
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3116 3. a vector of strings or bool-vectors, one for each line of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3117 bitmap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3118
28748
6d96f2643b05 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
3119 4. a string that's an in-memory XBM file. Neither width nor
6d96f2643b05 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
3120 height may be specified in this case because these are defined
6d96f2643b05 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
3121 in the file.
6d96f2643b05 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
3122
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3123 **** XPM, image type `xpm'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3124
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3125 XPM images require the external library `libXpm', package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3126 `xpm-3.4k.tar.gz', version 3.4k or later. Make sure the library is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3127 found when Emacs is configured by supplying appropriate paths via
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3128 `--x-includes' and `--x-libraries'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3129
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3130 Additional image properties supported are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3131
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3132 `:color-symbols SYMBOLS'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3133
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3134 SYMBOLS must be a list of pairs (NAME . COLOR), with NAME being the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3135 name of color as it appears in an XPM file, and COLOR being an X color
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3136 name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3137
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3138 XPM images can be built from memory instead of files. In that case,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3139 add a `:data' property instead of a `:file' property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3140
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3141 The XPM library uses libz in its implementation so that it is able
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3142 to display compressed images.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3143
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3144 **** PBM, image type `pbm'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3145
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3146 PBM images don't require an external library. Color, gray-scale and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3147 mono images are supported. There are no additional image properties
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3148 defined.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3149
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3150 **** JPEG, image type `jpeg'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3151
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3152 Support for JPEG images requires the external library `libjpeg',
27055
f43dabd831f2 Support :data for JPEG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27045
diff changeset
3153 package `jpegsrc.v6a.tar.gz', or later. Additional image properties
f43dabd831f2 Support :data for JPEG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27045
diff changeset
3154 are:
f43dabd831f2 Support :data for JPEG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27045
diff changeset
3155
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3156 **** TIFF, image type `tiff'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3157
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3158 Support for TIFF images requires the external library `libtiff',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3159 package `tiff-v3.4-tar.gz', or later. There are no additional image
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3160 properties defined.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3161
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3162 **** GIF, image type `gif'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3163
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3164 Support for GIF images requires the external library `libungif', package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3165 `libungif-4.1.0', or later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3167 Additional image properties supported are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3168
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3169 `:index INDEX'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3171 INDEX must be an integer >= 0. Load image number INDEX from a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3172 multi-image GIF file. An error is signalled if INDEX is too large.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3173
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3174 This could be used to implement limited support for animated GIFs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3175 For example, the following function displays a multi-image GIF file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3176 at point-min in the current buffer, switching between sub-images
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3177 every 0.1 seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3178
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3179 (defun show-anim (file max)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3180 "Display multi-image GIF file FILE which contains MAX subimages."
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3181 (display-anim (current-buffer) file 0 max t))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3182
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3183 (defun display-anim (buffer file idx max first-time)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3184 (when (= idx max)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3185 (setq idx 0))
27076
40c18bc759e9 Change description of :data for images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27055
diff changeset
3186 (let ((img (create-image file nil nil :index idx)))
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3187 (save-excursion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3188 (set-buffer buffer)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3189 (goto-char (point-min))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3190 (unless first-time (delete-char 1))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3191 (insert-image img "x"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3192 (run-with-timer 0.1 nil 'display-anim buffer file (1+ idx) max nil)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3193
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3194 **** PNG, image type `png'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3195
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3196 Support for PNG images requires the external library `libpng',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3197 package `libpng-1.0.2.tar.gz', or later. There are no additional image
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3198 properties defined.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3199
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3200 **** Ghostscript, image type `postscript'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3201
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3202 Additional image properties supported are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3203
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3204 `:pt-width WIDTH'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3205
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3206 WIDTH is width of the image in pt (1/72 inch). WIDTH must be an
26034
e7b463705814 Some typos fixed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26030
diff changeset
3207 integer. This is a required property.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3208
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3209 `:pt-height HEIGHT'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3210
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3211 HEIGHT specifies the height of the image in pt (1/72 inch). HEIGHT
26034
e7b463705814 Some typos fixed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26030
diff changeset
3212 must be a integer. This is an required property.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3213
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3214 `:bounding-box BOX'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3215
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3216 BOX must be a list or vector of 4 integers giving the bounding box of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3217 the PS image, analogous to the `BoundingBox' comment found in PS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3218 files. This is an required property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3219
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3220 Part of the Ghostscript interface is implemented in Lisp. See
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3221 lisp/gs.el.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3222
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3223 *** Lisp interface.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3224
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3225 The variable `image-types' contains a list of those image types
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3226 which are supported in the current configuration.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3227
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3228 Images are stored in an image cache and removed from the cache when
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3229 they haven't been displayed for `image-cache-eviction-delay seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3230 The function `clear-image-cache' can be used to clear the image cache
28759
069d241f19bc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28757
diff changeset
3231 manually. Images in the cache are compared with `equal', i.e. all
069d241f19bc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28757
diff changeset
3232 images with `equal' specifications share the same image.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3233
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3234 *** Simplified image API, image.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3235
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3236 The new Lisp package image.el contains functions that simplify image
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3237 creation and putting images into text. The function `create-image'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3238 can be used to create images. The macro `defimage' can be used to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3239 define an image based on available image types. The functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3240 `put-image' and `insert-image' can be used to insert an image into a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3241 buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3242
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3243 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3244 ** Display margins.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3245
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3246 Windows can now have margins which are used for special text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3247 and images.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3248
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3249 To give a window margins, either set the buffer-local variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3250 `left-margin-width' and `right-margin-width', or call
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3251 `set-window-margins'. The function `window-margins' can be used to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3252 obtain the current settings. To make `left-margin-width' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3253 `right-margin-width' take effect, you must set them before displaying
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3254 the buffer in a window, or use `set-window-buffer' to force an update
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3255 of the display margins.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3256
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3257 You can put text in margins by giving it a `display' text property
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3258 containing a pair of the form `(LOCATION . VALUE)', where LOCATION is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3259 one of `left-margin' or `right-margin' or nil. VALUE can be either a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3260 string, an image specification or a stretch specification (see later
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3261 in this file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3262
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3263 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3264 ** Help display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3265
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3266 Emacs displays short help messages in the echo area, when the mouse
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3267 moves over a tool-bar item or a piece of text that has a text property
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3268 `help-echo'. This feature also applies to strings in the mode line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3269 that have a `help-echo' property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3270
30219
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
3271 If the value of the `help-echo' property is a function, that function
30305
84ff1994e9d1 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30296
diff changeset
3272 is called with three arguments WINDOW, OBJECT and POSITION. WINDOW is
30372
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
3273 the window in which the help was found.
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
3274
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
3275 If OBJECT is a buffer, POS is the position in the buffer where the
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
3276 `help-echo' text property was found.
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
3277
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
3278 If OBJECT is an overlay, that overlay has a `help-echo' property, and
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
3279 POS is the position in the overlay's buffer under the mouse.
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
3280
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
3281 If OBJECT is a string (an overlay string or a string displayed with
30467
26afdae5ea13 --disable-largefile, 64-bit solaris
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30445
diff changeset
3282 the `display' property), POS is the position in that string under the
30372
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
3283 mouse.
30219
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
3284
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
3285 If the value of the `help-echo' property is neither a function nor a
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
3286 string, it is evaluated to obtain a help string.
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
3287
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
3288 For tool-bar and menu-bar items, their key definition is used to
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
3289 determine the help to display. If their definition contains a
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
3290 property `:help FORM', FORM is evaluated to determine the help string.
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
3291 For tool-bar items without a help form, the caption of the item is
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
3292 used as help string.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3293
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3294 The hook `show-help-function' can be set to a function that displays
30339
70d759570f7a C-down-mouse-3. Move concat change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30319
diff changeset
3295 the help string differently. For example, enabling a tooltip window
70d759570f7a C-down-mouse-3. Move concat change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30319
diff changeset
3296 causes the help display to appear there instead of in the echo area.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3297
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3298 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3299 ** Vertical fractional scrolling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3300
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3301 The display of text in windows can be scrolled smoothly in pixels.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3302 This is useful, for example, for making parts of large images visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3303
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3304 The function `window-vscroll' returns the current value of vertical
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3305 scrolling, a non-negative fraction of the canonical character height.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3306 The function `set-window-vscroll' can be used to set the vertical
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3307 scrolling value. Here is an example of how these function might be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3308 used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3309
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3310 (global-set-key [A-down]
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3311 #'(lambda ()
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3312 (interactive)
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3313 (set-window-vscroll (selected-window)
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3314 (+ 0.5 (window-vscroll)))))
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3315 (global-set-key [A-up]
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3316 #'(lambda ()
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3317 (interactive)
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3318 (set-window-vscroll (selected-window)
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3319 (- (window-vscroll) 0.5)))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3320
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3321 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3322 ** New hook `fontification-functions'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3323
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3324 Functions from `fontification-functions' are called from redisplay
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3325 when it encounters a region of text that is not yet fontified. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3326 variable automatically becomes buffer-local when set. Each function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3327 is called with one argument, POS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3328
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3329 At least one of the hook functions should fontify one or more
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3330 characters starting at POS in the current buffer. It should mark them
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3331 as fontified by giving them a non-nil value of the `fontified' text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3332 property. It may be reasonable for these functions to check for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3333 `fontified' property and not put it back on, but they do not have to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3334
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3335 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3336 ** Tool bar support.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3337
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3338 Emacs supports a tool bar at the top of a frame under X. The frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3339 parameter `tool-bar-lines' (X resource "toolBar", class "ToolBar")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3340 controls how may lines to reserve for the tool bar. A zero value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3341 suppresses the tool bar. If the value is non-zero and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3342 `auto-resize-tool-bars' is non-nil the tool bar's size will be changed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3343 automatically so that all tool bar items are visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3344
31156
deaa66a2ac5b *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31127
diff changeset
3345 before this facility can be useful, we need people to donate icons.
deaa66a2ac5b *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31127
diff changeset
3346
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3347 *** Tool bar item definitions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3348
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3349 Tool bar items are defined using `define-key' with a prefix-key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3350 `tool-bar'. For example `(define-key global-map [tool-bar item1] ITEM)'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3351 where ITEM is a list `(menu-item CAPTION BINDING PROPS...)'.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3352
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3353 CAPTION is the caption of the item, If it's not a string, it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3354 evaluated to get a string. The caption is currently not displayed in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3355 the tool bar, but it is displayed if the item doesn't have a `:help'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3356 property (see below).
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3357
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3358 BINDING is the tool bar item's binding. Tool bar items with keymaps as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3359 binding are currently ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3360
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3361 The following properties are recognized:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3362
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3363 `:enable FORM'.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3364
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3365 FORM is evaluated and specifies whether the tool bar item is enabled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3366 or disabled.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3367
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3368 `:visible FORM'
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3369
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3370 FORM is evaluated and specifies whether the tool bar item is displayed.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3371
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3372 `:filter FUNCTION'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3373
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3374 FUNCTION is called with one parameter, the same list BINDING in which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3375 FUNCTION is specified as the filter. The value FUNCTION returns is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3376 used instead of BINDING to display this item.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3377
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3378 `:button (TYPE SELECTED)'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3379
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3380 TYPE must be one of `:radio' or `:toggle'. SELECTED is evaluated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3381 and specifies whether the button is selected (pressed) or not.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3382
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3383 `:image IMAGES'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3384
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3385 IMAGES is either a single image specification or a vector of four
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3386 image specifications. If it is a vector, this table lists the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3387 meaning of each of the four elements:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3388
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3389 Index Use when item is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3390 ----------------------------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3391 0 enabled and selected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3392 1 enabled and deselected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3393 2 disabled and selected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3394 3 disabled and deselected
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3395
28946
f100c3d709e4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
3396 If IMAGE is a single image specification, a Laplace edge-detection
f100c3d709e4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
3397 algorithm is used on that image to draw the image in disabled state.
f100c3d709e4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
3398
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3399 `:help HELP-STRING'.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3400
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3401 Gives a help string to display for the tool bar item. This help
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3402 is displayed when the mouse is moved over the item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3403
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3404 *** Tool-bar-related variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3405
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3406 If `auto-resize-tool-bar' is non-nil, the tool bar will automatically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3407 resize to show all defined tool bar items. It will never grow larger
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3408 than 1/4 of the frame's size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3409
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3410 If `auto-raise-tool-bar-buttons' is non-nil, tool bar buttons will be
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3411 raised when the mouse moves over them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3412
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3413 You can add extra space between tool bar items by setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3414 `tool-bar-button-margin' to a positive integer specifying a number of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3415 pixels. Default is 1.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3416
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3417 You can change the shadow thickness of tool bar buttons by setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3418 `tool-bar-button-relief' to an integer. Default is 3.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3419
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3420 *** Tool-bar clicks with modifiers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3421
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3422 You can bind commands to clicks with control, shift, meta etc. on
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3423 a tool bar item. If
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3424
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3425 (define-key global-map [tool-bar shell]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3426 '(menu-item "Shell" shell
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3427 :image (image :type xpm :file "shell.xpm")))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3428
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3429 is the original tool bar item definition, then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3430
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3431 (define-key global-map [tool-bar S-shell] 'some-command)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3432
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3433 makes a binding to run `some-command' for a shifted click on the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3434 item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3435
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3436 ** Mode line changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3437
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3438 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3439 *** Mouse-sensitive mode line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3440
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3441 The mode line can be made mouse-sensitive by displaying strings there
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3442 that have a `local-map' text property. There are three ways to display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3443 a string with a `local-map' property in the mode line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3444
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3445 1. The mode line spec contains a variable whose string value has
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3446 a `local-map' text property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3447
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3448 2. The mode line spec contains a format specifier (e.g. `%12b'), and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3449 that format specifier has a `local-map' property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3450
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3451 3. The mode line spec contains a list containing `:eval FORM'. FORM
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3452 is evaluated. If the result is a string, and that string has a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3453 `local-map' property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3454
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3455 The same mechanism is used to determine the `face' and `help-echo'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3456 properties of strings in the mode line. See `bindings.el' for an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3457 example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3458
26359
d2970b5d3b72 Add mode line element '(:eval FORM)'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26322
diff changeset
3459 *** If a mode line element has the form `(:eval FORM)', FORM is
d2970b5d3b72 Add mode line element '(:eval FORM)'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26322
diff changeset
3460 evaluated and the result is used as mode line element.
d2970b5d3b72 Add mode line element '(:eval FORM)'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26322
diff changeset
3461
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3462 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3463 *** You can suppress mode-line display by setting the buffer-local
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3464 variable mode-line-format to nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3465
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3466 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3467 *** A headerline can now be displayed at the top of a window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3468
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3469 This mode line's contents are controlled by the new variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3470 `header-line-format' and `default-header-line-format' which are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3471 completely analogous to `mode-line-format' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3472 `default-mode-line-format'. A value of nil means don't display a top
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3473 line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3474
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3475 The appearance of top mode lines is controlled by the face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3476 `header-line'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3477
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3478 The function `coordinates-in-window-p' returns `header-line' for a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3479 position in the header-line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3480
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3481 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3482 ** Text property `display'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3483
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3484 The `display' text property is used to insert images into text, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3485 also control other aspects of how text displays. The value of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3486 `display' property should be a display specification, as described
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3487 below, or a list or vector containing display specifications.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3488
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3489 *** Variable width and height spaces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3490
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3491 To display a space of fractional width or height, use a display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3492 specification of the form `(LOCATION STRECH)'. If LOCATION is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3493 `(margin left-margin)', the space is displayed in the left marginal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3494 area, if it is `(margin right-margin)', it is displayed in the right
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3495 marginal area, and if LOCATION is `(margin nil)' the space is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3496 displayed in the text. In the latter case you can also use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3497 simpler form STRETCH as property value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3498
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3499 The stretch specification STRETCH itself is a list of the form `(space
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3500 PROPS)', where PROPS is a property list which can contain the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3501 properties described below.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3502
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3503 The display of the fractional space replaces the display of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3504 characters having the `display' property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3505
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3506 - :width WIDTH
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3508 Specifies that the space width should be WIDTH times the normal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3509 character width. WIDTH can be an integer or floating point number.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3510
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3511 - :relative-width FACTOR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3512
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3513 Specifies that the width of the stretch should be computed from the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3514 first character in a group of consecutive characters that have the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3515 same `display' property. The computation is done by multiplying the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3516 width of that character by FACTOR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3517
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3518 - :align-to HPOS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3519
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3520 Specifies that the space should be wide enough to reach HPOS. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3521 value HPOS is measured in units of the normal character width.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3522
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3523 Exactly one of the above properties should be used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3524
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3525 - :height HEIGHT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3527 Specifies the height of the space, as HEIGHT, measured in terms of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3528 normal line height.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3529
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3530 - :relative-height FACTOR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3531
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3532 The height of the space is computed as the product of the height
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3533 of the text having the `display' property and FACTOR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3535 - :ascent ASCENT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3536
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3537 Specifies that ASCENT percent of the height of the stretch should be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3538 used for the ascent of the stretch, i.e. for the part above the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3539 baseline. The value of ASCENT must be a non-negative number less or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3540 equal to 100.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3541
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3542 You should not use both `:height' and `:relative-height' together.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3543
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3544 *** Images
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3545
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3546 A display specification for an image has the form `(LOCATION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3547 . IMAGE)', where IMAGE is an image specification. The image replaces,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3548 in the display, the characters having this display specification in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3549 their `display' text property. If LOCATION is `(margin left-margin)',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3550 the image will be displayed in the left marginal area, if it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3551 `(margin right-margin)' it will be displayed in the right marginal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3552 area, and if LOCATION is `(margin nil)' the image will be displayed in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3553 the text. In the latter case you can also use the simpler form IMAGE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3554 as display specification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3555
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3556 *** Other display properties
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3557
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3558 - :space-width FACTOR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3560 Specifies that space characters in the text having that property
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3561 should be displayed FACTOR times as wide as normal; FACTOR must be an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3562 integer or float.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3563
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3564 - :height HEIGHT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3566 Display text having this property in a font that is smaller or larger.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3567
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3568 If HEIGHT is a list of the form `(+ N)', where N is an integer, that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3569 means to use a font that is N steps larger. If HEIGHT is a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3570 the form `(- N)', that means to use a font that is N steps smaller. A
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3571 ``step'' is defined by the set of available fonts; each size for which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3572 a font is available counts as a step.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3573
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3574 If HEIGHT is a number, that means to use a font that is HEIGHT times
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3575 as tall as the frame's default font.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3576
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3577 If HEIGHT is a symbol, it is called as a function with the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3578 height as argument. The function should return the new height to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3579
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3580 Otherwise, HEIGHT is evaluated to get the new height, with the symbol
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3581 `height' bound to the current specified font height.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3582
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3583 - :raise FACTOR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3584
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3585 FACTOR must be a number, specifying a multiple of the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3586 font's height. If it is positive, that means to display the characters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3587 raised. If it is negative, that means to display them lower down. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3588 amount of raising or lowering is computed without taking account of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3589 `:height' subproperty.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3590
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3591 *** Conditional display properties
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3592
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3593 All display specifications can be conditionalized. If a specification
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3594 has the form `(:when CONDITION . SPEC)', the specification SPEC
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3595 applies only when CONDITION yields a non-nil value when evaluated.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3596 During evaluattion, point is temporarily set to the end position of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3597 the text having the `display' property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3598
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3599 The normal specification consisting of SPEC only is equivalent to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3600 `(:when t SPEC)'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3601
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3602 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3603 ** New menu separator types.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3604
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3605 Emacs now supports more than one menu separator type. Menu items with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3606 item names consisting of dashes only (including zero dashes) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3607 treated like before. In addition, the following item names are used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3608 to specify other menu separator types.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3609
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3610 - `--no-line' or `--space', or `--:space', or `--:noLine'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3611
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3612 No separator lines are drawn, but a small space is inserted where the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3613 separator occurs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3614
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3615 - `--single-line' or `--:singleLine'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3616
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3617 A single line in the menu's foreground color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3618
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3619 - `--double-line' or `--:doubleLine'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3620
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3621 A double line in the menu's foreground color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3622
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3623 - `--single-dashed-line' or `--:singleDashedLine'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3624
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3625 A single dashed line in the menu's foreground color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3626
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3627 - `--double-dashed-line' or `--:doubleDashedLine'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3628
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3629 A double dashed line in the menu's foreground color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3630
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3631 - `--shadow-etched-in' or `--:shadowEtchedIn'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3632
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3633 A single line with 3D sunken appearance. This is the the form
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3634 displayed for item names consisting of dashes only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3635
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3636 - `--shadow-etched-out' or `--:shadowEtchedOut'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3637
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3638 A single line with 3D raised appearance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3639
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3640 - `--shadow-etched-in-dash' or `--:shadowEtchedInDash'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3641
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3642 A single dashed line with 3D sunken appearance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3643
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3644 - `--shadow-etched-out-dash' or `--:shadowEtchedOutDash'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3645
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3646 A single dashed line with 3D raise appearance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3647
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3648 - `--shadow-double-etched-in' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedIn'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3649
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3650 Two lines with 3D sunken appearance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3651
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3652 - `--shadow-double-etched-out' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedOut'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3653
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3654 Two lines with 3D raised appearance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3655
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3656 - `--shadow-double-etched-in-dash' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedInDash'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3657
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3658 Two dashed lines with 3D sunken appearance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3659
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3660 - `--shadow-double-etched-out-dash' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedOutDash'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3661
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3662 Two dashed lines with 3D raised appearance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3663
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3664 Under LessTif/Motif, the last four separator types are displayed like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3665 the corresponding single-line separators.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3666
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3667 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3668 ** New frame parameters for scroll bar colors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3669
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3670 The new frame parameters `scroll-bar-foreground' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3671 `scroll-bar-background' can be used to change scroll bar colors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3672 Their value must be either a color name, a string, or nil to specify
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3673 that scroll bars should use a default color. For toolkit scroll bars,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3674 default colors are toolkit specific. For non-toolkit scroll bars, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3675 default background is the background color of the frame, and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3676 default foreground is black.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3678 The X resource name of these parameters are `scrollBarForeground'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3679 (class ScrollBarForeground) and `scrollBarBackground' (class
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3680 `ScrollBarBackground').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3681
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3682 Setting these parameters overrides toolkit specific X resource
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3683 settings for scroll bar colors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3684
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3685 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3686 ** You can set `redisplay-dont-pause' to a non-nil value to prevent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3687 display updates from being interrupted when input is pending.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3688
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3689 ---
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3690 ** Changing a window's width may now change its window start if it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3691 starts on a continuation line. The new window start is computed based
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3692 on the window's new width, starting from the start of the continued
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3693 line as the start of the screen line with the minimum distance from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3694 the original window start.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3695
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3696 ---
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3697 ** The variable `hscroll-step' and the functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3698 `hscroll-point-visible' and `hscroll-window-column' have been removed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3699 now that proper horizontal scrolling is implemented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3700
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3701 +++
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3702 ** Windows can now be made fixed-width and/or fixed-height.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3703
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3704 A window is fixed-size if its buffer has a buffer-local variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3705 `window-size-fixed' whose value is not nil. A value of `height' makes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3706 windows fixed-height, a value of `width' makes them fixed-width, any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3707 other non-nil value makes them both fixed-width and fixed-height.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3708
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3709 The following code makes all windows displaying the current buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3710 fixed-width and fixed-height.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3711
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3712 (set (make-local-variable 'window-size-fixed) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3713
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3714 A call to enlarge-window on a window gives an error if that window is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3715 fixed-width and it is tried to change the window's width, or if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3716 window is fixed-height, and it is tried to change its height. To
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3717 change the size of a fixed-size window, bind `window-size-fixed'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3718 temporarily to nil, for example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3719
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3720 (let ((window-size-fixed nil))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3721 (enlarge-window 10))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3722
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
3723 Likewise, an attempt to split a fixed-height window vertically,
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3724 or a fixed-width window horizontally results in a error.
28094
e1e48e0663f6 Mention cursor-type support on MS-DOS terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28063
diff changeset
3725
e1e48e0663f6 Mention cursor-type support on MS-DOS terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28063
diff changeset
3726 ** The cursor-type frame parameter is now supported on MS-DOS
e1e48e0663f6 Mention cursor-type support on MS-DOS terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28063
diff changeset
3727 terminals. When Emacs starts, it by default changes the cursor shape
e1e48e0663f6 Mention cursor-type support on MS-DOS terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28063
diff changeset
3728 to a solid box, as it does on Unix. The `cursor-type' frame parameter
e1e48e0663f6 Mention cursor-type support on MS-DOS terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28063
diff changeset
3729 overrides this as it does on Unix, except that the bar cursor is
e1e48e0663f6 Mention cursor-type support on MS-DOS terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28063
diff changeset
3730 horizontal rather than vertical (since the MS-DOS display doesn't
e1e48e0663f6 Mention cursor-type support on MS-DOS terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28063
diff changeset
3731 support a vertical-bar cursor).
30786
550344dcef43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30781
diff changeset
3732
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3733
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3734 ^L
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3735 * Emacs 20.7 is a bug-fix release with few user-visible changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3736
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3737 ** It is now possible to use CCL-based coding systems for keyboard
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3738 input.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3739
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3740 ** ange-ftp now handles FTP security extensions, like Kerberos.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3741
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3742 ** Rmail has been extended to recognize more forms of digest messages.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3743
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3744 ** Now, most coding systems set in keyboard coding system work not
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3745 only for character input, but also in incremental search. The
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3746 exceptions are such coding systems that handle 2-byte character sets
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3747 (e.g euc-kr, euc-jp) and that use ISO's escape sequence
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3748 (e.g. iso-2022-jp). They are ignored in incremental search.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3749
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3750 ** Support for Macintosh PowerPC-based machines running GNU/Linux has
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3751 been added.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3752
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3753 ^L
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3754 * Emacs 20.6 is a bug-fix release with one user-visible change
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3755
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3756 ** Support for ARM-based non-RISCiX machines has been added.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3757
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3758 ^L
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3759 * Emacs 20.5 is a bug-fix release with no user-visible changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3760
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3761 ** Not new, but not mentioned before:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3762 M-w when Transient Mark mode is enabled disables the mark.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3763
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3764 * Changes in Emacs 20.4
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3765
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3766 ** Init file may be called .emacs.el.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3767
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3768 You can now call the Emacs init file `.emacs.el'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3769 Formerly the name had to be `.emacs'. If you use the name
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3770 `.emacs.el', you can byte-compile the file in the usual way.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3771
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3772 If both `.emacs' and `.emacs.el' exist, the latter file
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3773 is the one that is used.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3774
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3775 ** shell-command, and shell-command-on-region, now return
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3776 the exit code of the command (unless it is asynchronous).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3777 Also, you can specify a place to put the error output,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3778 separate from the command's regular output.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3779 Interactively, the variable shell-command-default-error-buffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3780 says where to put error output; set it to a buffer name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3781 In calls from Lisp, an optional argument ERROR-BUFFER specifies
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3782 the buffer name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3783
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3784 When you specify a non-nil error buffer (or buffer name), any error
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3785 output is inserted before point in that buffer, with \f\n to separate
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3786 it from the previous batch of error output. The error buffer is not
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3787 cleared, so error output from successive commands accumulates there.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3788
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3789 ** Setting the default value of enable-multibyte-characters to nil in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3790 the .emacs file, either explicitly using setq-default, or via Custom,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3791 is now essentially equivalent to using --unibyte: all buffers
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3792 created during startup will be made unibyte after loading .emacs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3793
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3794 ** C-x C-f now handles the wildcards * and ? in file names. For
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3795 example, typing C-x C-f c*.c RET visits all the files whose names
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3796 match c*.c. To visit a file whose name contains * or ?, add the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3797 quoting sequence /: to the beginning of the file name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3798
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3799 ** The M-x commands keep-lines, flush-lines and count-matches
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3800 now have the same feature as occur and query-replace:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3801 if the pattern contains any upper case letters, then
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3802 they never ignore case.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3803
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3804 ** The end-of-line format conversion feature previously mentioned
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3805 under `* Emacs 20.1 changes for MS-DOS and MS-Windows' actually
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3806 applies to all operating systems. Emacs recognizes from the contents
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3807 of a file what convention it uses to separate lines--newline, CRLF, or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3808 just CR--and automatically converts the contents to the normal Emacs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3809 convention (using newline to separate lines) for editing. This is a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3810 part of the general feature of coding system conversion.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3811
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3812 If you subsequently save the buffer, Emacs converts the text back to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3813 the same format that was used in the file before.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3814
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3815 You can turn off end-of-line conversion by setting the variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3816 `inhibit-eol-conversion' to non-nil, e.g. with Custom in the MULE group.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3817
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3818 ** The character set property `prefered-coding-system' has been
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3819 renamed to `preferred-coding-system', for the sake of correct spelling.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3820 This is a fairly internal feature, so few programs should be affected.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3821
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3822 ** Mode-line display of end-of-line format is changed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3823 The indication of the end-of-line format of the file visited by a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3824 buffer is now more explicit when that format is not the usual one for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3825 your operating system. For example, the DOS-style end-of-line format
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3826 is displayed as "(DOS)" on Unix and GNU/Linux systems. The usual
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3827 end-of-line format is still displayed as a single character (colon for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3828 Unix, backslash for DOS and Windows, and forward slash for the Mac).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3829
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3830 The values of the variables eol-mnemonic-unix, eol-mnemonic-dos,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3831 eol-mnemonic-mac, and eol-mnemonic-undecided, which are strings,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3832 control what is displayed in the mode line for each end-of-line
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3833 format. You can now customize these variables.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3834
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3835 ** In the previous version of Emacs, tar-mode didn't work well if a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3836 filename contained non-ASCII characters. Now this is fixed. Such a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3837 filename is decoded by file-name-coding-system if the default value of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3838 enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3839
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3840 ** The command temp-buffer-resize-mode toggles a minor mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3841 in which temporary buffers (such as help buffers) are given
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3842 windows just big enough to hold the whole contents.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3843
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3844 ** If you use completion.el, you must now run the function
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3845 dynamic-completion-mode to enable it. Just loading the file
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3846 doesn't have any effect.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3847
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3848 ** In Flyspell mode, the default is now to make just one Ispell process,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3849 not one per buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3850
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3851 ** If you use iswitchb but do not call (iswitchb-default-keybindings) to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3852 use the default keybindings, you will need to add the following line:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3853 (add-hook 'minibuffer-setup-hook 'iswitchb-minibuffer-setup)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3854
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3855 ** Auto-show mode is no longer enabled just by loading auto-show.el.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3856 To control it, set `auto-show-mode' via Custom or use the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3857 `auto-show-mode' command.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3858
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3859 ** Handling of X fonts' ascent/descent parameters has been changed to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3860 avoid redisplay problems. As a consequence, compared with previous
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3861 versions the line spacing and frame size now differ with some font
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3862 choices, typically increasing by a pixel per line. This change
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3863 occurred in version 20.3 but was not documented then.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3864
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3865 ** If you select the bar cursor style, it uses the frame's
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3866 cursor-color, rather than the cursor foreground pixel.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3867
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3868 ** In multibyte mode, Rmail decodes incoming MIME messages using the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3869 character set specified in the message. If you want to disable this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3870 feature, set the variable rmail-decode-mime-charset to nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3871
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3872 ** Not new, but not mentioned previously in NEWS: when you use #! at
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3873 the beginning of a file to make it executable and specify an
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3874 interpreter program, Emacs looks on the second line for the -*- mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3875 and variable specification, as well as on the first line.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3876
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3877 ** Support for IBM codepage encoding of non-ASCII characters.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3878
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3879 The new command M-x codepage-setup creates a special coding system
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3880 that can be used to convert text between a specific IBM codepage and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3881 one of the character sets built into Emacs which matches that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3882 codepage. For example, codepage 850 corresponds to Latin-1 character
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3883 set, codepage 855 corresponds to Cyrillic-ISO character set, etc.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3884
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3885 Windows codepages 1250, 1251 and some others, where Windows deviates
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3886 from the corresponding ISO character set, are also supported.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3887
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3888 IBM box-drawing characters and other glyphs which don't have
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3889 equivalents in the corresponding ISO character set, are converted to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3890 a character defined by dos-unsupported-char-glyph on MS-DOS, and to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3891 `?' on other systems.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3892
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3893 IBM codepages are widely used on MS-DOS and MS-Windows, so this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3894 feature is most useful on those platforms, but it can also be used on
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3895 Unix.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3896
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3897 Emacs compiled for MS-DOS automatically loads the support for the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3898 current codepage when it starts.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3899
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3900 ** Mail changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3901
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3902 *** When mail is sent using compose-mail (C-x m), and if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3903 `mail-send-nonascii' is set to the new default value `mime',
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3904 appropriate MIME headers are added. The headers are added only if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3905 non-ASCII characters are present in the body of the mail, and no other
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3906 MIME headers are already present. For example, the following three
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3907 headers are added if the coding system used in the *mail* buffer is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3908 latin-1:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3909
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3910 MIME-version: 1.0
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3911 Content-type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3912 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3913
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3914 *** The new variable default-sendmail-coding-system specifies the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3915 default way to encode outgoing mail. This has higher priority than
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3916 default-buffer-file-coding-system but has lower priority than
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3917 sendmail-coding-system and the local value of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3918 buffer-file-coding-system.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3919
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3920 You should not set this variable manually. Instead, set
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3921 sendmail-coding-system to specify a fixed encoding for all outgoing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3922 mail.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3923
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3924 *** When you try to send a message that contains non-ASCII characters,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3925 if the coding system specified by those variables doesn't handle them,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3926 Emacs will ask you to select a suitable coding system while showing a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3927 list of possible coding systems.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3928
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3929 ** CC Mode changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3930
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3931 *** c-default-style can now take an association list that maps major
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3932 modes to style names. When this variable is an alist, Java mode no
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3933 longer hardcodes a setting to "java" style. See the variable's
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3934 docstring for details.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3935
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3936 *** It's now possible to put a list as the offset on a syntactic
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3937 symbol. The list is evaluated recursively until a non-nil offset is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3938 found. This is useful to combine several lineup functions to act in a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3939 prioritized order on a single line. However, none of the supplied
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3940 lineup functions use this feature currently.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3941
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3942 *** New syntactic symbol catch-clause, which is used on the "catch" and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3943 "finally" lines in try-catch constructs in C++ and Java.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3944
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3945 *** New cleanup brace-catch-brace on c-cleanup-list, which does for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3946 "catch" lines what brace-elseif-brace does for "else if" lines.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3947
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3948 *** The braces of Java anonymous inner classes are treated separately
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3949 from the braces of other classes in auto-newline mode. Two new
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3950 symbols inexpr-class-open and inexpr-class-close may be used on
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3951 c-hanging-braces-alist to control the automatic newlines used for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3952 anonymous classes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3953
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3954 *** Support for the Pike language added, along with new Pike specific
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3955 syntactic symbols: inlambda, lambda-intro-cont
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3956
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3957 *** Support for Java anonymous classes via new syntactic symbol
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3958 inexpr-class. New syntactic symbol inexpr-statement for Pike
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3959 support and gcc-style statements inside expressions. New lineup
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3960 function c-lineup-inexpr-block.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3961
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3962 *** New syntactic symbol brace-entry-open which is used in brace lists
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3963 (i.e. static initializers) when a list entry starts with an open
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3964 brace. These used to be recognized as brace-list-entry's.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3965 c-electric-brace also recognizes brace-entry-open braces
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3966 (brace-list-entry's can no longer be electrified).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3967
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3968 *** New command c-indent-line-or-region, not bound by default.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3969
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3970 *** `#' is only electric when typed in the indentation of a line.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3971
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3972 *** Parentheses are now electric (via the new command c-electric-paren)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3973 for auto-reindenting lines when parens are typed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3974
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3975 *** In "gnu" style, inline-open offset is now set to zero.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3976
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3977 *** Uniform handling of the inclass syntactic symbol. The indentation
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3978 associated with it is now always relative to the class opening brace.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3979 This means that the indentation behavior has changed in some
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3980 circumstances, but only if you've put anything besides 0 on the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3981 class-open syntactic symbol (none of the default styles do that).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3982
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3983 ** Gnus changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3984
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3985 *** New functionality for using Gnus as an offline newsreader has been
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3986 added. A plethora of new commands and modes have been added. See the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3987 Gnus manual for the full story.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3988
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3989 *** The nndraft backend has returned, but works differently than
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3990 before. All Message buffers are now also articles in the nndraft
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3991 group, which is created automatically.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3992
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3993 *** `gnus-alter-header-function' can now be used to alter header
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3994 values.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3995
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3996 *** `gnus-summary-goto-article' now accept Message-ID's.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3997
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3998 *** A new Message command for deleting text in the body of a message
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
3999 outside the region: `C-c C-v'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4000
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4001 *** You can now post to component group in nnvirtual groups with
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4002 `C-u C-c C-c'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4003
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4004 *** `nntp-rlogin-program' -- new variable to ease customization.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4005
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4006 *** `C-u C-c C-c' in `gnus-article-edit-mode' will now inhibit
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4007 re-highlighting of the article buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4008
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4009 *** New element in `gnus-boring-article-headers' -- `long-to'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4010
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4011 *** `M-i' symbolic prefix command. See the section "Symbolic
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4012 Prefixes" in the Gnus manual for details.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4013
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4014 *** `L' and `I' in the summary buffer now take the symbolic prefix
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4015 `a' to add the score rule to the "all.SCORE" file.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4016
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4017 *** `gnus-simplify-subject-functions' variable to allow greater
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4018 control over simplification.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4019
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4020 *** `A T' -- new command for fetching the current thread.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4021
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4022 *** `/ T' -- new command for including the current thread in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4023 limit.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4024
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4025 *** `M-RET' is a new Message command for breaking cited text.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4026
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4027 *** \\1-expressions are now valid in `nnmail-split-methods'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4028
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4029 *** The `custom-face-lookup' function has been removed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4030 If you used this function in your initialization files, you must
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4031 rewrite them to use `face-spec-set' instead.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4032
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4033 *** Cancelling now uses the current select method. Symbolic prefix
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4034 `a' forces normal posting method.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4035
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4036 *** New command to translate M******** sm*rtq**t*s into proper text
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4037 -- `W d'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4038
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4039 *** For easier debugging of nntp, you can set `nntp-record-commands'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4040 to a non-nil value.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4041
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4042 *** nntp now uses ~/.authinfo, a .netrc-like file, for controlling
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4043 where and how to send AUTHINFO to NNTP servers.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4044
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4045 *** A command for editing group parameters from the summary buffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4046 has been added.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4047
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4048 *** A history of where mails have been split is available.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4049
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4050 *** A new article date command has been added -- `article-date-iso8601'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4051
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4052 *** Subjects can be simplified when threading by setting
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4053 `gnus-score-thread-simplify'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4054
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4055 *** A new function for citing in Message has been added --
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4056 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4057
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4058 *** `article-strip-all-blank-lines' -- new article command.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4059
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4060 *** A new Message command to kill to the end of the article has
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4061 been added.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4062
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4063 *** A minimum adaptive score can be specified by using the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4064 `gnus-adaptive-word-minimum' variable.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4065
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4066 *** The "lapsed date" article header can be kept continually
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4067 updated by the `gnus-start-date-timer' command.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4068
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4069 *** Web listserv archives can be read with the nnlistserv backend.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4070
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4071 *** Old dejanews archives can now be read by nnweb.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4072
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4073 *** `gnus-posting-styles' has been re-activated.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4074
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4075 ** Changes to TeX and LaTeX mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4076
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4077 *** The new variable `tex-start-options-string' can be used to give
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4078 options for the TeX run. The default value causes TeX to run in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4079 nonstopmode. For an interactive TeX run set it to nil or "".
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4080
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4081 *** The command `tex-feed-input' sends input to the Tex Shell. In a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4082 TeX buffer it is bound to the keys C-RET, C-c RET, and C-c C-m (some
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4083 of these keys may not work on all systems). For instance, if you run
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4084 TeX interactively and if the TeX run stops because of an error, you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4085 can continue it without leaving the TeX buffer by typing C-RET.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4086
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4087 *** The Tex Shell Buffer is now in `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4088 All error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are available
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4089 but bound to keys that don't collide with the shell. Thus you can use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4090 the Tex Shell for command line executions like a usual shell.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4091
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4092 *** The commands `tex-validate-region' and `tex-validate-buffer' check
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4093 the matching of braces and $'s. The errors are listed in a *Occur*
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4094 buffer and you can use C-c C-c or mouse-2 to go to a particular
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4095 mismatch.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4096
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4097 ** Changes to RefTeX mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4098
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4099 *** The table of contents buffer can now also display labels and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4100 file boundaries in addition to sections. Use `l', `i', and `c' keys.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4101
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4102 *** Labels derived from context (the section heading) are now
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4103 lowercase by default. To make the label legal in LaTeX, latin-1
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4104 characters will lose their accent. All Mule characters will be
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4105 removed from the label.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4106
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4107 *** The automatic display of cross reference information can also use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4108 a window instead of the echo area. See variable `reftex-auto-view-crossref'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4109
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4110 *** kpsewhich can be used by RefTeX to find TeX and BibTeX files. See the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4111 customization group `reftex-finding-files'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4112
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4113 *** The option `reftex-bibfile-ignore-list' has been renamed to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4114 `reftex-bibfile-ignore-regexps' and indeed can be fed with regular
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4115 expressions.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4116
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4117 *** Multiple Selection buffers are now hidden buffers.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4118
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4119 ** New/deleted modes and packages
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4120
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4121 *** The package snmp-mode.el provides major modes for editing SNMP and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4122 SNMPv2 MIBs. It has entries on `auto-mode-alist'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4123
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4124 *** The package sql.el provides a major mode, M-x sql-mode, for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4125 editing SQL files, and M-x sql-interactive-mode for interacting with
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4126 SQL interpreters. It has an entry on `auto-mode-alist'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4127
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4128 *** M-x highlight-changes-mode provides a minor mode displaying buffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4129 changes with a special face.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4130
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4131 *** ispell4.el has been deleted. It got in the way of ispell.el and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4132 this was hard to fix reliably. It has long been obsolete -- use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4133 Ispell 3.1 and ispell.el.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4134
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4135 * MS-DOS changes in Emacs 20.4
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4136
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4137 ** Emacs compiled for MS-DOS now supports MULE features better.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4138 This includes support for display of all ISO 8859-N character sets,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4139 conversion to and from IBM codepage encoding of non-ASCII characters,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4140 and automatic setup of the MULE environment at startup. For details,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4141 check out the section `MS-DOS and MULE' in the manual.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4142
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4143 The MS-DOS installation procedure automatically configures and builds
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4144 Emacs with input method support if it finds an unpacked Leim
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4145 distribution when the config.bat script is run.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4146
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4147 ** Formerly, the value of lpr-command did not affect printing on
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4148 MS-DOS unless print-region-function was set to nil, but now it
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4149 controls whether an external program is invoked or output is written
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4150 directly to a printer port. Similarly, in the previous version of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4151 Emacs, the value of ps-lpr-command did not affect PostScript printing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4152 on MS-DOS unless ps-printer-name was set to something other than a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4153 string (eg. t or `pipe'), but now it controls whether an external
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4154 program is used. (These changes were made so that configuration of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4155 printing variables would be almost identical across all platforms.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4156
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4157 ** In the previous version of Emacs, PostScript and non-PostScript
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4158 output was piped to external programs, but because most print programs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4159 available for MS-DOS and MS-Windows cannot read data from their standard
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4160 input, on those systems the data to be output is now written to a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4161 temporary file whose name is passed as the last argument to the external
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4162 program.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4163
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4164 An exception is made for `print', a standard program on Windows NT,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4165 and `nprint', a standard program on Novell Netware. For both of these
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4166 programs, the command line is constructed in the appropriate syntax
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4167 automatically, using only the value of printer-name or ps-printer-name
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4168 as appropriate--the value of the relevant `-switches' variable is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4169 ignored, as both programs have no useful switches.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4170
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4171 ** The value of the variable dos-printer (cf. dos-ps-printer), if it has
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4172 a value, overrides the value of printer-name (cf. ps-printer-name), on
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4173 MS-DOS and MS-Windows only. This has been true since version 20.3, but
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4174 was not documented clearly before.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4175
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4176 ** All the Emacs games now work on MS-DOS terminals.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4177 This includes Tetris and Snake.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4178
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4179 * Lisp changes in Emacs 20.4
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4180
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4181 ** New functions line-beginning-position and line-end-position
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4182 return the position of the beginning or end of the current line.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4183 They both accept an optional argument, which has the same
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4184 meaning as the argument to beginning-of-line or end-of-line.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4185
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4186 ** find-file and allied functions now have an optional argument
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4187 WILDCARD. If this is non-nil, they do wildcard processing,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4188 and visit all files that match the wildcard pattern.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4189
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4190 ** Changes in the file-attributes function.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4191
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4192 *** The file size returned by file-attributes may be an integer or a float.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4193 It is an integer if the size fits in a Lisp integer, float otherwise.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4194
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4195 *** The inode number returned by file-attributes may be an integer (if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4196 the number fits in a Lisp integer) or a cons cell containing two
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4197 integers.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4198
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4199 ** The new function directory-files-and-attributes returns a list of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4200 files in a directory and their attributes. It accepts the same
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4201 arguments as directory-files and has similar semantics, except that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4202 file names and attributes are returned.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4203
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4204 ** The new function file-attributes-lessp is a helper function for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4205 sorting the list generated by directory-files-and-attributes. It
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4206 accepts two arguments, each a list of a file name and its atttributes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4207 It compares the file names of each according to string-lessp and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4208 returns the result.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4209
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4210 ** The new function file-expand-wildcards expands a wildcard-pattern
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4211 to produce a list of existing files that match the pattern.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4212
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4213 ** New functions for base64 conversion:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4214
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4215 The function base64-encode-region converts a part of the buffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4216 into the base64 code used in MIME. base64-decode-region
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4217 performs the opposite conversion. Line-breaking is supported
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4218 optionally.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4219
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4220 Functions base64-encode-string and base64-decode-string do a similar
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4221 job on the text in a string. They return the value as a new string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4222
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4223 **
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4224 The new function process-running-child-p
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4225 will tell you if a subprocess has given control of its
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4226 terminal to its own child process.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4227
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4228 ** interrupt-process and such functions have a new feature:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4229 when the second argument is `lambda', they send a signal
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4230 to the running child of the subshell, if any, but if the shell
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4231 itself owns its terminal, no signal is sent.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4232
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4233 ** There are new widget types `plist' and `alist' which can
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4234 be used for customizing variables whose values are plists or alists.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4235
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4236 ** easymenu.el Now understands `:key-sequence' and `:style button'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4237 :included is an alias for :visible.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4238
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4239 easy-menu-add-item now understands the values returned by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4240 easy-menu-remove-item and easy-menu-item-present-p. This can be used
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4241 to move or copy menu entries.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4242
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4243 ** Multibyte editing changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4244
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4245 *** The definitions of sref and char-bytes are changed. Now, sref is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4246 an alias of aref and char-bytes always returns 1. This change is to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4247 make some Emacs Lisp code which works on 20.2 and earlier also
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4248 work on the latest Emacs. Such code uses a combination of sref and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4249 char-bytes in a loop typically as below:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4250 (setq char (sref str idx)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4251 idx (+ idx (char-bytes idx)))
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4252 The byte-compiler now warns that this is obsolete.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4253
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4254 If you want to know how many bytes a specific multibyte character
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4255 (say, CH) occupies in a multibyte buffer, use this code:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4256 (charset-bytes (char-charset ch))
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4257
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4258 *** In multibyte mode, when you narrow a buffer to some region, and the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4259 region is preceded or followed by non-ASCII codes, inserting or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4260 deleting at the head or the end of the region may signal this error:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4261
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4262 Byte combining across boundary of accessible buffer text inhibitted
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4263
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4264 This is to avoid some bytes being combined together into a character
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4265 across the boundary.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4266
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4267 *** The functions find-charset-region and find-charset-string include
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4268 `unknown' in the returned list in the following cases:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4269 o The current buffer or the target string is unibyte and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4270 contains 8-bit characters.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4271 o The current buffer or the target string is multibyte and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4272 contains invalid characters.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4273
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4274 *** The functions decode-coding-region and encode-coding-region remove
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4275 text properties of the target region. Ideally, they should correctly
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4276 preserve text properties, but for the moment, it's hard. Removing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4277 text properties is better than preserving them in a less-than-correct
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4278 way.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4279
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4280 *** prefer-coding-system sets EOL conversion of default coding systems.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4281 If the argument to prefer-coding-system specifies a certain type of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4282 end of line conversion, the default coding systems set by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4283 prefer-coding-system will specify that conversion type for end of line.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4284
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4285 *** The new function thai-compose-string can be used to properly
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4286 compose Thai characters in a string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4287
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4288 ** The primitive `define-prefix-command' now takes an optional third
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4289 argument NAME, which should be a string. It supplies the menu name
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4290 for the created keymap. Keymaps created in order to be displayed as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4291 menus should always use the third argument.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4292
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4293 ** The meanings of optional second arguments for read-char,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4294 read-event, and read-char-exclusive are flipped. Now the second
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4295 arguments are INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD. These functions use the current
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4296 input method (if any) if and only if INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is non-nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4297
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4298 ** The new function clear-this-command-keys empties out the contents
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4299 of the vector that (this-command-keys) returns. This is useful in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4300 programs that read passwords, to prevent the passwords from echoing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4301 inadvertently as part of the next command in certain cases.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4302
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4303 ** The new macro `with-temp-message' displays a temporary message in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4304 the echo area, while executing some Lisp code. Like `progn', it
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4305 returns the value of the last form, but it also restores the previous
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4306 echo area contents.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4307
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4308 (with-temp-message MESSAGE &rest BODY)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4309
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4310 ** The function `require' now takes an optional third argument
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4311 NOERROR. If it is non-nil, then there is no error if the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4312 requested feature cannot be loaded.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4313
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4314 ** In the function modify-face, an argument of (nil) for the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4315 foreground color, background color or stipple pattern
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4316 means to clear out that attribute.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4317
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4318 ** The `outer-window-id' frame property of an X frame
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4319 gives the window number of the outermost X window for the frame.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4320
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4321 ** Temporary buffers made with with-output-to-temp-buffer are now
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4322 read-only by default, and normally use the major mode Help mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4323 unless you put them in some other non-Fundamental mode before the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4324 end of with-output-to-temp-buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4325
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4326 ** The new functions gap-position and gap-size return information on
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4327 the gap of the current buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4328
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4329 ** The new functions position-bytes and byte-to-position provide a way
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4330 to convert between character positions and byte positions in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4331 current buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4332
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4333 ** vc.el defines two new macros, `edit-vc-file' and `with-vc-file', to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4334 facilitate working with version-controlled files from Lisp programs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4335 These macros check out a given file automatically if needed, and check
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4336 it back in after any modifications have been made.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4337
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4338 * Installation Changes in Emacs 20.3
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4339
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4340 ** The default value of load-path now includes most subdirectories of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4341 the site-specific directories /usr/local/share/emacs/site-lisp and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4342 /usr/local/share/emacs/VERSION/site-lisp, in addition to those
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4343 directories themselves. Both immediate subdirectories and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4344 subdirectories multiple levels down are added to load-path.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4345
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4346 Not all subdirectories are included, though. Subdirectories whose
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4347 names do not start with a letter or digit are excluded.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4348 Subdirectories named RCS or CVS are excluded. Also, a subdirectory
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4349 which contains a file named `.nosearch' is excluded. You can use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4350 these methods to prevent certain subdirectories from being searched.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4351
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4352 Emacs finds these subdirectories and adds them to load-path when it
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4353 starts up. While it would be cleaner to find the subdirectories each
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4354 time Emacs loads a file, that would be much slower.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4355
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4356 This feature is an incompatible change. If you have stored some Emacs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4357 Lisp files in a subdirectory of the site-lisp directory specifically
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4358 to prevent them from being used, you will need to rename the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4359 subdirectory to start with a non-alphanumeric character, or create a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4360 `.nosearch' file in it, in order to continue to achieve the desired
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4361 results.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4362
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4363 ** Emacs no longer includes an old version of the C preprocessor from
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4364 GCC. This was formerly used to help compile Emacs with C compilers
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4365 that had limits on the significant length of an identifier, but in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4366 fact we stopped supporting such compilers some time ago.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4367
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4368 * Changes in Emacs 20.3
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4369
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4370 ** The new command C-x z (repeat) repeats the previous command
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4371 including its argument. If you repeat the z afterward,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4372 it repeats the command additional times; thus, you can
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4373 perform many repetitions with one keystroke per repetition.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4374
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4375 ** Emacs now supports "selective undo" which undoes only within a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4376 specified region. To do this, set point and mark around the desired
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4377 region and type C-u C-x u (or C-u C-_). You can then continue undoing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4378 further, within the same region, by repeating the ordinary undo
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4379 command C-x u or C-_. This will keep undoing changes that were made
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4380 within the region you originally specified, until either all of them
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4381 are undone, or it encounters a change which crosses the edge of that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4382 region.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4383
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4384 In Transient Mark mode, undoing when a region is active requests
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4385 selective undo.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4386
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4387 ** If you specify --unibyte when starting Emacs, then all buffers are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4388 unibyte, except when a Lisp program specifically creates a multibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4389 buffer. Setting the environment variable EMACS_UNIBYTE has the same
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4390 effect. The --no-unibyte option overrides EMACS_UNIBYTE and directs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4391 Emacs to run normally in multibyte mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4392
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4393 The option --unibyte does not affect the reading of Emacs Lisp files,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4394 though. If you want a Lisp file to be read in unibyte mode, use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4395 -*-unibyte: t;-*- on its first line. That will force Emacs to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4396 load that file in unibyte mode, regardless of how Emacs was started.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4397
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4398 ** toggle-enable-multibyte-characters no longer has a key binding and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4399 no longer appears in the menu bar. We've realized that changing the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4400 enable-multibyte-characters variable in an existing buffer is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4401 something that most users not do.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4402
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4403 ** You can specify a coding system to use for the next cut or paste
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4404 operations through the window system with the command C-x RET X.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4405 The coding system can make a difference for communication with other
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4406 applications.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4407
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4408 C-x RET x specifies a coding system for all subsequent cutting and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4409 pasting operations.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4410
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4411 ** You can specify the printer to use for commands that do printing by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4412 setting the variable `printer-name'. Just what a printer name looks
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4413 like depends on your operating system. You can specify a different
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4414 printer for the Postscript printing commands by setting
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4415 `ps-printer-name'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4416
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4417 ** Emacs now supports on-the-fly spell checking by the means of a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4418 minor mode. It is called M-x flyspell-mode. You don't have to remember
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4419 any other special commands to use it, and you will hardly notice it
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4420 except when you make a spelling error. Flyspell works by highlighting
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4421 incorrect words as soon as they are completed or as soon as the cursor
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4422 hits a new word.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4423
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4424 Flyspell mode works with whichever dictionary you have selected for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4425 Ispell in Emacs. In TeX mode, it understands TeX syntax so as not
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4426 to be confused by TeX commands.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4427
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4428 You can correct a misspelled word by editing it into something
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4429 correct. You can also correct it, or accept it as correct, by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4430 clicking on the word with Mouse-2; that gives you a pop-up menu
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4431 of various alternative replacements and actions.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4432
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4433 Flyspell mode also proposes "automatic" corrections. M-TAB replaces
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4434 the current misspelled word with a possible correction. If several
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4435 corrections are made possible, M-TAB cycles through them in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4436 alphabetical order, or in order of decreasing likelihood if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4437 flyspell-sort-corrections is nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4438
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4439 Flyspell mode also flags an error when a word is repeated, if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4440 flyspell-mark-duplications-flag is non-nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4441
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4442 ** Changes in input method usage.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4443
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4444 Now you can use arrow keys (right, left, down, up) for selecting among
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4445 the alternatives just the same way as you do by C-f, C-b, C-n, and C-p
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4446 respectively.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4447
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4448 You can use the ENTER key to accept the current conversion.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4449
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4450 If you type TAB to display a list of alternatives, you can select one
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4451 of the alternatives with Mouse-2.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4452
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4453 The meaning of the variable `input-method-verbose-flag' is changed so
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4454 that you can set it to t, nil, `default', or `complex-only'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4455
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4456 If the value is nil, extra guidance is never given.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4457
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4458 If the value is t, extra guidance is always given.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4459
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4460 If the value is `complex-only', extra guidance is always given only
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4461 when you are using complex input methods such as chinese-py.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4462
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4463 If the value is `default' (this is the default), extra guidance is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4464 given in the following case:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4465 o When you are using a complex input method.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4466 o When you are using a simple input method but not in the minibuffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4467
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4468 If you are using Emacs through a very slow line, setting
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4469 input-method-verbose-flag to nil or to complex-only is a good choice,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4470 and if you are using an input method you are not familiar with,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4471 setting it to t is helpful.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4472
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4473 The old command select-input-method is now called set-input-method.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4474
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4475 In the language environment "Korean", you can use the following
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4476 keys:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4477 Shift-SPC toggle-korean-input-method
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4478 C-F9 quail-hangul-switch-symbol-ksc
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4479 F9 quail-hangul-switch-hanja
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4480 These key bindings are canceled when you switch to another language
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4481 environment.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4482
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4483 ** The minibuffer history of file names now records the specified file
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4484 names, not the entire minibuffer input. For example, if the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4485 minibuffer starts out with /usr/foo/, you might type in /etc/passwd to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4486 get
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4487
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4488 /usr/foo//etc/passwd
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4489
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4490 which stands for the file /etc/passwd.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4491
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4492 Formerly, this used to put /usr/foo//etc/passwd in the history list.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4493 Now this puts just /etc/passwd in the history list.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4494
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4495 ** If you are root, Emacs sets backup-by-copying-when-mismatch to t
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4496 at startup, so that saving a file will be sure to preserve
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4497 its owner and group.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4498
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4499 ** find-func.el can now also find the place of definition of Emacs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4500 Lisp variables in user-loaded libraries.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4501
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4502 ** C-x r t (string-rectangle) now deletes the existing rectangle
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4503 contents before inserting the specified string on each line.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4504
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4505 ** There is a new command delete-whitespace-rectangle
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4506 which deletes whitespace starting from a particular column
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4507 in all the lines on a rectangle. The column is specified
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4508 by the left edge of the rectangle.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4509
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4510 ** You can now store a number into a register with C-u NUMBER C-x r n REG,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4511 increment it by INC with C-u INC C-x r + REG (to increment by one, omit
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4512 C-u INC), and insert it in the buffer with C-x r g REG. This is useful
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4513 for writing keyboard macros.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4514
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4515 ** The new command M-x speedbar displays a frame in which directories,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4516 files, and tags can be displayed, manipulated, and jumped to. The
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4517 frame defaults to 20 characters in width, and is the same height as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4518 the frame that it was started from. Some major modes define
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4519 additional commands for the speedbar, including Rmail, GUD/GDB, and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4520 info.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4521
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4522 ** query-replace-regexp is now bound to C-M-%.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4523
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4524 ** In Transient Mark mode, when the region is active, M-x
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4525 query-replace and the other replace commands now operate on the region
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4526 contents only.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4527
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4528 ** M-x write-region, when used interactively, now asks for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4529 confirmation before overwriting an existing file. When you call
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4530 the function from a Lisp program, a new optional argument CONFIRM
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4531 says whether to ask for confirmation in this case.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4532
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4533 ** If you use find-file-literally and the file is already visited
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4534 non-literally, the command asks you whether to revisit the file
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4535 literally. If you say no, it signals an error.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4536
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4537 ** Major modes defined with the "derived mode" feature
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4538 now use the proper name for the mode hook: WHATEVER-mode-hook.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4539 Formerly they used the name WHATEVER-mode-hooks, but that is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4540 inconsistent with Emacs conventions.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4541
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4542 ** shell-command-on-region (and shell-command) reports success or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4543 failure if the command produces no output.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4544
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4545 ** Set focus-follows-mouse to nil if your window system or window
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4546 manager does not transfer focus to another window when you just move
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4547 the mouse.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4548
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4549 ** mouse-menu-buffer-maxlen has been renamed to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4550 mouse-buffer-menu-maxlen to be consistent with the other related
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4551 function and variable names.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4552
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4553 ** The new variable auto-coding-alist specifies coding systems for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4554 reading specific files. This has higher priority than
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4555 file-coding-system-alist.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4556
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4557 ** If you set the variable unibyte-display-via-language-environment to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4558 t, then Emacs displays non-ASCII characters are displayed by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4559 converting them to the equivalent multibyte characters according to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4560 the current language environment. As a result, they are displayed
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4561 according to the current fontset.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4562
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4563 ** C-q's handling of codes in the range 0200 through 0377 is changed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4564
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4565 The codes in the range 0200 through 0237 are inserted as one byte of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4566 that code regardless of the values of nonascii-translation-table and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4567 nonascii-insert-offset.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4568
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4569 For the codes in the range 0240 through 0377, if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4570 enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil and nonascii-translation-table
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4571 nor nonascii-insert-offset can't convert them to valid multibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4572 characters, they are converted to Latin-1 characters.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4573
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4574 ** If you try to find a file that is not read-accessible, you now get
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4575 an error, rather than an empty buffer and a warning.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4576
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4577 ** In the minibuffer history commands M-r and M-s, an upper case
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4578 letter in the regular expression forces case-sensitive search.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4579
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4580 ** In the *Help* buffer, cross-references to commands and variables
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4581 are inferred and hyperlinked. Use C-h m in Help mode for the relevant
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4582 command keys.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4583
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4584 ** M-x apropos-command, with a prefix argument, no longer looks for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4585 user option variables--instead it looks for noninteractive functions.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4586
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4587 Meanwhile, the command apropos-variable normally searches for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4588 user option variables; with a prefix argument, it looks at
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4589 all variables that have documentation.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4590
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4591 ** When you type a long line in the minibuffer, and the minibuffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4592 shows just one line, automatically scrolling works in a special way
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4593 that shows you overlap with the previous line of text. The variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4594 minibuffer-scroll-overlap controls how many characters of overlap
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4595 it should show; the default is 20.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4596
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4597 Meanwhile, Resize Minibuffer mode is still available; in that mode,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4598 the minibuffer grows taller (up to a point) as needed to show the whole
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4599 of your input.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4600
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4601 ** The new command M-x customize-changed-options lets you customize
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4602 all the options whose meanings or default values have changed in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4603 recent Emacs versions. You specify a previous Emacs version number as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4604 argument, and the command creates a customization buffer showing all
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4605 the customizable options which were changed since that version.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4606 Newly added options are included as well.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4607
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4608 If you don't specify a particular version number argument,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4609 then the customization buffer shows all the customizable options
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4610 for which Emacs versions of changes are recorded.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4611
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4612 This function is also bound to the Changed Options entry in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4613 Customize menu.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4614
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4615 ** When you run M-x grep with a prefix argument, it figures out
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4616 the tag around point and puts that into the default grep command.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4617
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4618 ** The new command M-* (pop-tag-mark) pops back through a history of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4619 buffer positions from which M-. or other tag-finding commands were
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4620 invoked.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4621
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4622 ** The new variable comment-padding specifies the number of spaces
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4623 that `comment-region' will insert before the actual text of the comment.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4624 The default is 1.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4625
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4626 ** In Fortran mode the characters `.', `_' and `$' now have symbol
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4627 syntax, not word syntax. Fortran mode now supports `imenu' and has
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4628 new commands fortran-join-line (M-^) and fortran-narrow-to-subprogram
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4629 (C-x n d). M-q can be used to fill a statement or comment block
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4630 sensibly.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4631
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4632 ** GUD now supports jdb, the Java debugger, and pdb, the Python debugger.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4633
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4634 ** If you set the variable add-log-keep-changes-together to a non-nil
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4635 value, the command `C-x 4 a' will automatically notice when you make
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4636 two entries in one day for one file, and combine them.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4637
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4638 ** You can use the command M-x diary-mail-entries to mail yourself a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4639 reminder about upcoming diary entries. See the documentation string
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4640 for a sample shell script for calling this function automatically
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4641 every night.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4642
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4643 ** Desktop changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4644
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4645 *** All you need to do to enable use of the Desktop package, is to set
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4646 the variable desktop-enable to t with Custom.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4647
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4648 *** Minor modes are now restored. Which minor modes are restored
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4649 and how modes are restored is controlled by `desktop-minor-mode-table'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4650
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4651 ** There is no need to do anything special, now, to enable Gnus to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4652 read and post multi-lingual articles.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4653
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4654 ** Outline mode has now support for showing hidden outlines when
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4655 doing an isearch. In order for this to happen search-invisible should
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4656 be set to open (the default). If an isearch match is inside a hidden
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4657 outline the outline is made visible. If you continue pressing C-s and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4658 the match moves outside the formerly invisible outline, the outline is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4659 made invisible again.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4660
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4661 ** Mail reading and sending changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4662
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4663 *** The Rmail e command now switches to displaying the whole header of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4664 the message before it lets you edit the message. This is so that any
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4665 changes you make in the header will not be lost if you subsequently
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4666 toggle.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4667
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4668 *** The w command in Rmail, which writes the message body into a file,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4669 now works in the summary buffer as well. (The command to delete the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4670 summary buffer is now Q.) The default file name for the w command, if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4671 the message has no subject, is stored in the variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4672 rmail-default-body-file.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4673
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4674 *** Most of the commands and modes that operate on mail and netnews no
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4675 longer depend on the value of mail-header-separator. Instead, they
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4676 handle whatever separator the buffer happens to use.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4677
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4678 *** If you set mail-signature to a value which is not t, nil, or a string,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4679 it should be an expression. When you send a message, this expression
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4680 is evaluated to insert the signature.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4681
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4682 *** The new Lisp library feedmail.el (version 8) enhances processing of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4683 outbound email messages. It works in coordination with other email
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4684 handling packages (e.g., rmail, VM, gnus) and is responsible for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4685 putting final touches on messages and actually submitting them for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4686 transmission. Users of the emacs program "fakemail" might be
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4687 especially interested in trying feedmail.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4688
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4689 feedmail is not enabled by default. See comments at the top of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4690 feedmail.el for set-up instructions. Among the bigger features
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4691 provided by feedmail are:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4692
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4693 **** you can park outgoing messages into a disk-based queue and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4694 stimulate sending some or all of them later (handy for laptop users);
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4695 there is also a queue for draft messages
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4696
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4697 **** you can get one last look at the prepped outbound message and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4698 be prompted for confirmation
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4699
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4700 **** does smart filling of address headers
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4701
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4702 **** can generate a MESSAGE-ID: line and a DATE: line; the date can be
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4703 the time the message was written or the time it is being sent; this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4704 can make FCC copies more closely resemble copies that recipients get
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4705
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4706 **** you can specify an arbitrary function for actually transmitting
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4707 the message; included in feedmail are interfaces for /bin/[r]mail,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4708 /usr/lib/sendmail, and elisp smtpmail; it's easy to write a new
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4709 function for something else (10-20 lines of elisp)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4710
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4711 ** Dired changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4712
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4713 *** The Dired function dired-do-toggle, which toggles marked and unmarked
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4714 files, is now bound to "t" instead of "T".
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4715
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4716 *** dired-at-point has been added to ffap.el. It allows one to easily
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4717 run Dired on the directory name at point.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4718
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4719 *** Dired has a new command: %g. It searches the contents of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4720 files in the directory and marks each file that contains a match
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4721 for a specified regexp.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4722
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4723 ** VC Changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4724
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4725 *** New option vc-ignore-vc-files lets you turn off version control
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4726 conveniently.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4727
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4728 *** VC Dired has been completely rewritten. It is now much
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4729 faster, especially for CVS, and works very similar to ordinary
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4730 Dired.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4731
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4732 VC Dired is invoked by typing C-x v d and entering the name of the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4733 directory to display. By default, VC Dired gives you a recursive
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4734 listing of all files at or below the given directory which are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4735 currently locked (for CVS, all files not up-to-date are shown).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4736
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4737 You can change the listing format by setting vc-dired-recurse to nil,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4738 then it shows only the given directory, and you may also set
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4739 vc-dired-terse-display to nil, then it shows all files under version
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4740 control plus the names of any subdirectories, so that you can type `i'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4741 on such lines to insert them manually, as in ordinary Dired.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4742
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4743 All Dired commands operate normally in VC Dired, except for `v', which
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4744 is redefined as the version control prefix. That means you may type
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4745 `v l', `v =' etc. to invoke `vc-print-log', `vc-diff' and the like on
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4746 the file named in the current Dired buffer line. `v v' invokes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4747 `vc-next-action' on this file, or on all files currently marked.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4748
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4749 The new command `v t' (vc-dired-toggle-terse-mode) allows you to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4750 toggle between terse display (only locked files) and full display (all
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4751 VC files plus subdirectories). There is also a special command,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4752 `* l', to mark all files currently locked.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4753
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4754 Giving a prefix argument to C-x v d now does the same thing as in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4755 ordinary Dired: it allows you to supply additional options for the ls
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4756 command in the minibuffer, to fine-tune VC Dired's output.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4757
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4758 *** Under CVS, if you merge changes from the repository into a working
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4759 file, and CVS detects conflicts, VC now offers to start an ediff
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4760 session to resolve them.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4761
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4762 Alternatively, you can use the new command `vc-resolve-conflicts' to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4763 resolve conflicts in a file at any time. It works in any buffer that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4764 contains conflict markers as generated by rcsmerge (which is what CVS
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4765 uses as well).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4766
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4767 *** You can now transfer changes between branches, using the new
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4768 command vc-merge (C-x v m). It is implemented for RCS and CVS. When
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4769 you invoke it in a buffer under version-control, you can specify
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4770 either an entire branch or a pair of versions, and the changes on that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4771 branch or between the two versions are merged into the working file.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4772 If this results in any conflicts, they may be resolved interactively,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4773 using ediff.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4774
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4775 ** Changes in Font Lock
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4776
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4777 *** The face and variable previously known as font-lock-reference-face
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4778 are now called font-lock-constant-face to better reflect their typical
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4779 use for highlighting constants and labels. (Its face properties are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4780 unchanged.) The variable font-lock-reference-face remains for now for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4781 compatibility reasons, but its value is font-lock-constant-face.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4782
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4783 ** Frame name display changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4784
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4785 *** The command set-frame-name lets you set the name of the current
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4786 frame. You can use the new command select-frame-by-name to select and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4787 raise a frame; this is mostly useful on character-only terminals, or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4788 when many frames are invisible or iconified.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4789
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4790 *** On character-only terminal (not a window system), changing the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4791 frame name is now reflected on the mode line and in the Buffers/Frames
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4792 menu.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4793
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4794 ** Comint (subshell) changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4795
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4796 *** In Comint modes, the commands to kill, stop or interrupt a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4797 subjob now also kill pending input. This is for compatibility
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4798 with ordinary shells, where the signal characters do this.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4799
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4800 *** There are new commands in Comint mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4801
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4802 C-c C-x fetches the "next" line from the input history;
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4803 that is, the line after the last line you got.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4804 You can use this command to fetch successive lines, one by one.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4805
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4806 C-c SPC accumulates lines of input. More precisely, it arranges to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4807 send the current line together with the following line, when you send
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4808 the following line.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4809
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4810 C-c C-a if repeated twice consecutively now moves to the process mark,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4811 which separates the pending input from the subprocess output and the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4812 previously sent input.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4813
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4814 C-c M-r now runs comint-previous-matching-input-from-input;
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4815 it searches for a previous command, using the current pending input
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4816 as the search string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4817
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4818 *** New option compilation-scroll-output can be set to scroll
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4819 automatically in compilation-mode windows.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4820
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4821 ** C mode changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4822
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4823 *** Multiline macros are now handled, both as they affect indentation,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4824 and as recognized syntax. New syntactic symbol cpp-macro-cont is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4825 assigned to second and subsequent lines of a multiline macro
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4826 definition.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4827
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4828 *** A new style "user" which captures all non-hook-ified
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4829 (i.e. top-level) .emacs file variable settings and customizations.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4830 Style "cc-mode" is an alias for "user" and is deprecated. "gnu"
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4831 style is still the default however.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4832
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4833 *** "java" style now conforms to Sun's JDK coding style.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4834
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4835 *** There are new commands c-beginning-of-defun, c-end-of-defun which
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4836 are alternatives which you could bind to C-M-a and C-M-e if you prefer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4837 them. They do not have key bindings by default.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4838
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4839 *** New and improved implementations of M-a (c-beginning-of-statement)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4840 and M-e (c-end-of-statement).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4841
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4842 *** C++ namespace blocks are supported, with new syntactic symbols
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4843 namespace-open, namespace-close, and innamespace.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4844
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4845 *** File local variable settings of c-file-style and c-file-offsets
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4846 makes the style variables local to that buffer only.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4847
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4848 *** New indentation functions c-lineup-close-paren,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4849 c-indent-one-line-block, c-lineup-dont-change.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4850
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4851 *** Improvements (hopefully!) to the way CC Mode is loaded. You
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4852 should now be able to do a (require 'cc-mode) to get the entire
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4853 package loaded properly for customization in your .emacs file. A new
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4854 variable c-initialize-on-load controls this and is t by default.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4855
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4856 ** Changes to hippie-expand.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4857
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4858 *** New customization variable `hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space'. If
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4859 non-nil, trailing spaces may be included in the abbreviation to search for,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4860 which then gives the same behavior as the original `dabbrev-expand'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4861
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4862 *** New customization variable `hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol'. If
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4863 non-nil, characters of syntax '_' is considered part of the word when
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4864 expanding dynamically.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4865
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4866 *** New customization variable `hippie-expand-no-restriction'. If
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4867 non-nil, narrowed buffers are widened before they are searched.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4868
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4869 *** New customization variable `hippie-expand-only-buffers'. If
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4870 non-empty, buffers searched are restricted to the types specified in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4871 this list. Useful for example when constructing new special-purpose
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4872 expansion functions with `make-hippie-expand-function'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4873
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4874 *** Text properties of the expansion are no longer copied.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4875
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4876 ** Changes in BibTeX mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4877
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4878 *** Any titleword matching a regexp in the new variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4879 bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore (case sensitive) is ignored during
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4880 automatic key generation. This replaces variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4881 bibtex-autokey-titleword-first-ignore, which only checked for matches
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4882 against the first word in the title.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4883
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4884 *** Autokey generation now uses all words from the title, not just
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4885 capitalized words. To avoid conflicts with existing customizations,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4886 bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore is set up such that words starting with
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4887 lowerkey characters will still be ignored. Thus, if you want to use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4888 lowercase words from the title, you will have to overwrite the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4889 bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore standard setting.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4890
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4891 *** Case conversion of names and title words for automatic key
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4892 generation is more flexible. Variable bibtex-autokey-preserve-case is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4893 replaced by bibtex-autokey-titleword-case-convert and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4894 bibtex-autokey-name-case-convert.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4895
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4896 ** Changes in vcursor.el.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4897
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4898 *** Support for character terminals is available: there is a new keymap
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4899 and the vcursor will appear as an arrow between buffer text. A
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4900 variable `vcursor-interpret-input' allows input from the vcursor to be
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4901 entered exactly as if typed. Numerous functions, including
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4902 `vcursor-compare-windows', have been rewritten to improve consistency
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4903 in the selection of windows and corresponding keymaps.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4904
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4905 *** vcursor options can now be altered with M-x customize under the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4906 Editing group once the package is loaded.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4907
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4908 *** Loading vcursor now does not define keys by default, as this is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4909 generally a bad side effect. Use M-x customize to set
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4910 vcursor-key-bindings to t to restore the old behaviour.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4911
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4912 *** vcursor-auto-disable can be `copy', which turns off copying from the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4913 vcursor, but doesn't disable it, after any non-vcursor command.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4914
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4915 ** Ispell changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4916
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4917 *** You can now spell check comments and strings in the current
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4918 buffer with M-x ispell-comments-and-strings. Comments and strings
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4919 are identified by syntax tables in effect.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4920
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4921 *** Generic region skipping implemented.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4922 A single buffer can be broken into a number of regions where text will
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4923 and will not be checked. The definitions of the regions can be user
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4924 defined. New applications and improvements made available by this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4925 include:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4926
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4927 o URLs are automatically skipped
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4928 o EMail message checking is vastly improved.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4929
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4930 *** Ispell can highlight the erroneous word even on non-window terminals.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4931
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4932 ** Changes to RefTeX mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4933
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4934 RefTeX has been updated in order to make it more usable with very
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4935 large projects (like a several volume math book). The parser has been
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4936 re-written from scratch. To get maximum speed from RefTeX, check the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4937 section `Optimizations' in the manual.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4938
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4939 *** New recursive parser.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4940
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4941 The old version of RefTeX created a single large buffer containing the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4942 entire multifile document in order to parse the document. The new
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4943 recursive parser scans the individual files.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4944
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4945 *** Parsing only part of a document.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4946
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4947 Reparsing of changed document parts can now be made faster by enabling
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4948 partial scans. To use this feature, read the documentation string of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4949 the variable `reftex-enable-partial-scans' and set the variable to t.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4950
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4951 (setq reftex-enable-partial-scans t)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4952
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4953 *** Storing parsing information in a file.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4954
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4955 This can improve startup times considerably. To turn it on, use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4956
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4957 (setq reftex-save-parse-info t)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4958
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4959 *** Using multiple selection buffers
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4960
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4961 If the creation of label selection buffers is too slow (this happens
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4962 for large documents), you can reuse these buffers by setting
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4963
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4964 (setq reftex-use-multiple-selection-buffers t)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4965
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4966 *** References to external documents.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4967
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4968 The LaTeX package `xr' allows to cross-reference labels in external
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4969 documents. RefTeX can provide information about the external
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4970 documents as well. To use this feature, set up the \externaldocument
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4971 macros required by the `xr' package and rescan the document with
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4972 RefTeX. The external labels can then be accessed with the `x' key in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4973 the selection buffer provided by `reftex-reference' (bound to `C-c )').
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4974 The `x' key also works in the table of contents buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4975
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4976 *** Many more labeled LaTeX environments are recognized by default.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4977
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4978 The builtin command list now covers all the standard LaTeX commands,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4979 and all of the major packages included in the LaTeX distribution.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4980
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4981 Also, RefTeX now understands the \appendix macro and changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4982 the enumeration of sections in the *toc* buffer accordingly.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4983
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4984 *** Mouse support for selection and *toc* buffers
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4985
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4986 The mouse can now be used to select items in the selection and *toc*
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4987 buffers. See also the new option `reftex-highlight-selection'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4988
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4989 *** New keymaps for selection and table of contents modes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4990
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4991 The selection processes for labels and citation keys, and the table of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4992 contents buffer now have their own keymaps: `reftex-select-label-map',
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4993 `reftex-select-bib-map', `reftex-toc-map'. The selection processes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4994 have a number of new keys predefined. In particular, TAB lets you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4995 enter a label with completion. Check the on-the-fly help (press `?'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4996 at the selection prompt) or read the Info documentation to find out
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4997 more.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4998
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
4999 *** Support for the varioref package
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5000
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5001 The `v' key in the label selection buffer toggles \ref versus \vref.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5002
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5003 *** New hooks
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5004
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5005 Three new hooks can be used to redefine the way labels, references,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5006 and citations are created. These hooks are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5007 `reftex-format-label-function', `reftex-format-ref-function',
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5008 `reftex-format-cite-function'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5009
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5010 *** Citations outside LaTeX
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5011
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5012 The command `reftex-citation' may also be used outside LaTeX (e.g. in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5013 a mail buffer). See the Info documentation for details.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5014
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5015 *** Short context is no longer fontified.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5016
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5017 The short context in the label menu no longer copies the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5018 fontification from the text in the buffer. If you prefer it to be
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5019 fontified, use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5020
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5021 (setq reftex-refontify-context t)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5022
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5023 ** file-cache-minibuffer-complete now accepts a prefix argument.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5024 With a prefix argument, it does not try to do completion of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5025 the file name within its directory; it only checks for other
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5026 directories that contain the same file name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5027
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5028 Thus, given the file name Makefile, and assuming that a file
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5029 Makefile.in exists in the same directory, ordinary
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5030 file-cache-minibuffer-complete will try to complete Makefile to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5031 Makefile.in and will therefore never look for other directories that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5032 have Makefile. A prefix argument tells it not to look for longer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5033 names such as Makefile.in, so that instead it will look for other
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5034 directories--just as if the name were already complete in its present
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5035 directory.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5036
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5037 ** New modes and packages
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5038
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5039 *** There is a new alternative major mode for Perl, Cperl mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5040 It has many more features than Perl mode, and some people prefer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5041 it, but some do not.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5042
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5043 *** There is a new major mode, M-x vhdl-mode, for editing files of VHDL
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5044 code.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5045
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5046 *** M-x which-function-mode enables a minor mode that displays the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5047 current function name continuously in the mode line, as you move
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5048 around in a buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5049
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5050 Which Function mode is effective in major modes which support Imenu.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5051
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5052 *** Gametree is a major mode for editing game analysis trees. The author
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5053 uses it for keeping notes about his postal Chess games, but it should
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5054 be helpful for other two-player games as well, as long as they have an
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5055 established system of notation similar to Chess.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5056
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5057 *** The new minor mode checkdoc-minor-mode provides Emacs Lisp
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5058 documentation string checking for style and spelling. The style
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5059 guidelines are found in the Emacs Lisp programming manual.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5060
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5061 *** The net-utils package makes some common networking features
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5062 available in Emacs. Some of these functions are wrappers around
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5063 system utilities (ping, nslookup, etc); others are implementations of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5064 simple protocols (finger, whois) in Emacs Lisp. There are also
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5065 functions to make simple connections to TCP/IP ports for debugging and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5066 the like.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5067
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5068 *** highlight-changes-mode is a minor mode that uses colors to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5069 identify recently changed parts of the buffer text.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5070
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5071 *** The new package `midnight' lets you specify things to be done
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5072 within Emacs at midnight--by default, kill buffers that you have not
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5073 used in a considerable time. To use this feature, customize
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5074 the user option `midnight-mode' to t.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5075
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5076 *** The file generic-x.el defines a number of simple major modes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5077
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5078 apache-generic-mode: For Apache and NCSA httpd configuration files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5079 samba-generic-mode: Samba configuration files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5080 fvwm-generic-mode: For fvwm initialization files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5081 x-resource-generic-mode: For X resource files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5082 hosts-generic-mode: For hosts files (.rhosts, /etc/hosts, etc)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5083 mailagent-rules-generic-mode: For mailagent .rules files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5084 javascript-generic-mode: For JavaScript files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5085 vrml-generic-mode: For VRML files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5086 java-manifest-generic-mode: For Java MANIFEST files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5087 java-properties-generic-mode: For Java property files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5088 mailrc-generic-mode: For .mailrc files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5089
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5090 Platform-specific modes:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5091
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5092 prototype-generic-mode: For Solaris/Sys V prototype files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5093 pkginfo-generic-mode: For Solaris/Sys V pkginfo files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5094 alias-generic-mode: For C shell alias files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5095 inf-generic-mode: For MS-Windows INF files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5096 ini-generic-mode: For MS-Windows INI files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5097 reg-generic-mode: For MS-Windows Registry files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5098 bat-generic-mode: For MS-Windows BAT scripts
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5099 rc-generic-mode: For MS-Windows Resource files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5100 rul-generic-mode: For InstallShield scripts
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5101
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5102 * Lisp changes in Emacs 20.3 since the Emacs Lisp Manual was published
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5103
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5104 ** If you want a Lisp file to be read in unibyte mode,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5105 use -*-unibyte: t;-*- on its first line.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5106 That will force Emacs to read that file in unibyte mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5107 Otherwise, the file will be loaded and byte-compiled in multibyte mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5108
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5109 Thus, each lisp file is read in a consistent way regardless of whether
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5110 you started Emacs with --unibyte, so that a Lisp program gives
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5111 consistent results regardless of how Emacs was started.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5112
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5113 ** The new function assoc-default is useful for searching an alist,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5114 and using a default value if the key is not found there. You can
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5115 specify a comparison predicate, so this function is useful for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5116 searching comparing a string against an alist of regular expressions.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5117
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5118 ** The functions unibyte-char-to-multibyte and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5119 multibyte-char-to-unibyte convert between unibyte and multibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5120 character codes, in a way that is appropriate for the current language
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5121 environment.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5122
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5123 ** The functions read-event, read-char and read-char-exclusive now
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5124 take two optional arguments. PROMPT, if non-nil, specifies a prompt
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5125 string. SUPPRESS-INPUT-METHOD, if non-nil, says to disable the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5126 current input method for reading this one event.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5127
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5128 ** Two new variables print-escape-nonascii and print-escape-multibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5129 now control whether to output certain characters as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5130 backslash-sequences. print-escape-nonascii applies to single-byte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5131 non-ASCII characters; print-escape-multibyte applies to multibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5132 characters. Both of these variables are used only when printing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5133 in readable fashion (prin1 uses them, princ does not).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5134
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5135 * Lisp changes in Emacs 20.3 before the Emacs Lisp Manual was published
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5136
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5137 ** Compiled Emacs Lisp files made with the modified "MBSK" version
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5138 of Emacs 20.2 do not work in Emacs 20.3.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5139
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5140 ** Buffer positions are now measured in characters, as they were
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5141 in Emacs 19 and before. This means that (forward-char 1)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5142 always increases point by 1.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5143
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5144 The function chars-in-region now just subtracts its arguments. It is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5145 considered obsolete. The function char-boundary-p has been deleted.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5146
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5147 See below for additional changes relating to multibyte characters.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5148
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5149 ** defcustom, defface and defgroup now accept the keyword `:version'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5150 Use this to specify in which version of Emacs a certain variable's
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5151 default value changed. For example,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5152
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5153 (defcustom foo-max 34 "*Maximum number of foo's allowed."
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5154 :type 'integer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5155 :group 'foo
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5156 :version "20.3")
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5157
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5158 (defgroup foo-group nil "The foo group."
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5159 :version "20.3")
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5160
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5161 If an entire new group is added or the variables in it have the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5162 default values changed, then just add a `:version' to that group. It
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5163 is recommended that new packages added to the distribution contain a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5164 `:version' in the top level group.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5165
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5166 This information is used to control the customize-changed-options command.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5167
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5168 ** It is now an error to change the value of a symbol whose name
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5169 starts with a colon--if it is interned in the standard obarray.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5170
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5171 However, setting such a symbol to its proper value, which is that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5172 symbol itself, is not an error. This is for the sake of programs that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5173 support previous Emacs versions by explicitly setting these variables
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5174 to themselves.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5175
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5176 If you set the variable keyword-symbols-constant-flag to nil,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5177 this error is suppressed, and you can set these symbols to any
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5178 values whatever.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5179
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5180 ** There is a new debugger command, R.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5181 It evaluates an expression like e, but saves the result
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5182 in the buffer *Debugger-record*.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5183
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5184 ** Frame-local variables.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5185
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5186 You can now make a variable local to various frames. To do this, call
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5187 the function make-variable-frame-local; this enables frames to have
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5188 local bindings for that variable.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5189
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5190 These frame-local bindings are actually frame parameters: you create a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5191 frame-local binding in a specific frame by calling
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5192 modify-frame-parameters and specifying the variable name as the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5193 parameter name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5194
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5195 Buffer-local bindings take precedence over frame-local bindings.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5196 Thus, if the current buffer has a buffer-local binding, that binding is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5197 active; otherwise, if the selected frame has a frame-local binding,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5198 that binding is active; otherwise, the default binding is active.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5199
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5200 It would not be hard to implement window-local bindings, but it is not
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5201 clear that this would be very useful; windows tend to come and go in a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5202 very transitory fashion, so that trying to produce any specific effect
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5203 through a window-local binding would not be very robust.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5204
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5205 ** `sregexq' and `sregex' are two new functions for constructing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5206 "symbolic regular expressions." These are Lisp expressions that, when
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5207 evaluated, yield conventional string-based regexps. The symbolic form
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5208 makes it easier to construct, read, and maintain complex patterns.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5209 See the documentation in sregex.el.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5210
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5211 ** parse-partial-sexp's return value has an additional element which
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5212 is used to pass information along if you pass it to another call to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5213 parse-partial-sexp, starting its scan where the first call ended.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5214 The contents of this field are not yet finalized.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5215
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5216 ** eval-region now accepts a fourth optional argument READ-FUNCTION.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5217 If it is non-nil, that function is used instead of `read'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5218
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5219 ** unload-feature by default removes the feature's functions from
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5220 known hooks to avoid trouble, but a package providing FEATURE can
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5221 define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook to be run by unload-feature instead.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5222
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5223 ** read-from-minibuffer no longer returns the argument DEFAULT-VALUE
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5224 when the user enters empty input. It now returns the null string, as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5225 it did in Emacs 19. The default value is made available in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5226 history via M-n, but it is not applied here as a default.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5227
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5228 The other, more specialized minibuffer-reading functions continue to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5229 return the default value (not the null string) when the user enters
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5230 empty input.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5231
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5232 ** The new variable read-buffer-function controls which routine to use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5233 for selecting buffers. For example, if you set this variable to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5234 `iswitchb-read-buffer', iswitchb will be used to read buffer names.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5235 Other functions can also be used if they accept the same arguments as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5236 `read-buffer' and return the selected buffer name as a string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5237
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5238 ** The new function read-passwd reads a password from the terminal,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5239 echoing a period for each character typed. It takes three arguments:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5240 a prompt string, a flag which says "read it twice to make sure", and a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5241 default password to use if the user enters nothing.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5242
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5243 ** The variable fill-nobreak-predicate gives major modes a way to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5244 specify not to break a line at certain places. Its value is a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5245 function which is called with no arguments, with point located at the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5246 place where a break is being considered. If the function returns
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5247 non-nil, then the line won't be broken there.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5248
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5249 ** window-end now takes an optional second argument, UPDATE.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5250 If this is non-nil, then the function always returns an accurate
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5251 up-to-date value for the buffer position corresponding to the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5252 end of the window, even if this requires computation.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5253
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5254 ** other-buffer now takes an optional argument FRAME
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5255 which specifies which frame's buffer list to use.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5256 If it is nil, that means use the selected frame's buffer list.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5257
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5258 ** The new variable buffer-display-time, always local in every buffer,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5259 holds the value of (current-time) as of the last time that a window
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5260 was directed to display this buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5261
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5262 ** It is now meaningful to compare two window-configuration objects
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5263 with `equal'. Two window-configuration objects are equal if they
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5264 describe equivalent arrangements of windows, in the same frame--in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5265 other words, if they would give the same results if passed to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5266 set-window-configuration.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5267
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5268 ** compare-window-configurations is a new function that compares two
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5269 window configurations loosely. It ignores differences in saved buffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5270 positions and scrolling, and considers only the structure and sizes of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5271 windows and the choice of buffers to display.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5272
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5273 ** The variable minor-mode-overriding-map-alist allows major modes to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5274 override the key bindings of a minor mode. The elements of this alist
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5275 look like the elements of minor-mode-map-alist: (VARIABLE . KEYMAP).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5276
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5277 If the VARIABLE in an element of minor-mode-overriding-map-alist has a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5278 non-nil value, the paired KEYMAP is active, and totally overrides the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5279 map (if any) specified for the same variable in minor-mode-map-alist.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5280
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5281 minor-mode-overriding-map-alist is automatically local in all buffers,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5282 and it is meant to be set by major modes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5283
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5284 ** The function match-string-no-properties is like match-string
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5285 except that it discards all text properties from the result.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5286
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5287 ** The function load-average now accepts an optional argument
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5288 USE-FLOATS. If it is non-nil, the load average values are returned as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5289 floating point numbers, rather than as integers to be divided by 100.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5290
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5291 ** The new variable temporary-file-directory specifies the directory
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5292 to use for creating temporary files. The default value is determined
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5293 in a reasonable way for your operating system; on GNU and Unix systems
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5294 it is based on the TMP and TMPDIR environment variables.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5295
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5296 ** Menu changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5297
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5298 *** easymenu.el now uses the new menu item format and supports the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5299 keywords :visible and :filter. The existing keyword :keys is now
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5300 better supported.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5301
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5302 The variable `easy-menu-precalculate-equivalent-keybindings' controls
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5303 a new feature which calculates keyboard equivalents for the menu when
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5304 you define the menu. The default is t. If you rarely use menus, you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5305 can set the variable to nil to disable this precalculation feature;
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5306 then the calculation is done only if you use the menu bar.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5307
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5308 *** A new format for menu items is supported.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5309
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5310 In a keymap, a key binding that has the format
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5311 (STRING . REAL-BINDING) or (STRING HELP-STRING . REAL-BINDING)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5312 defines a menu item. Now a menu item definition may also be a list that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5313 starts with the symbol `menu-item'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5314
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5315 The format is:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5316 (menu-item ITEM-NAME) or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5317 (menu-item ITEM-NAME REAL-BINDING . ITEM-PROPERTY-LIST)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5318 where ITEM-NAME is an expression which evaluates to the menu item
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5319 string, and ITEM-PROPERTY-LIST has the form of a property list.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5320 The supported properties include
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5321
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5322 :enable FORM Evaluate FORM to determine whether the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5323 item is enabled.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5324 :visible FORM Evaluate FORM to determine whether the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5325 item should appear in the menu.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5326 :filter FILTER-FN
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5327 FILTER-FN is a function of one argument,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5328 which will be REAL-BINDING.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5329 It should return a binding to use instead.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5330 :keys DESCRIPTION
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5331 DESCRIPTION is a string that describes an equivalent keyboard
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5332 binding for for REAL-BINDING. DESCRIPTION is expanded with
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5333 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5334 :key-sequence KEY-SEQUENCE
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5335 KEY-SEQUENCE is a key-sequence for an equivalent
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5336 keyboard binding.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5337 :key-sequence nil
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5338 This means that the command normally has no
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5339 keyboard equivalent.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5340 :help HELP HELP is the extra help string (not currently used).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5341 :button (TYPE . SELECTED)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5342 TYPE is :toggle or :radio.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5343 SELECTED is a form, to be evaluated, and its
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5344 value says whether this button is currently selected.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5345
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5346 Buttons are at the moment only simulated by prefixes in the menu.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5347 Eventually ordinary X-buttons may be supported.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5348
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5349 (menu-item ITEM-NAME) defines unselectable item.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5350
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5351 ** New event types
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5352
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5353 *** The new event type `mouse-wheel' is generated by a wheel on a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5354 mouse (such as the MS Intellimouse). The event contains a delta that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5355 corresponds to the amount and direction that the wheel is rotated,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5356 which is typically used to implement a scroll or zoom. The format is:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5357
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5358 (mouse-wheel POSITION DELTA)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5359
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5360 where POSITION is a list describing the position of the event in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5361 same format as a mouse-click event, and DELTA is a signed number
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5362 indicating the number of increments by which the wheel was rotated. A
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5363 negative DELTA indicates that the wheel was rotated backwards, towards
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5364 the user, and a positive DELTA indicates that the wheel was rotated
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5365 forward, away from the user.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5366
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5367 As of now, this event type is generated only on MS Windows.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5368
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5369 *** The new event type `drag-n-drop' is generated when a group of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5370 files is selected in an application outside of Emacs, and then dragged
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5371 and dropped onto an Emacs frame. The event contains a list of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5372 filenames that were dragged and dropped, which are then typically
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5373 loaded into Emacs. The format is:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5374
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5375 (drag-n-drop POSITION FILES)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5376
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5377 where POSITION is a list describing the position of the event in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5378 same format as a mouse-click event, and FILES is the list of filenames
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5379 that were dragged and dropped.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5380
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5381 As of now, this event type is generated only on MS Windows.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5382
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5383 ** Changes relating to multibyte characters.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5384
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5385 *** The variable enable-multibyte-characters is now read-only;
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5386 any attempt to set it directly signals an error. The only way
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5387 to change this value in an existing buffer is with set-buffer-multibyte.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5388
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5389 *** In a string constant, `\ ' now stands for "nothing at all". You
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5390 can use it to terminate a hex escape which is followed by a character
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5391 that could otherwise be read as part of the hex escape.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5392
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5393 *** String indices are now measured in characters, as they were
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5394 in Emacs 19 and before.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5395
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5396 The function chars-in-string has been deleted.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5397 The function concat-chars has been renamed to `string'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5398
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5399 *** The function set-buffer-multibyte sets the flag in the current
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5400 buffer that says whether the buffer uses multibyte representation or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5401 unibyte representation. If the argument is nil, it selects unibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5402 representation. Otherwise it selects multibyte representation.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5403
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5404 This function does not change the contents of the buffer, viewed
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5405 as a sequence of bytes. However, it does change the contents
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5406 viewed as characters; a sequence of two bytes which is treated as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5407 one character when the buffer uses multibyte representation
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5408 will count as two characters using unibyte representation.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5409
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5410 This function sets enable-multibyte-characters to record which
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5411 representation is in use. It also adjusts various data in the buffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5412 (including its markers, overlays and text properties) so that they are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5413 consistent with the new representation.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5414
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5415 *** string-make-multibyte takes a string and converts it to multibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5416 representation. Most of the time, you don't need to care
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5417 about the representation, because Emacs converts when necessary;
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5418 however, it makes a difference when you compare strings.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5419
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5420 The conversion of non-ASCII characters works by adding the value of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5421 nonascii-insert-offset to each character, or by translating them
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5422 using the table nonascii-translation-table.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5423
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5424 *** string-make-unibyte takes a string and converts it to unibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5425 representation. Most of the time, you don't need to care about the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5426 representation, but it makes a difference when you compare strings.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5427
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5428 The conversion from multibyte to unibyte representation
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5429 loses information; the only time Emacs performs it automatically
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5430 is when inserting a multibyte string into a unibyte buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5431
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5432 *** string-as-multibyte takes a string, and returns another string
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5433 which contains the same bytes, but treats them as multibyte.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5434
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5435 *** string-as-unibyte takes a string, and returns another string
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5436 which contains the same bytes, but treats them as unibyte.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5437
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5438 *** The new function compare-strings lets you compare
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5439 portions of two strings. Unibyte strings are converted to multibyte,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5440 so that a unibyte string can match a multibyte string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5441 You can specify whether to ignore case or not.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5442
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5443 *** assoc-ignore-case now uses compare-strings so that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5444 it can treat unibyte and multibyte strings as equal.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5445
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5446 *** Regular expression operations and buffer string searches now
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5447 convert the search pattern to multibyte or unibyte to accord with the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5448 buffer or string being searched.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5449
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5450 One consequence is that you cannot always use \200-\377 inside of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5451 [...] to match all non-ASCII characters. This does still work when
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5452 searching or matching a unibyte buffer or string, but not when
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5453 searching or matching a multibyte string. Unfortunately, there is no
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5454 obvious choice of syntax to use within [...] for that job. But, what
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5455 you want is just to match all non-ASCII characters, the regular
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5456 expression [^\0-\177] works for it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5457
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5458 *** Structure of coding system changed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5459
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5460 All coding systems (including aliases and subsidiaries) are named
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5461 by symbols; the symbol's `coding-system' property is a vector
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5462 which defines the coding system. Aliases share the same vector
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5463 as the principal name, so that altering the contents of this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5464 vector affects the principal name and its aliases. You can define
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5465 your own alias name of a coding system by the function
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5466 define-coding-system-alias.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5467
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5468 The coding system definition includes a property list of its own. Use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5469 the new functions `coding-system-get' and `coding-system-put' to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5470 access such coding system properties as post-read-conversion,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5471 pre-write-conversion, character-translation-table-for-decode,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5472 character-translation-table-for-encode, mime-charset, and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5473 safe-charsets. For instance, (coding-system-get 'iso-latin-1
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5474 'mime-charset) gives the corresponding MIME-charset parameter
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5475 `iso-8859-1'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5476
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5477 Among the coding system properties listed above, safe-charsets is new.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5478 The value of this property is a list of character sets which this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5479 coding system can correctly encode and decode. For instance:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5480 (coding-system-get 'iso-latin-1 'safe-charsets) => (ascii latin-iso8859-1)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5481
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5482 Here, "correctly encode" means that the encoded character sets can
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5483 also be handled safely by systems other than Emacs as far as they
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5484 are capable of that coding system. Though, Emacs itself can encode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5485 the other character sets and read it back correctly.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5486
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5487 *** The new function select-safe-coding-system can be used to find a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5488 proper coding system for encoding the specified region or string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5489 This function requires a user interaction.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5490
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5491 *** The new functions find-coding-systems-region and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5492 find-coding-systems-string are helper functions used by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5493 select-safe-coding-system. They return a list of all proper coding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5494 systems to encode a text in some region or string. If you don't want
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5495 a user interaction, use one of these functions instead of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5496 select-safe-coding-system.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5497
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5498 *** The explicit encoding and decoding functions, such as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5499 decode-coding-region and encode-coding-string, now set
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5500 last-coding-system-used to reflect the actual way encoding or decoding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5501 was done.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5502
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5503 *** The new function detect-coding-with-language-environment can be
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5504 used to detect a coding system of text according to priorities of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5505 coding systems used by some specific language environment.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5506
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5507 *** The functions detect-coding-region and detect-coding-string always
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5508 return a list if the arg HIGHEST is nil. Thus, if only ASCII
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5509 characters are found, they now return a list of single element
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5510 `undecided' or its subsidiaries.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5511
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5512 *** The new functions coding-system-change-eol-conversion and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5513 coding-system-change-text-conversion can be used to get a different
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5514 coding system than what specified only in how end-of-line or text is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5515 converted.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5516
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5517 *** The new function set-selection-coding-system can be used to set a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5518 coding system for communicating with other X clients.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5519
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5520 *** The function `map-char-table' now passes as argument only valid
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5521 character codes, plus generic characters that stand for entire
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5522 character sets or entire subrows of a character set. In other words,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5523 each time `map-char-table' calls its FUNCTION argument, the key value
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5524 either will be a valid individual character code, or will stand for a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5525 range of characters.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5526
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5527 *** The new function `char-valid-p' can be used for checking whether a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5528 Lisp object is a valid character code or not.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5529
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5530 *** The new function `charset-after' returns a charset of a character
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5531 in the current buffer at position POS.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5532
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5533 *** Input methods are now implemented using the variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5534 input-method-function. If this is non-nil, its value should be a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5535 function; then, whenever Emacs reads an input event that is a printing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5536 character with no modifier bits, it calls that function, passing the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5537 event as an argument. Often this function will read more input, first
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5538 binding input-method-function to nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5539
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5540 The return value should be a list of the events resulting from input
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5541 method processing. These events will be processed sequentially as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5542 input, before resorting to unread-command-events. Events returned by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5543 the input method function are not passed to the input method function,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5544 not even if they are printing characters with no modifier bits.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5545
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5546 The input method function is not called when reading the second and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5547 subsequent events of a key sequence.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5548
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5549 *** You can customize any language environment by using
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5550 set-language-environment-hook and exit-language-environment-hook.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5551
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5552 The hook `exit-language-environment-hook' should be used to undo
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5553 customizations that you made with set-language-environment-hook. For
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5554 instance, if you set up a special key binding for a specific language
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5555 environment by set-language-environment-hook, you should set up
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5556 exit-language-environment-hook to restore the normal key binding.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5557
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5558 * Changes in Emacs 20.1
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5559
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5560 ** Emacs has a new facility for customization of its many user
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5561 options. It is called M-x customize. With this facility you can look
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5562 at the many user options in an organized way; they are grouped into a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5563 tree structure.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5564
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5565 M-x customize also knows what sorts of values are legitimate for each
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5566 user option and ensures that you don't use invalid values.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5567
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5568 With M-x customize, you can set options either for the present Emacs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5569 session or permanently. (Permanent settings are stored automatically
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5570 in your .emacs file.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5571
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5572 ** Scroll bars are now on the left side of the window.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5573 You can change this with M-x customize-option scroll-bar-mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5574
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5575 ** The mode line no longer includes the string `Emacs'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5576 This makes more space in the mode line for other information.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5577
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5578 ** When you select a region with the mouse, it is highlighted
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5579 immediately afterward. At that time, if you type the DELETE key, it
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5580 kills the region.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5581
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5582 The BACKSPACE key, and the ASCII character DEL, do not do this; they
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5583 delete the character before point, as usual.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5584
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5585 ** In an incremental search the whole current match is highlighted
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5586 on terminals which support this. (You can disable this feature
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5587 by setting search-highlight to nil.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5588
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5589 ** In the minibuffer, in some cases, you can now use M-n to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5590 insert the default value into the minibuffer as text. In effect,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5591 the default value (if the minibuffer routines know it) is tacked
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5592 onto the history "in the future". (The more normal use of the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5593 history list is to use M-p to insert minibuffer input used in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5594 past.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5595
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5596 ** In Text mode, now only blank lines separate paragraphs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5597 This makes it possible to get the full benefit of Adaptive Fill mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5598 in Text mode, and other modes derived from it (such as Mail mode).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5599 TAB in Text mode now runs the command indent-relative; this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5600 makes a practical difference only when you use indented paragraphs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5601
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5602 As a result, the old Indented Text mode is now identical to Text mode,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5603 and is an alias for it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5604
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5605 If you want spaces at the beginning of a line to start a paragraph,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5606 use the new mode, Paragraph Indent Text mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5607
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5608 ** Scrolling changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5609
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5610 *** Scroll commands to scroll a whole screen now preserve the screen
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5611 position of the cursor, if scroll-preserve-screen-position is non-nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5612
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5613 In this mode, if you scroll several screens back and forth, finishing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5614 on the same screen where you started, the cursor goes back to the line
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5615 where it started.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5616
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5617 *** If you set scroll-conservatively to a small number, then when you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5618 move point a short distance off the screen, Emacs will scroll the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5619 screen just far enough to bring point back on screen, provided that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5620 does not exceed `scroll-conservatively' lines.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5621
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5622 *** The new variable scroll-margin says how close point can come to the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5623 top or bottom of a window. It is a number of screen lines; if point
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5624 comes within that many lines of the top or bottom of the window, Emacs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5625 recenters the window.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5626
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5627 ** International character set support (MULE)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5628
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5629 Emacs now supports a wide variety of international character sets,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5630 including European variants of the Latin alphabet, as well as Chinese,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5631 Devanagari (Hindi and Marathi), Ethiopian, Greek, IPA, Japanese,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5632 Korean, Lao, Russian, Thai, Tibetan, and Vietnamese scripts. These
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5633 features have been merged from the modified version of Emacs known as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5634 MULE (for "MULti-lingual Enhancement to GNU Emacs")
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5635
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5636 Users of these scripts have established many more-or-less standard
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5637 coding systems for storing files. Emacs uses a single multibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5638 character encoding within Emacs buffers; it can translate from a wide
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5639 variety of coding systems when reading a file and can translate back
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5640 into any of these coding systems when saving a file.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5641
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5642 Keyboards, even in the countries where these character sets are used,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5643 generally don't have keys for all the characters in them. So Emacs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5644 supports various "input methods", typically one for each script or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5645 language, to make it possible to type them.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5646
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5647 The Emacs internal multibyte encoding represents a non-ASCII
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5648 character as a sequence of bytes in the range 0200 through 0377.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5649
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5650 The new prefix key C-x RET is used for commands that pertain
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5651 to multibyte characters, coding systems, and input methods.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5652
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5653 You can disable multibyte character support as follows:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5654
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5655 (setq-default enable-multibyte-characters nil)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5656
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5657 Calling the function standard-display-european turns off multibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5658 characters, unless you specify a non-nil value for the second
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5659 argument, AUTO. This provides compatibility for people who are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5660 already using standard-display-european to continue using unibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5661 characters for their work until they want to change.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5662
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5663 *** Input methods
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5664
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5665 An input method is a kind of character conversion which is designed
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5666 specifically for interactive input. In Emacs, typically each language
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5667 has its own input method (though sometimes several languages which use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5668 the same characters can share one input method). Some languages
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5669 support several input methods.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5670
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5671 The simplest kind of input method works by mapping ASCII letters into
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5672 another alphabet. This is how the Greek and Russian input methods
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5673 work.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5674
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5675 A more powerful technique is composition: converting sequences of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5676 characters into one letter. Many European input methods use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5677 composition to produce a single non-ASCII letter from a sequence which
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5678 consists of a letter followed by diacritics. For example, a' is one
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5679 sequence of two characters that might be converted into a single
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5680 letter.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5681
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5682 The input methods for syllabic scripts typically use mapping followed
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5683 by conversion. The input methods for Thai and Korean work this way.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5684 First, letters are mapped into symbols for particular sounds or tone
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5685 marks; then, sequences of these which make up a whole syllable are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5686 mapped into one syllable sign--most often a "composite character".
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5687
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5688 None of these methods works very well for Chinese and Japanese, so
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5689 they are handled specially. First you input a whole word using
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5690 phonetic spelling; then, after the word is in the buffer, Emacs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5691 converts it into one or more characters using a large dictionary.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5692
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5693 Since there is more than one way to represent a phonetically spelled
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5694 word using Chinese characters, Emacs can only guess which one to use;
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5695 typically these input methods give you a way to say "guess again" if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5696 the first guess is wrong.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5697
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5698 *** The command C-x RET m (toggle-enable-multibyte-characters)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5699 turns multibyte character support on or off for the current buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5700
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5701 If multibyte character support is turned off in a buffer, then each
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5702 byte is a single character, even codes 0200 through 0377--exactly as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5703 they did in Emacs 19.34. This includes the features for support for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5704 the European characters, ISO Latin-1 and ISO Latin-2.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5705
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5706 However, there is no need to turn off multibyte character support to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5707 use ISO Latin-1 or ISO Latin-2; the Emacs multibyte character set
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5708 includes all the characters in these character sets, and Emacs can
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5709 translate automatically to and from either one.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5710
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5711 *** Visiting a file in unibyte mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5712
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5713 Turning off multibyte character support in the buffer after visiting a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5714 file with multibyte code conversion will display the multibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5715 sequences already in the buffer, byte by byte. This is probably not
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5716 what you want.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5717
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5718 If you want to edit a file of unibyte characters (Latin-1, for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5719 example), you can do it by specifying `no-conversion' as the coding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5720 system when reading the file. This coding system also turns off
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5721 multibyte characters in that buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5722
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5723 If you turn off multibyte character support entirely, this turns off
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5724 character conversion as well.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5725
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5726 *** Displaying international characters on X Windows.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5727
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5728 A font for X typically displays just one alphabet or script.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5729 Therefore, displaying the entire range of characters Emacs supports
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5730 requires using many fonts.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5731
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5732 Therefore, Emacs now supports "fontsets". Each fontset is a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5733 collection of fonts, each assigned to a range of character codes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5734
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5735 A fontset has a name, like a font. Individual fonts are defined by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5736 the X server; fontsets are defined within Emacs itself. But once you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5737 have defined a fontset, you can use it in a face or a frame just as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5738 you would use a font.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5739
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5740 If a fontset specifies no font for a certain character, or if it
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5741 specifies a font that does not exist on your system, then it cannot
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5742 display that character. It will display an empty box instead.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5743
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5744 The fontset height and width are determined by the ASCII characters
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5745 (that is, by the font in the fontset which is used for ASCII
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5746 characters). If another font in the fontset has a different height,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5747 or the wrong width, then characters assigned to that font are clipped,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5748 and displayed within a box if highlight-wrong-size-font is non-nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5749
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5750 *** Defining fontsets.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5751
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5752 Emacs does not use any fontset by default. Its default font is still
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5753 chosen as in previous versions. You can tell Emacs to use a fontset
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5754 with the `-fn' option or the `Font' X resource.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5755
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5756 Emacs creates a standard fontset automatically according to the value
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5757 of standard-fontset-spec. This fontset's short name is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5758 `fontset-standard'. Bold, italic, and bold-italic variants of the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5759 standard fontset are created automatically.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5760
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5761 If you specify a default ASCII font with the `Font' resource or `-fn'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5762 argument, a fontset is generated from it. This works by replacing the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5763 FOUNDARY, FAMILY, ADD_STYLE, and AVERAGE_WIDTH fields of the font name
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5764 with `*' then using this to specify a fontset. This fontset's short
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5765 name is `fontset-startup'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5766
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5767 Emacs checks resources of the form Fontset-N where N is 0, 1, 2...
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5768 The resource value should have this form:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5769 FONTSET-NAME, [CHARSET-NAME:FONT-NAME]...
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5770 FONTSET-NAME should have the form of a standard X font name, except:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5771 * most fields should be just the wild card "*".
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5772 * the CHARSET_REGISTRY field should be "fontset"
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5773 * the CHARSET_ENCODING field can be any nickname of the fontset.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5774 The construct CHARSET-NAME:FONT-NAME can be repeated any number
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5775 of times; each time specifies the font for one character set.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5776 CHARSET-NAME should be the name name of a character set, and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5777 FONT-NAME should specify an actual font to use for that character set.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5778
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5779 Each of these fontsets has an alias which is made from the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5780 last two font name fields, CHARSET_REGISTRY and CHARSET_ENCODING.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5781 You can refer to the fontset by that alias or by its full name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5782
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5783 For any character sets that you don't mention, Emacs tries to choose a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5784 font by substituting into FONTSET-NAME. For instance, with the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5785 following resource,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5786 Emacs*Fontset-0: -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-*-*-*-*-fontset-24
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5787 the font for ASCII is generated as below:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5788 -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-ISO8859-1
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5789 Here is the substitution rule:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5790 Change CHARSET_REGISTRY and CHARSET_ENCODING to that of the charset
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5791 defined in the variable x-charset-registries. For instance, ASCII has
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5792 the entry (ascii . "ISO8859-1") in this variable. Then, reduce
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5793 sequences of wild cards -*-...-*- with a single wildcard -*-.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5794 (This is to prevent use of auto-scaled fonts.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5795
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5796 The function which processes the fontset resource value to create the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5797 fontset is called create-fontset-from-fontset-spec. You can also call
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5798 that function explicitly to create a fontset.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5799
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5800 With the X resource Emacs.Font, you can specify a fontset name just
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5801 like an actual font name. But be careful not to specify a fontset
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5802 name in a wildcard resource like Emacs*Font--that tries to specify the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5803 fontset for other purposes including menus, and they cannot handle
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5804 fontsets.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5805
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5806 *** The command M-x set-language-environment sets certain global Emacs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5807 defaults for a particular choice of language.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5808
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5809 Selecting a language environment typically specifies a default input
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5810 method and which coding systems to recognize automatically when
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5811 visiting files. However, it does not try to reread files you have
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5812 already visited; the text in those buffers is not affected. The
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5813 language environment may also specify a default choice of coding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5814 system for new files that you create.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5815
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5816 It makes no difference which buffer is current when you use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5817 set-language-environment, because these defaults apply globally to the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5818 whole Emacs session.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5819
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5820 For example, M-x set-language-environment RET Latin-1 RET
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5821 chooses the Latin-1 character set. In the .emacs file, you can do this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5822 with (set-language-environment "Latin-1").
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5823
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5824 *** The command C-x RET f (set-buffer-file-coding-system)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5825 specifies the file coding system for the current buffer. This
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5826 specifies what sort of character code translation to do when saving
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5827 the file. As an argument, you must specify the name of one of the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5828 coding systems that Emacs supports.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5829
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5830 *** The command C-x RET c (universal-coding-system-argument)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5831 lets you specify a coding system when you read or write a file.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5832 This command uses the minibuffer to read a coding system name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5833 After you exit the minibuffer, the specified coding system
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5834 is used for *the immediately following command*.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5835
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5836 So if the immediately following command is a command to read or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5837 write a file, it uses the specified coding system for that file.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5838
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5839 If the immediately following command does not use the coding system,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5840 then C-x RET c ultimately has no effect.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5841
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5842 For example, C-x RET c iso-8859-1 RET C-x C-f temp RET
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5843 visits the file `temp' treating it as ISO Latin-1.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5844
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5845 *** You can specify the coding system for a file using the -*-
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5846 construct. Include `coding: CODINGSYSTEM;' inside the -*-...-*-
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5847 to specify use of coding system CODINGSYSTEM. You can also
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5848 specify the coding system in a local variable list at the end
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5849 of the file.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5850
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5851 *** The command C-x RET t (set-terminal-coding-system) specifies
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5852 the coding system for terminal output. If you specify a character
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5853 code for terminal output, all characters output to the terminal are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5854 translated into that character code.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5855
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5856 This feature is useful for certain character-only terminals built in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5857 various countries to support the languages of those countries.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5858
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5859 By default, output to the terminal is not translated at all.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5860
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5861 *** The command C-x RET k (set-keyboard-coding-system) specifies
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5862 the coding system for keyboard input.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5863
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5864 Character code translation of keyboard input is useful for terminals
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5865 with keys that send non-ASCII graphic characters--for example,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5866 some terminals designed for ISO Latin-1 or subsets of it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5867
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5868 By default, keyboard input is not translated at all.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5869
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5870 Character code translation of keyboard input is similar to using an
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5871 input method, in that both define sequences of keyboard input that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5872 translate into single characters. However, input methods are designed
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5873 to be convenient for interactive use, while the code translations are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5874 designed to work with terminals.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5875
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5876 *** The command C-x RET p (set-buffer-process-coding-system)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5877 specifies the coding system for input and output to a subprocess.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5878 This command applies to the current buffer; normally, each subprocess
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5879 has its own buffer, and thus you can use this command to specify
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5880 translation to and from a particular subprocess by giving the command
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5881 in the corresponding buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5882
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5883 By default, process input and output are not translated at all.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5884
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5885 *** The variable file-name-coding-system specifies the coding system
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5886 to use for encoding file names before operating on them.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5887 It is also used for decoding file names obtained from the system.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5888
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5889 *** The command C-\ (toggle-input-method) activates or deactivates
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5890 an input method. If no input method has been selected before, the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5891 command prompts for you to specify the language and input method you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5892 want to use.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5893
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5894 C-u C-\ (select-input-method) lets you switch to a different input
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5895 method. C-h C-\ (or C-h I) describes the current input method.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5896
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5897 *** Some input methods remap the keyboard to emulate various keyboard
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5898 layouts commonly used for particular scripts. How to do this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5899 remapping properly depends on your actual keyboard layout. To specify
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5900 which layout your keyboard has, use M-x quail-set-keyboard-layout.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5901
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5902 *** The command C-h C (describe-coding-system) displays
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5903 the coding systems currently selected for various purposes, plus
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5904 related information.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5905
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5906 *** The command C-h h (view-hello-file) displays a file called
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5907 HELLO, which has examples of text in many languages, using various
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5908 scripts.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5909
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5910 *** The command C-h L (describe-language-support) displays
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5911 information about the support for a particular language.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5912 You specify the language as an argument.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5913
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5914 *** The mode line now contains a letter or character that identifies
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5915 the coding system used in the visited file. It normally follows the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5916 first dash.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5917
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5918 A dash indicates the default state of affairs: no code conversion
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5919 (except CRLF => newline if appropriate). `=' means no conversion
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5920 whatsoever. The ISO 8859 coding systems are represented by digits
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5921 1 through 9. Other coding systems are represented by letters:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5923 A alternativnyj (Russian)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5924 B big5 (Chinese)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5925 C cn-gb-2312 (Chinese)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5926 C iso-2022-cn (Chinese)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5927 D in-is13194-devanagari (Indian languages)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5928 E euc-japan (Japanese)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5929 I iso-2022-cjk or iso-2022-ss2 (Chinese, Japanese, Korean)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5930 J junet (iso-2022-7) or old-jis (iso-2022-jp-1978-irv) (Japanese)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5931 K euc-korea (Korean)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5932 R koi8 (Russian)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5933 Q tibetan
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5934 S shift_jis (Japanese)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5935 T lao
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5936 T tis620 (Thai)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5937 V viscii or vscii (Vietnamese)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5938 i iso-2022-lock (Chinese, Japanese, Korean)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5939 k iso-2022-kr (Korean)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5940 v viqr (Vietnamese)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5941 z hz (Chinese)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5942
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5943 When you are using a character-only terminal (not a window system),
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5944 two additional characters appear in between the dash and the file
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5945 coding system. These two characters describe the coding system for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5946 keyboard input, and the coding system for terminal output.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5947
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5948 *** The new variable rmail-file-coding-system specifies the code
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5949 conversion to use for RMAIL files. The default value is nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5950
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5951 When you read mail with Rmail, each message is decoded automatically
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5952 into Emacs' internal format. This has nothing to do with
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5953 rmail-file-coding-system. That variable controls reading and writing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5954 Rmail files themselves.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5955
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5956 *** The new variable sendmail-coding-system specifies the code
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5957 conversion for outgoing mail. The default value is nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5958
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5959 Actually, there are three different ways of specifying the coding system
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5960 for sending mail:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5961
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5962 - If you use C-x RET f in the mail buffer, that takes priority.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5963 - Otherwise, if you set sendmail-coding-system non-nil, that specifies it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5964 - Otherwise, the default coding system for new files is used,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5965 if that is non-nil. That comes from your language environment.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5966 - Otherwise, Latin-1 is used.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5967
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5968 *** The command C-h t (help-with-tutorial) accepts a prefix argument
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5969 to specify the language for the tutorial file. Currently, English,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5970 Japanese, Korean and Thai are supported. We welcome additional
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5971 translations.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5972
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5973 ** An easy new way to visit a file with no code or format conversion
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5974 of any kind: Use M-x find-file-literally. There is also a command
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5975 insert-file-literally which inserts a file into the current buffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5976 without any conversion.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5977
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5978 ** C-q's handling of octal character codes is changed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5979 You can now specify any number of octal digits.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5980 RET terminates the digits and is discarded;
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5981 any other non-digit terminates the digits and is then used as input.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5982
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5983 ** There are new commands for looking up Info documentation for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5984 functions, variables and file names used in your programs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5985
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5986 Type M-x info-lookup-symbol to look up a symbol in the buffer at point.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5987 Type M-x info-lookup-file to look up a file in the buffer at point.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5988
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5989 Precisely which Info files are used to look it up depends on the major
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5990 mode. For example, in C mode, the GNU libc manual is used.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5991
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5992 ** M-TAB in most programming language modes now runs the command
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5993 complete-symbol. This command performs completion on the symbol name
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5994 in the buffer before point.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5995
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5996 With a numeric argument, it performs completion based on the set of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5997 symbols documented in the Info files for the programming language that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5998 you are using.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
5999
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6000 With no argument, it does completion based on the current tags tables,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6001 just like the old binding of M-TAB (complete-tag).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6002
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6003 ** File locking works with NFS now.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6004
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6005 The lock file for FILENAME is now a symbolic link named .#FILENAME,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6006 in the same directory as FILENAME.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6007
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6008 This means that collision detection between two different machines now
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6009 works reasonably well; it also means that no file server or directory
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6010 can become a bottleneck.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6011
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6012 The new method does have drawbacks. It means that collision detection
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6013 does not operate when you edit a file in a directory where you cannot
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6014 create new files. Collision detection also doesn't operate when the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6015 file server does not support symbolic links. But these conditions are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6016 rare, and the ability to have collision detection while using NFS is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6017 so useful that the change is worth while.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6018
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6019 When Emacs or a system crashes, this may leave behind lock files which
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6020 are stale. So you may occasionally get warnings about spurious
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6021 collisions. When you determine that the collision is spurious, just
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6022 tell Emacs to go ahead anyway.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6023
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6024 ** If you wish to use Show Paren mode to display matching parentheses,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6025 it is no longer sufficient to load paren.el. Instead you must call
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6026 show-paren-mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6027
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6028 ** If you wish to use Delete Selection mode to replace a highlighted
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6029 selection when you insert new text, it is no longer sufficient to load
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6030 delsel.el. Instead you must call the function delete-selection-mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6031
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6032 ** If you wish to use Partial Completion mode to complete partial words
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6033 within symbols or filenames, it is no longer sufficient to load
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6034 complete.el. Instead you must call the function partial-completion-mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6035
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6036 ** If you wish to use uniquify to rename buffers for you,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6037 it is no longer sufficient to load uniquify.el. You must also
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6038 set uniquify-buffer-name-style to one of the non-nil legitimate values.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6039
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6040 ** Changes in View mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6041
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6042 *** Several new commands are available in View mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6043 Do H in view mode for a list of commands.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6044
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6045 *** There are two new commands for entering View mode:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6046 view-file-other-frame and view-buffer-other-frame.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6047
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6048 *** Exiting View mode does a better job of restoring windows to their
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6049 previous state.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6050
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6051 *** New customization variable view-scroll-auto-exit. If non-nil,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6052 scrolling past end of buffer makes view mode exit.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6053
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6054 *** New customization variable view-exits-all-viewing-windows. If
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6055 non-nil, view-mode will at exit restore all windows viewing buffer,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6056 not just the selected window.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6057
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6058 *** New customization variable view-read-only. If non-nil, visiting a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6059 read-only file automatically enters View mode, and toggle-read-only
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6060 turns View mode on or off.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6061
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6062 *** New customization variable view-remove-frame-by-deleting controls
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6063 how to remove a not needed frame at view mode exit. If non-nil,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6064 delete the frame, if nil make an icon of it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6065
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6066 ** C-x v l, the command to print a file's version control log,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6067 now positions point at the entry for the file's current branch version.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6068
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6069 ** C-x v =, the command to compare a file with the last checked-in version,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6070 has a new feature. If the file is currently not locked, so that it is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6071 presumably identical to the last checked-in version, the command now asks
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6072 which version to compare with.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6073
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6074 ** When using hideshow.el, incremental search can temporarily show hidden
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6075 blocks if a match is inside the block.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6076
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6077 The block is hidden again if the search is continued and the next match
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6078 is outside the block. By customizing the variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6079 isearch-hide-immediately you can choose to hide all the temporarily
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6080 shown blocks only when exiting from incremental search.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6081
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6082 By customizing the variable hs-isearch-open you can choose what kind
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6083 of blocks to temporarily show during isearch: comment blocks, code
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6084 blocks, all of them or none.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6085
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6086 ** The new command C-x 4 0 (kill-buffer-and-window) kills the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6087 current buffer and deletes the selected window. It asks for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6088 confirmation first.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6089
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6090 ** C-x C-w, which saves the buffer into a specified file name,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6091 now changes the major mode according to that file name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6092 However, the mode will not be changed if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6093 (1) a local variables list or the `-*-' line specifies a major mode, or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6094 (2) the current major mode is a "special" mode,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6095 not suitable for ordinary files, or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6096 (3) the new file name does not particularly specify any mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6097
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6098 This applies to M-x set-visited-file-name as well.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6099
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6100 However, if you set change-major-mode-with-file-name to nil, then
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6101 these commands do not change the major mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6102
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6103 ** M-x occur changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6104
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6105 *** If the argument to M-x occur contains upper case letters,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6106 it performs a case-sensitive search.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6107
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6108 *** In the *Occur* buffer made by M-x occur,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6109 if you type g or M-x revert-buffer, this repeats the search
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6110 using the same regular expression and the same buffer as before.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6111
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6112 ** In Transient Mark mode, the region in any one buffer is highlighted
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6113 in just one window at a time. At first, it is highlighted in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6114 window where you set the mark. The buffer's highlighting remains in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6115 that window unless you select to another window which shows the same
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6116 buffer--then the highlighting moves to that window.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6117
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6118 ** The feature to suggest key bindings when you use M-x now operates
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6119 after the command finishes. The message suggesting key bindings
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6120 appears temporarily in the echo area. The previous echo area contents
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6121 come back after a few seconds, in case they contain useful information.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6122
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6123 ** Each frame now independently records the order for recently
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6124 selected buffers, so that the default for C-x b is now based on the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6125 buffers recently selected in the selected frame.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6126
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6127 ** Outline mode changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6128
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6129 *** Outline mode now uses overlays (this is the former noutline.el).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6130
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6131 *** Incremental searches skip over invisible text in Outline mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6132
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6133 ** When a minibuffer window is active but not the selected window, if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6134 you try to use the minibuffer, you used to get a nested minibuffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6135 Now, this not only gives an error, it also cancels the minibuffer that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6136 was already active.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6137
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6138 The motive for this change is so that beginning users do not
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6139 unknowingly move away from minibuffers, leaving them active, and then
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6140 get confused by it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6141
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6142 If you want to be able to have recursive minibuffers, you must
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6143 set enable-recursive-minibuffers to non-nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6144
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6145 ** Changes in dynamic abbrevs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6146
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6147 *** Expanding dynamic abbrevs with M-/ is now smarter about case
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6148 conversion. If the expansion has mixed case not counting the first
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6149 character, and the abbreviation matches the beginning of the expansion
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6150 including case, then the expansion is copied verbatim.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6151
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6152 The expansion is also copied verbatim if the abbreviation itself has
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6153 mixed case. And using SPC M-/ to copy an additional word always
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6154 copies it verbatim except when the previous copied word is all caps.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6155
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6156 *** The values of `dabbrev-case-replace' and `dabbrev-case-fold-search'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6157 are no longer Lisp expressions. They have simply three possible
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6158 values.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6159
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6160 `dabbrev-case-replace' has these three values: nil (don't preserve
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6161 case), t (do), or `case-replace' (do like M-x query-replace).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6162 `dabbrev-case-fold-search' has these three values: nil (don't ignore
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6163 case), t (do), or `case-fold-search' (do like search).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6164
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6165 ** Minibuffer history lists are truncated automatically now to a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6166 certain length. The variable history-length specifies how long they
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6167 can be. The default value is 30.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6168
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6169 ** Changes in Mail mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6170
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6171 *** The key C-x m no longer runs the `mail' command directly.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6172 Instead, it runs the command `compose-mail', which invokes the mail
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6173 composition mechanism you have selected with the variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6174 `mail-user-agent'. The default choice of user agent is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6175 `sendmail-user-agent', which gives behavior compatible with the old
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6176 behavior.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6177
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6178 C-x 4 m now runs compose-mail-other-window, and C-x 5 m runs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6179 compose-mail-other-frame.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6180
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6181 *** While composing a reply to a mail message, from Rmail, you can use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6182 the command C-c C-r to cite just the region from the message you are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6183 replying to. This copies the text which is the selected region in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6184 buffer that shows the original message.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6185
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6186 *** The command C-c C-i inserts a file at the end of the message,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6187 with separator lines around the contents.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6188
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6189 *** The command M-x expand-mail-aliases expands all mail aliases
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6190 in suitable mail headers. Emacs automatically extracts mail alias
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6191 definitions from your mail alias file (e.g., ~/.mailrc). You do not
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6192 need to expand mail aliases yourself before sending mail.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6193
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6194 *** New features in the mail-complete command.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6195
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6196 **** The mail-complete command now inserts the user's full name,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6197 for local users or if that is known. The variable mail-complete-style
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6198 controls the style to use, and whether to do this at all.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6199 Its values are like those of mail-from-style.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6200
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6201 **** The variable mail-passwd-command lets you specify a shell command
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6202 to run to fetch a set of password-entries that add to the ones in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6203 /etc/passwd.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6204
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6205 **** The variable mail-passwd-file now specifies a list of files to read
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6206 to get the list of user ids. By default, one file is used:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6207 /etc/passwd.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6208
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6209 ** You can "quote" a file name to inhibit special significance of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6210 special syntax, by adding `/:' to the beginning. Thus, if you have a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6211 directory named `/foo:', you can prevent it from being treated as a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6212 reference to a remote host named `foo' by writing it as `/:/foo:'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6213
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6214 Emacs uses this new construct automatically when necessary, such as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6215 when you start it with a working directory whose name might otherwise
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6216 be taken to be magic.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6217
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6218 ** There is a new command M-x grep-find which uses find to select
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6219 files to search through, and grep to scan them. The output is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6220 available in a Compile mode buffer, as with M-x grep.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6221
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6222 M-x grep now uses the -e option if the grep program supports that.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6223 (-e prevents problems if the search pattern starts with a dash.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6224
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6225 ** In Dired, the & command now flags for deletion the files whose names
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6226 suggest they are probably not needed in the long run.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6227
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6228 In Dired, * is now a prefix key for mark-related commands.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6229
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6230 new key dired.el binding old key
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6231 ------- ---------------- -------
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6232 * c dired-change-marks c
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6233 * m dired-mark m
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6234 * * dired-mark-executables * (binding deleted)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6235 * / dired-mark-directories / (binding deleted)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6236 * @ dired-mark-symlinks @ (binding deleted)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6237 * u dired-unmark u
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6238 * DEL dired-unmark-backward DEL
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6239 * ? dired-unmark-all-files M-C-?
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6240 * ! dired-unmark-all-marks
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6241 * % dired-mark-files-regexp % m
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6242 * C-n dired-next-marked-file M-}
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6243 * C-p dired-prev-marked-file M-{
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6244
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6245 ** Rmail changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6246
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6247 *** When Rmail cannot convert your incoming mail into Babyl format, it
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6248 saves the new mail in the file RMAILOSE.n, where n is an integer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6249 chosen to make a unique name. This way, Rmail will not keep crashing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6250 each time you run it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6251
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6252 *** In Rmail, the variable rmail-summary-line-count-flag now controls
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6253 whether to include the line count in the summary. Non-nil means yes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6254
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6255 *** In Rmail summary buffers, d and C-d (the commands to delete
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6256 messages) now take repeat counts as arguments. A negative argument
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6257 means to move in the opposite direction.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6258
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6259 *** In Rmail, the t command now takes an optional argument which lets
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6260 you specify whether to show the message headers in full or pruned.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6261
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6262 *** In Rmail, the new command w (rmail-output-body-to-file) writes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6263 just the body of the current message into a file, without the headers.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6264 It takes the file name from the message subject, by default, but you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6265 can edit that file name in the minibuffer before it is actually used
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6266 for output.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6267
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6268 ** Gnus changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6269
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6270 *** nntp.el has been totally rewritten in an asynchronous fashion.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6271
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6272 *** Article prefetching functionality has been moved up into
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6273 Gnus.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6274
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6275 *** Scoring can now be performed with logical operators like
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6276 `and', `or', `not', and parent redirection.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6277
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6278 *** Article washing status can be displayed in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6279 article mode line.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6280
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6281 *** gnus.el has been split into many smaller files.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6282
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6283 *** Suppression of duplicate articles based on Message-ID.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6284
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6285 (setq gnus-suppress-duplicates t)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6286
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6287 *** New variables for specifying what score and adapt files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6288 are to be considered home score and adapt files. See
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6289 `gnus-home-score-file' and `gnus-home-adapt-files'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6290
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6291 *** Groups can inherit group parameters from parent topics.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6292
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6293 *** Article editing has been revamped and is now usable.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6294
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6295 *** Signatures can be recognized in more intelligent fashions.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6296 See `gnus-signature-separator' and `gnus-signature-limit'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6297
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6298 *** Summary pick mode has been made to look more nn-like.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6299 Line numbers are displayed and the `.' command can be
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6300 used to pick articles.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6301
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6302 *** Commands for moving the .newsrc.eld from one server to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6303 another have been added.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6304
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6305 `M-x gnus-change-server'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6306
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6307 *** A way to specify that "uninteresting" fields be suppressed when
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6308 generating lines in buffers.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6309
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6310 *** Several commands in the group buffer can be undone with
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6311 `M-C-_'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6312
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6313 *** Scoring can be done on words using the new score type `w'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6314
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6315 *** Adaptive scoring can be done on a Subject word-by-word basis:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6316
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6317 (setq gnus-use-adaptive-scoring '(word))
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6318
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6319 *** Scores can be decayed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6320
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6321 (setq gnus-decay-scores t)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6322
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6323 *** Scoring can be performed using a regexp on the Date header. The
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6324 Date is normalized to compact ISO 8601 format first.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6325
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6326 *** A new command has been added to remove all data on articles from
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6327 the native server.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6328
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6329 `M-x gnus-group-clear-data-on-native-groups'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6330
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6331 *** A new command for reading collections of documents
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6332 (nndoc with nnvirtual on top) has been added -- `M-C-d'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6333
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6334 *** Process mark sets can be pushed and popped.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6335
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6336 *** A new mail-to-news backend makes it possible to post
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6337 even when the NNTP server doesn't allow posting.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6338
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6339 *** A new backend for reading searches from Web search engines
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6340 (DejaNews, Alta Vista, InReference) has been added.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6341
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6342 Use the `G w' command in the group buffer to create such
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6343 a group.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6344
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6345 *** Groups inside topics can now be sorted using the standard
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6346 sorting functions, and each topic can be sorted independently.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6347
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6348 See the commands under the `T S' submap.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6349
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6350 *** Subsets of the groups can be sorted independently.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6351
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6352 See the commands under the `G P' submap.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6353
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6354 *** Cached articles can be pulled into the groups.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6355
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6356 Use the `Y c' command.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6357
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6358 *** Score files are now applied in a more reliable order.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6359
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6360 *** Reports on where mail messages end up can be generated.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6361
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6362 `M-x nnmail-split-history'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6363
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6364 *** More hooks and functions have been added to remove junk
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6365 from incoming mail before saving the mail.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6366
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6367 See `nnmail-prepare-incoming-header-hook'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6368
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6369 *** The nnml mail backend now understands compressed article files.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6370
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6371 *** To enable Gnus to read/post multi-lingual articles, you must execute
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6372 the following code, for instance, in your .emacs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6373
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6374 (add-hook 'gnus-startup-hook 'gnus-mule-initialize)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6375
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6376 Then, when you start Gnus, it will decode non-ASCII text automatically
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6377 and show appropriate characters. (Note: if you are using gnus-mime
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6378 from the SEMI package, formerly known as TM, you should NOT add this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6379 hook to gnus-startup-hook; gnus-mime has its own method of handling
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6380 this issue.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6381
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6382 Since it is impossible to distinguish all coding systems
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6383 automatically, you may need to specify a choice of coding system for a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6384 particular news group. This can be done by:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6385
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6386 (gnus-mule-add-group NEWSGROUP 'CODING-SYSTEM)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6387
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6388 Here NEWSGROUP should be a string which names a newsgroup or a tree
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6389 of newsgroups. If NEWSGROUP is "XXX.YYY", all news groups under
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6390 "XXX.YYY" (including "XXX.YYY.ZZZ") will use the specified coding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6391 system. CODING-SYSTEM specifies which coding system to use (for both
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6392 for reading and posting).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6393
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6394 CODING-SYSTEM can also be a cons cell of the form
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6395 (READ-CODING-SYSTEM . POST-CODING-SYSTEM)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6396 Then READ-CODING-SYSTEM is used when you read messages from the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6397 newsgroups, while POST-CODING-SYSTEM is used when you post messages
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6398 there.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6399
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6400 Emacs knows the right coding systems for certain newsgroups by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6401 default. Here are some of these default settings:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6402
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6403 (gnus-mule-add-group "fj" 'iso-2022-7)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6404 (gnus-mule-add-group "alt.chinese.text" 'hz-gb-2312)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6405 (gnus-mule-add-group "alt.hk" 'hz-gb-2312)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6406 (gnus-mule-add-group "alt.chinese.text.big5" 'cn-big5)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6407 (gnus-mule-add-group "soc.culture.vietnamese" '(nil . viqr))
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6408
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6409 When you reply by mail to an article, these settings are ignored;
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6410 the mail is encoded according to sendmail-coding-system, as usual.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6411
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6412 ** CC mode changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6413
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6414 *** If you edit primarily one style of C (or C++, Objective-C, Java)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6415 code, you may want to make the CC Mode style variables have global
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6416 values so that you can set them directly in your .emacs file. To do
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6417 this, set c-style-variables-are-local-p to nil in your .emacs file.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6418 Note that this only takes effect if you do it *before* cc-mode.el is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6419 loaded.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6420
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6421 If you typically edit more than one style of C (or C++, Objective-C,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6422 Java) code in a single Emacs session, you may want to make the CC Mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6423 style variables have buffer local values. By default, all buffers
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6424 share the same style variable settings; to make them buffer local, set
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6425 c-style-variables-are-local-p to t in your .emacs file. Note that you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6426 must do this *before* CC Mode is loaded.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6427
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6428 *** The new variable c-indentation-style holds the C style name
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6429 of the current buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6430
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6431 *** The variable c-block-comments-indent-p has been deleted, because
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6432 it is no longer necessary. C mode now handles all the supported styles
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6433 of block comments, with no need to say which one you will use.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6434
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6435 *** There is a new indentation style "python", which specifies the C
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6436 style that the Python developers like.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6437
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6438 *** There is a new c-cleanup-list option: brace-elseif-brace.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6439 This says to put ...} else if (...) {... on one line,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6440 just as brace-else-brace says to put ...} else {... on one line.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6441
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6442 ** VC Changes [new]
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6443
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6444 ** In vc-retrieve-snapshot (C-x v r), if you don't specify a snapshot
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6445 name, it retrieves the *latest* versions of all files in the current
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6446 directory and its subdirectories (aside from files already locked).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6447
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6448 This feature is useful if your RCS directory is a link to a common
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6449 master directory, and you want to pick up changes made by other
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6450 developers.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6451
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6452 You can do the same thing for an individual file by typing C-u C-x C-q
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6453 RET in a buffer visiting that file.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6454
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6455 *** VC can now handle files under CVS that are being "watched" by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6456 other developers. Such files are made read-only by CVS. To get a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6457 writable copy, type C-x C-q in a buffer visiting such a file. VC then
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6458 calls "cvs edit", which notifies the other developers of it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6459
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6460 *** vc-version-diff (C-u C-x v =) now suggests reasonable defaults for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6461 version numbers, based on the current state of the file.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6462
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6463 ** Calendar changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6464
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6465 A new function, list-holidays, allows you list holidays or subclasses
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6466 of holidays for ranges of years. Related menu items allow you do this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6467 for the year of the selected date, or the following/previous years.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6468
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6469 ** ps-print changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6470
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6471 There are some new user variables for customizing the page layout.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6472
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6473 *** Paper size, paper orientation, columns
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6474
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6475 The variable `ps-paper-type' determines the size of paper ps-print
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6476 formats for; it should contain one of the symbols:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6477 `a4' `a3' `letter' `legal' `letter-small' `tabloid'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6478 `ledger' `statement' `executive' `a4small' `b4' `b5'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6479 It defaults to `letter'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6480 If you need other sizes, see the variable `ps-page-dimensions-database'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6481
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6482 The variable `ps-landscape-mode' determines the orientation
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6483 of the printing on the page. nil, the default, means "portrait" mode,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6484 non-nil means "landscape" mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6485
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6486 The variable `ps-number-of-columns' must be a positive integer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6487 It determines the number of columns both in landscape and portrait mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6488 It defaults to 1.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6489
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6490 *** Horizontal layout
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6491
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6492 The horizontal layout is determined by the variables
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6493 `ps-left-margin', `ps-inter-column', and `ps-right-margin'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6494 All are measured in points.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6495
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6496 *** Vertical layout
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6497
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6498 The vertical layout is determined by the variables
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6499 `ps-bottom-margin', `ps-top-margin', and `ps-header-offset'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6500 All are measured in points.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6501
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6502 *** Headers
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6503
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6504 If the variable `ps-print-header' is nil, no header is printed. Then
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6505 `ps-header-offset' is not relevant and `ps-top-margin' represents the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6506 margin above the text.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6507
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6508 If the variable `ps-print-header-frame' is non-nil, a gaudy
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6509 framing box is printed around the header.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6510
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6511 The contents of the header are determined by `ps-header-lines',
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6512 `ps-show-n-of-n', `ps-left-header' and `ps-right-header'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6513
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6514 The height of the header is determined by `ps-header-line-pad',
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6515 `ps-header-font-family', `ps-header-title-font-size' and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6516 `ps-header-font-size'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6517
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6518 *** Font managing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6519
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6520 The variable `ps-font-family' determines which font family is to be
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6521 used for ordinary text. Its value must be a key symbol in the alist
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6522 `ps-font-info-database'. You can add other font families by adding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6523 elements to this alist.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6524
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6525 The variable `ps-font-size' determines the size of the font
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6526 for ordinary text. It defaults to 8.5 points.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6527
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6528 ** hideshow changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6529
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6530 *** now supports hiding of blocks of single line comments (like // for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6531 C++, ; for lisp).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6532
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6533 *** Support for java-mode added.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6534
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6535 *** When doing `hs-hide-all' it is now possible to also hide the comments
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6536 in the file if `hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all' is set.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6537
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6538 *** The new function `hs-hide-initial-comment' hides the the comments at
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6539 the beginning of the files. Finally those huge RCS logs don't stay in your
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6540 way! This is run by default when entering the `hs-minor-mode'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6541
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6542 *** Now uses overlays instead of `selective-display', so is more
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6543 robust and a lot faster.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6544
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6545 *** A block beginning can span multiple lines.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6546
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6547 *** The new variable `hs-show-hidden-short-form' if t, directs hideshow
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6548 to show only the beginning of a block when it is hidden. See the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6549 documentation for more details.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6550
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6551 ** Changes in Enriched mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6552
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6553 *** When you visit a file in enriched-mode, Emacs will make sure it is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6554 filled to the current fill-column. This behavior is now independent
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6555 of the size of the window. When you save the file, the fill-column in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6556 use is stored as well, so that the whole buffer need not be refilled
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6557 the next time unless the fill-column is different.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6558
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6559 *** use-hard-newlines is now a minor mode. When it is enabled, Emacs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6560 distinguishes between hard and soft newlines, and treats hard newlines
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6561 as paragraph boundaries. Otherwise all newlines inserted are marked
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6562 as soft, and paragraph boundaries are determined solely from the text.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6563
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6564 ** Font Lock mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6565
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6566 *** Custom support
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6567
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6568 The variables font-lock-face-attributes, font-lock-display-type and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6569 font-lock-background-mode are now obsolete; the recommended way to specify the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6570 faces to use for Font Lock mode is with M-x customize-group on the new custom
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6571 group font-lock-highlighting-faces. If you set font-lock-face-attributes in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6572 your ~/.emacs file, Font Lock mode will respect its value. However, you should
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6573 consider converting from setting that variable to using M-x customize.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6574
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6575 You can still use X resources to specify Font Lock face appearances.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6576
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6577 *** Maximum decoration
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6578
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6579 Fontification now uses the maximum level of decoration supported by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6580 default. Previously, fontification used a mode-specific default level
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6581 of decoration, which is typically the minimum level of decoration
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6582 supported. You can set font-lock-maximum-decoration to nil
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6583 to get the old behavior.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6584
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6585 *** New support
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6586
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6587 Support is now provided for Java, Objective-C, AWK and SIMULA modes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6588
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6589 Note that Font Lock mode can be turned on without knowing exactly what modes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6590 support Font Lock mode, via the command global-font-lock-mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6591
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6592 *** Configurable support
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6593
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6594 Support for C, C++, Objective-C and Java can be more easily configured for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6595 additional types and classes via the new variables c-font-lock-extra-types,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6596 c++-font-lock-extra-types, objc-font-lock-extra-types and, you guessed it,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6597 java-font-lock-extra-types. These value of each of these variables should be a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6598 list of regexps matching the extra type names. For example, the default value
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6599 of c-font-lock-extra-types is ("\\sw+_t") which means fontification follows the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6600 convention that C type names end in _t. This results in slower fontification.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6601
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6602 Of course, you can change the variables that specify fontification in whatever
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6603 way you wish, typically by adding regexps. However, these new variables make
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6604 it easier to make specific and common changes for the fontification of types.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6605
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6606 *** Adding highlighting patterns to existing support
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6607
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6608 You can use the new function font-lock-add-keywords to add your own
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6609 highlighting patterns, such as for project-local or user-specific constructs,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6610 for any mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6611
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6612 For example, to highlight `FIXME:' words in C comments, put:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6613
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6614 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode '(("\\<FIXME:" 0 font-lock-warning-face t)))
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6615
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6616 in your ~/.emacs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6617
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6618 *** New faces
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6619
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6620 Font Lock now defines two new faces, font-lock-builtin-face and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6621 font-lock-warning-face. These are intended to highlight builtin keywords,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6622 distinct from a language's normal keywords, and objects that should be brought
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6623 to user attention, respectively. Various modes now use these new faces.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6624
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6625 *** Changes to fast-lock support mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6626
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6627 The fast-lock package, one of the two Font Lock support modes, can now process
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6628 cache files silently. You can use the new variable fast-lock-verbose, in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6629 same way as font-lock-verbose, to control this feature.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6630
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6631 *** Changes to lazy-lock support mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6632
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6633 The lazy-lock package, one of the two Font Lock support modes, can now fontify
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6634 according to the true syntactic context relative to other lines. You can use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6635 the new variable lazy-lock-defer-contextually to control this feature. If
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6636 non-nil, changes to the buffer will cause subsequent lines in the buffer to be
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6637 refontified after lazy-lock-defer-time seconds of idle time. If nil, then only
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6638 the modified lines will be refontified; this is the same as the previous Lazy
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6639 Lock mode behaviour and the behaviour of Font Lock mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6640
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6641 This feature is useful in modes where strings or comments can span lines.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6642 For example, if a string or comment terminating character is deleted, then if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6643 this feature is enabled subsequent lines in the buffer will be correctly
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6644 refontified to reflect their new syntactic context. Previously, only the line
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6645 containing the deleted character would be refontified and you would have to use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6646 the command M-g M-g (font-lock-fontify-block) to refontify some lines.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6647
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6648 As a consequence of this new feature, two other variables have changed:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6649
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6650 Variable `lazy-lock-defer-driven' is renamed `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6651 Variable `lazy-lock-defer-time' can now only be a time, i.e., a number.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6652 Buffer modes for which on-the-fly deferral applies can be specified via the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6653 new variable `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6654
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6655 If you set these variables in your ~/.emacs, then you may have to change those
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6656 settings.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6657
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6658 ** Ada mode changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6659
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6660 *** There is now better support for using find-file.el with Ada mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6661 If you switch between spec and body, the cursor stays in the same
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6662 procedure (modulo overloading). If a spec has no body file yet, but
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6663 you try to switch to its body file, Ada mode now generates procedure
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6664 stubs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6665
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6666 *** There are two new commands:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6667 - `ada-make-local' : invokes gnatmake on the current buffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6668 - `ada-check-syntax' : check syntax of current buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6669
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6670 The user options `ada-compiler-make', `ada-make-options',
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6671 `ada-language-version', `ada-compiler-syntax-check', and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6672 `ada-compile-options' are used within these commands.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6673
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6674 *** Ada mode can now work with Outline minor mode. The outline level
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6675 is calculated from the indenting, not from syntactic constructs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6676 Outlining does not work if your code is not correctly indented.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6677
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6678 *** The new function `ada-gnat-style' converts the buffer to the style of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6679 formatting used in GNAT. It places two blanks after a comment start,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6680 places one blank between a word end and an opening '(', and puts one
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6681 space between a comma and the beginning of a word.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6682
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6683 ** Scheme mode changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6684
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6685 *** Scheme mode indentation now uses many of the facilities of Lisp
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6686 mode; therefore, the variables to customize it are the variables used
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6687 for Lisp mode which have names starting with `lisp-'. The variables
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6688 with names starting with `scheme-' which used to do this no longer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6689 have any effect.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6690
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6691 If you want to use different indentation for Scheme and Lisp, this is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6692 still possible, but now you must do it by adding a hook to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6693 scheme-mode-hook, which could work by setting the `lisp-' indentation
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6694 variables as buffer-local variables.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6695
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6696 *** DSSSL mode is a variant of Scheme mode, for editing DSSSL scripts.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6697 Use M-x dsssl-mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6698
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6699 ** Changes to the emacsclient program
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6700
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6701 *** If a socket can't be found, and environment variables LOGNAME or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6702 USER are set, emacsclient now looks for a socket based on the UID
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6703 associated with the name. That is an emacsclient running as root
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6704 can connect to an Emacs server started by a non-root user.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6705
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6706 *** The emacsclient program now accepts an option --no-wait which tells
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6707 it to return immediately without waiting for you to "finish" the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6708 buffer in Emacs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6709
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6710 *** The new option --alternate-editor allows to specify an editor to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6711 use if Emacs is not running. The environment variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6712 ALTERNATE_EDITOR can be used for the same effect; the command line
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6713 option takes precedence.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6714
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6715 ** M-x eldoc-mode enables a minor mode in which the echo area
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6716 constantly shows the parameter list for function being called at point
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6717 (in Emacs Lisp and Lisp Interaction modes only).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6718
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6719 ** C-x n d now runs the new command narrow-to-defun,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6720 which narrows the accessible parts of the buffer to just
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6721 the current defun.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6722
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6723 ** Emacs now handles the `--' argument in the standard way; all
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6724 following arguments are treated as ordinary file names.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6725
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6726 ** On MSDOS and Windows, the bookmark file is now called _emacs.bmk,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6727 and the saved desktop file is now called _emacs.desktop (truncated if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6728 necessary).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6729
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6730 ** When you kill a buffer that visits a file,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6731 if there are any registers that save positions in the file,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6732 these register values no longer become completely useless.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6733 If you try to go to such a register with C-x j, then you are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6734 asked whether to visit the file again. If you say yes,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6735 it visits the file and then goes to the same position.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6736
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6737 ** When you visit a file that changes frequently outside Emacs--for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6738 example, a log of output from a process that continues to run--it may
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6739 be useful for Emacs to revert the file without querying you whenever
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6740 you visit the file afresh with C-x C-f.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6741
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6742 You can request this behavior for certain files by setting the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6743 variable revert-without-query to a list of regular expressions. If a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6744 file's name matches any of these regular expressions, find-file and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6745 revert-buffer revert the buffer without asking for permission--but
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6746 only if you have not edited the buffer text yourself.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6747
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6748 ** set-default-font has been renamed to set-frame-font
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6749 since it applies only to the current frame.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6750
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6751 ** In TeX mode, you can use the variable tex-main-file to specify the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6752 file for tex-file to run TeX on. (By default, tex-main-file is nil,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6753 and tex-file runs TeX on the current visited file.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6754
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6755 This is useful when you are editing a document that consists of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6756 multiple files. In each of the included files, you can set up a local
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6757 variable list which specifies the top-level file of your document for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6758 tex-main-file. Then tex-file will run TeX on the whole document
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6759 instead of just the file you are editing.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6760
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6761 ** RefTeX mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6762
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6763 RefTeX mode is a new minor mode with special support for \label, \ref
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6764 and \cite macros in LaTeX documents. RefTeX distinguishes labels of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6765 different environments (equation, figure, ...) and has full support for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6766 multifile documents. To use it, select a buffer with a LaTeX document and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6767 turn the mode on with M-x reftex-mode. Here are the main user commands:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6768
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6769 C-c ( reftex-label
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6770 Creates a label semi-automatically. RefTeX is context sensitive and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6771 knows which kind of label is needed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6772
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6773 C-c ) reftex-reference
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6774 Offers in a menu all labels in the document, along with context of the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6775 label definition. The selected label is referenced as \ref{LABEL}.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6776
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6777 C-c [ reftex-citation
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6778 Prompts for a regular expression and displays a list of matching BibTeX
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6779 database entries. The selected entry is cited with a \cite{KEY} macro.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6780
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6781 C-c & reftex-view-crossref
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6782 Views the cross reference of a \ref or \cite command near point.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6783
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6784 C-c = reftex-toc
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6785 Shows a table of contents of the (multifile) document. From there you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6786 can quickly jump to every section.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6787
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6788 Under X, RefTeX installs a "Ref" menu in the menu bar, with additional
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6789 commands. Press `?' to get help when a prompt mentions this feature.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6790 Full documentation and customization examples are in the file
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6791 reftex.el. You can use the finder to view the file documentation:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6792 C-h p --> tex --> reftex.el
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6793
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6794 ** Changes in BibTeX mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6795
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6796 *** Info documentation is now available.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6797
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6798 *** Don't allow parentheses in string constants anymore. This confused
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6799 both the BibTeX program and Emacs BibTeX mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6800
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6801 *** Renamed variable bibtex-mode-user-optional-fields to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6802 bibtex-user-optional-fields.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6803
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6804 *** Removed variable bibtex-include-OPTannote
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6805 (use bibtex-user-optional-fields instead).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6806
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6807 *** New interactive functions to copy and kill fields and complete
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6808 entries to the BibTeX kill ring, from where they can be yanked back by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6809 appropriate functions.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6810
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6811 *** New interactive functions for repositioning and marking of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6812 entries. They are bound by default to M-C-l and M-C-h.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6813
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6814 *** New hook bibtex-clean-entry-hook. It is called after entry has
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6815 been cleaned.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6816
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6817 *** New variable bibtex-field-delimiters, which replaces variables
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6818 bibtex-field-{left|right}-delimiter.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6819
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6820 *** New variable bibtex-entry-delimiters to determine how entries
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6821 shall be delimited.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6822
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6823 *** Allow preinitialization of fields. See documentation of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6824 bibtex-user-optional-fields, bibtex-entry-field-alist, and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6825 bibtex-include-OPTkey for details.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6826
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6827 *** Book and InBook entries require either an author or an editor
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6828 field. This is now supported by bibtex.el. Alternative fields are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6829 prefixed with `ALT'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6830
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6831 *** New variable bibtex-entry-format, which replaces variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6832 bibtex-clean-entry-zap-empty-opts and allows specification of many
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6833 formatting options performed on cleaning an entry (see variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6834 documentation).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6835
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6836 *** Even more control on how automatic keys are generated. See
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6837 documentation of bibtex-generate-autokey for details. Transcriptions
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6838 for foreign languages other than German are now handled, too.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6839
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6840 *** New boolean user option bibtex-comma-after-last-field to decide if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6841 comma should be inserted at end of last field.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6842
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6843 *** New boolean user option bibtex-align-at-equal-sign to determine if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6844 alignment should be made at left side of field contents or at equal
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6845 signs. New user options to control entry layout (e.g. indentation).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6846
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6847 *** New function bibtex-fill-entry to realign entries.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6848
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6849 *** New function bibtex-reformat to reformat region or buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6850
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6851 *** New function bibtex-convert-alien to convert a BibTeX database
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6852 from alien sources.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6853
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6854 *** New function bibtex-complete-key (similar to bibtex-complete-string)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6855 to complete prefix to a key defined in buffer. Mainly useful in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6856 crossref entries.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6857
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6858 *** New function bibtex-count-entries to count entries in buffer or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6859 region.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6860
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6861 *** Added support for imenu.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6862
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6863 *** The function `bibtex-validate' now checks current region instead
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6864 of buffer if mark is active. Now it shows all errors of buffer in a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6865 `compilation mode' buffer. You can use the normal commands (e.g.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6866 `next-error') for compilation modes to jump to errors.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6867
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6868 *** New variable `bibtex-string-file-path' to determine where the files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6869 from `bibtex-string-files' are searched.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6870
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6871 ** Iso Accents mode now supports Latin-3 as an alternative.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6872
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6873 ** The command next-error now opens blocks hidden by hideshow.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6874
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6875 ** The function using-unix-filesystems has been replaced by the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6876 functions add-untranslated-filesystem and remove-untranslated-filesystem.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6877 Each of these functions takes the name of a drive letter or directory
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6878 as an argument.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6879
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6880 When a filesystem is added as untranslated, all files on it are read
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6881 and written in binary mode (no cr/lf translation is performed).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6882
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6883 ** browse-url changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6884
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6885 *** New methods for: Grail (browse-url-generic), MMM (browse-url-mmm),
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6886 Lynx in a separate xterm (browse-url-lynx-xterm) or in an Emacs window
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6887 (browse-url-lynx-emacs), remote W3 (browse-url-w3-gnudoit), generic
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6888 non-remote-controlled browsers (browse-url-generic) and associated
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6889 customization variables.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6890
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6891 *** New commands `browse-url-of-region' and `browse-url'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6892
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6893 *** URLs marked up with <URL:...> (RFC1738) work if broken across
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6894 lines. Browsing methods can be associated with URL regexps
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6895 (e.g. mailto: URLs) via `browse-url-browser-function'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6896
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6897 ** Changes in Ediff
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6898
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6899 *** Clicking Mouse-2 on a brief command description in Ediff control panel
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6900 pops up the Info file for this command.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6901
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6902 *** There is now a variable, ediff-autostore-merges, which controls whether
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6903 the result of a merge is saved in a file. By default, this is done only when
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6904 merge is done from a session group (eg, when merging files in two different
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6905 directories).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6906
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6907 *** Since Emacs 19.31 (this hasn't been announced before), Ediff can compare
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6908 and merge groups of files residing in different directories, or revisions of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6909 files in the same directory.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6910
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6911 *** Since Emacs 19.31, Ediff can apply multi-file patches interactively.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6912 The patches must be in the context format or GNU unified format. (The bug
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6913 related to the GNU format has now been fixed.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6914
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6915 ** Changes in Viper
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6916
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6917 *** The startup file is now .viper instead of .vip
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6918 *** All variable/function names have been changed to start with viper-
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6919 instead of vip-.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6920 *** C-\ now simulates the meta-key in all Viper states.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6921 *** C-z in Insert state now escapes to Vi for the duration of the next
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6922 Viper command. In Vi and Insert states, C-z behaves as before.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6923 *** C-c \ escapes to Vi for one command if Viper is in Insert or Emacs states.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6924 *** _ is no longer the meta-key in Vi state.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6925 *** The variable viper-insert-state-cursor-color can be used to change cursor
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6926 color when Viper is in insert state.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6927 *** If search lands the cursor near the top or the bottom of the window,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6928 Viper pulls the window up or down to expose more context. The variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6929 viper-adjust-window-after-search controls this behavior.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6930
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6931 ** Etags changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6932
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6933 *** In C, C++, Objective C and Java, Etags tags global variables by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6934 default. The resulting tags files are inflated by 30% on average.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6935 Use --no-globals to turn this feature off. Etags can also tag
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6936 variables which are members of structure-like constructs, but it does
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6937 not by default. Use --members to turn this feature on.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6938
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6939 *** C++ member functions are now recognized as tags.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6940
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6941 *** Java is tagged like C++. In addition, "extends" and "implements"
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6942 constructs are tagged. Files are recognised by the extension .java.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6943
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6944 *** Etags can now handle programs written in Postscript. Files are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6945 recognised by the extensions .ps and .pdb (Postscript with C syntax).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6946 In Postscript, tags are lines that start with a slash.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6947
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6948 *** Etags now handles Objective C and Objective C++ code. The usual C and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6949 C++ tags are recognized in these languages; in addition, etags
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6950 recognizes special Objective C syntax for classes, class categories,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6951 methods and protocols.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6952
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6953 *** Etags also handles Cobol. Files are recognised by the extension
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6954 .cobol. The tagged lines are those containing a word that begins in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6955 column 8 and ends in a full stop, i.e. anything that could be a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6956 paragraph name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6957
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6958 *** Regexps in Etags now support intervals, as in ed or grep. The syntax of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6959 an interval is \{M,N\}, and it means to match the preceding expression
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6960 at least M times and as many as N times.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6961
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6962 ** The format for specifying a custom format for time-stamp to insert
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6963 in files has changed slightly.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6964
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6965 With the new enhancements to the functionality of format-time-string,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6966 time-stamp-format will change to be eventually compatible with it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6967 This conversion is being done in two steps to maintain compatibility
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6968 with old time-stamp-format values.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6969
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6970 In the new scheme, alternate case is signified by the number-sign
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6971 (`#') modifier, rather than changing the case of the format character.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6972 This feature is as yet incompletely implemented for compatibility
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6973 reasons.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6974
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6975 In the old time-stamp-format, all numeric fields defaulted to their
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6976 natural width. (With format-time-string, each format has a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6977 fixed-width default.) In this version, you can specify the colon
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6978 (`:') modifier to a numeric conversion to mean "give me the historical
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6979 time-stamp-format width default." Do not use colon if you are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6980 specifying an explicit width, as in "%02d".
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6981
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6982 Numbers are no longer truncated to the requested width, except in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6983 case of "%02y", which continues to give a two-digit year. Digit
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6984 truncation probably wasn't being used for anything else anyway.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6985
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6986 The new formats will work with old versions of Emacs. New formats are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6987 being recommended now to allow time-stamp-format to change in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6988 future to be compatible with format-time-string. The new forms being
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6989 recommended now will continue to work then.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6990
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6991 See the documentation string for the variable time-stamp-format for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6992 details.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6993
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6994 ** There are some additional major modes:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6995
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6996 dcl-mode, for editing VMS DCL files.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6997 m4-mode, for editing files of m4 input.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6998 meta-mode, for editing MetaFont and MetaPost source files.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6999
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7000 ** In Shell mode, the command shell-copy-environment-variable lets you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7001 copy the value of a specified environment variable from the subshell
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7002 into Emacs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7003
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7004 ** New Lisp packages include:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7005
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7006 *** battery.el displays battery status for laptops.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7007
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7008 *** M-x bruce (named after Lenny Bruce) is a program that might
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7009 be used for adding some indecent words to your email.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7010
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7011 *** M-x crisp-mode enables an emulation for the CRiSP editor.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7012
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7013 *** M-x dirtrack arranges for better tracking of directory changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7014 in shell buffers.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7015
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7016 *** The new library elint.el provides for linting of Emacs Lisp code.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7017 See the documentation for `elint-initialize', `elint-current-buffer'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7018 and `elint-defun'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7019
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7020 *** M-x expand-add-abbrevs defines a special kind of abbrev which is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7021 meant for programming constructs. These abbrevs expand like ordinary
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7022 ones, when you type SPC, but only at the end of a line and not within
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7023 strings or comments.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7024
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7025 These abbrevs can act as templates: you can define places within an
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7026 abbrev for insertion of additional text. Once you expand the abbrev,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7027 you can then use C-x a p and C-x a n to move back and forth to these
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7028 insertion points. Thus you can conveniently insert additional text
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7029 at these points.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7030
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7031 *** filecache.el remembers the location of files so that you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7032 can visit them by short forms of their names.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7033
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7034 *** find-func.el lets you find the definition of the user-loaded
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7035 Emacs Lisp function at point.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7036
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7037 *** M-x handwrite converts text to a "handwritten" picture.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7038
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7039 *** M-x iswitchb-buffer is a command for switching to a buffer, much like
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7040 switch-buffer, but it reads the argument in a more helpful way.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7041
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7042 *** M-x landmark implements a neural network for landmark learning.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7043
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7044 *** M-x locate provides a convenient interface to the `locate' program.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7045
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7046 *** M4 mode is a new mode for editing files of m4 input.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7047
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7048 *** mantemp.el creates C++ manual template instantiations
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7049 from the GCC error messages which indicate which instantiations are needed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7050
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7051 *** mouse-copy.el provides a one-click copy and move feature.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7052 You can drag a region with M-mouse-1, and it is automatically
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7053 inserted at point. M-Shift-mouse-1 deletes the text from its
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7054 original place after inserting the copy.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7055
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7056 *** mouse-drag.el lets you do scrolling by dragging Mouse-2
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7057 on the buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7058
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7059 You click the mouse and move; that distance either translates into the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7060 velocity to scroll (with mouse-drag-throw) or the distance to scroll
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7061 (with mouse-drag-drag). Horizontal scrolling is enabled when needed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7062
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7063 Enable mouse-drag with:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7064 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7065 -or-
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7066 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7067
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7068 *** mspools.el is useful for determining which mail folders have
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7069 mail waiting to be read in them. It works with procmail.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7070
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7071 *** Octave mode is a major mode for editing files of input for Octave.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7072 It comes with a facility for communicating with an Octave subprocess.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7073
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7074 *** ogonek
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7075
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7076 The ogonek package provides functions for changing the coding of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7077 Polish diacritic characters in buffers. Codings known from various
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7078 platforms are supported such as ISO8859-2, Mazovia, IBM Latin2, and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7079 TeX. For example, you can change the coding from Mazovia to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7080 ISO8859-2. Another example is a change of coding from ISO8859-2 to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7081 prefix notation (in which `/a' stands for the aogonek character, for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7082 instance) and vice versa.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7083
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7084 To use this package load it using
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7085 M-x load-library [enter] ogonek
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7086 Then, you may get an explanation by calling one of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7087 M-x ogonek-jak -- in Polish
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7088 M-x ogonek-how -- in English
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7089 The info specifies the commands and variables provided as well as the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7090 ways of customization in `.emacs'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7091
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7092 *** Interface to ph.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7093
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7094 Emacs provides a client interface to CCSO Nameservers (ph/qi)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7095
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7096 The CCSO nameserver is used in many universities to provide directory
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7097 services about people. ph.el provides a convenient Emacs interface to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7098 these servers.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7099
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7100 *** uce.el is useful for replying to unsolicited commercial email.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7101
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7102 *** vcursor.el implements a "virtual cursor" feature.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7103 You can move the virtual cursor with special commands
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7104 while the real cursor does not move.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7105
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7106 *** webjump.el is a "hot list" package which you can set up
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7107 for visiting your favorite web sites.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7108
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7109 *** M-x winner-mode is a minor mode which saves window configurations,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7110 so you can move back to other configurations that you have recently used.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7111
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7112 ** movemail change
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7113
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7114 Movemail no longer needs to be installed setuid root in order for POP
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7115 mail retrieval to function properly. This is because it no longer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7116 supports the RPOP (reserved-port POP) protocol; instead, it uses the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7117 user's POP password to authenticate to the mail server.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7118
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7119 This change was made earlier, but not reported in NEWS before.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7120
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7121 * Emacs 20.1 changes for MS-DOS and MS-Windows.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7122
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7123 ** Changes in handling MS-DOS/MS-Windows text files.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7124
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7125 Emacs handles three different conventions for representing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7126 end-of-line: CRLF for MSDOS, LF for Unix and GNU, and CR (used on the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7127 Macintosh). Emacs determines which convention is used in a specific
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7128 file based on the contents of that file (except for certain special
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7129 file names), and when it saves the file, it uses the same convention.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7130
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7131 To save the file and change the end-of-line convention, you can use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7132 C-x RET f (set-buffer-file-coding-system) to specify a different
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7133 coding system for the buffer. Then, when you save the file, the newly
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7134 specified coding system will take effect. For example, to save with
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7135 LF, specify undecided-unix (or some other ...-unix coding system); to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7136 save with CRLF, specify undecided-dos.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7137
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7138 * Lisp Changes in Emacs 20.1
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7139
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7140 ** Byte-compiled files made with Emacs 20 will, in general, work in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7141 Emacs 19 as well, as long as the source code runs in Emacs 19. And
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7142 vice versa: byte-compiled files made with Emacs 19 should also run in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7143 Emacs 20, as long as the program itself works in Emacs 20.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7144
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7145 ** Windows-specific functions and variables have been renamed
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7146 to start with w32- instead of win32-.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7147
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7148 In hacker language, calling something a "win" is a form of praise. We
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7149 don't want to praise a non-free Microsoft system, so we don't call it
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7150 "win".
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7151
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7152 ** Basic Lisp changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7153
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7154 *** A symbol whose name starts with a colon now automatically
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7155 evaluates to itself. Therefore such a symbol can be used as a constant.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7156
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7157 *** The defined purpose of `defconst' has been changed. It should now
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7158 be used only for values that should not be changed whether by a program
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7159 or by the user.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7160
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7161 The actual behavior of defconst has not been changed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7162
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7163 *** There are new macros `when' and `unless'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7164
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7165 (when CONDITION BODY...) is short for (if CONDITION (progn BODY...))
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7166 (unless CONDITION BODY...) is short for (if CONDITION nil BODY...)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7167
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7168 *** Emacs now defines functions caar, cadr, cdar and cddr with their
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7169 usual Lisp meanings. For example, caar returns the car of the car of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7170 its argument.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7171
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7172 *** equal, when comparing strings, now ignores their text properties.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7173
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7174 *** The new function `functionp' tests whether an object is a function.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7175
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7176 *** arrayp now returns t for char-tables and bool-vectors.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7177
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7178 *** Certain primitives which use characters (as integers) now get an
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7179 error if the integer is not a valid character code. These primitives
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7180 include insert-char, char-to-string, and the %c construct in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7181 `format' function.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7182
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7183 *** The `require' function now insists on adding a suffix, either .el
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7184 or .elc, to the file name. Thus, (require 'foo) will not use a file
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7185 whose name is just foo. It insists on foo.el or foo.elc.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7186
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7187 *** The `autoload' function, when the file name does not contain
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7188 either a directory name or the suffix .el or .elc, insists on
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7189 adding one of these suffixes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7190
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7191 *** string-to-number now takes an optional second argument BASE
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7192 which specifies the base to use when converting an integer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7193 If BASE is omitted, base 10 is used.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7194
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7195 We have not implemented other radices for floating point numbers,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7196 because that would be much more work and does not seem useful.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7197
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7198 *** substring now handles vectors as well as strings.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7199
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7200 *** The Common Lisp function eql is no longer defined normally.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7201 You must load the `cl' library to define it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7202
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7203 *** The new macro `with-current-buffer' lets you evaluate an expression
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7204 conveniently with a different current buffer. It looks like this:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7205
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7206 (with-current-buffer BUFFER BODY-FORMS...)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7207
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7208 BUFFER is the expression that says which buffer to use.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7209 BODY-FORMS say what to do in that buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7210
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7211 *** The new primitive `save-current-buffer' saves and restores the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7212 choice of current buffer, like `save-excursion', but without saving or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7213 restoring the value of point or the mark. `with-current-buffer'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7214 works using `save-current-buffer'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7215
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7216 *** The new macro `with-temp-file' lets you do some work in a new buffer and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7217 write the output to a specified file. Like `progn', it returns the value
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7218 of the last form.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7219
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7220 *** The new macro `with-temp-buffer' lets you do some work in a new buffer,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7221 which is discarded after use. Like `progn', it returns the value of the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7222 last form. If you wish to return the buffer contents, use (buffer-string)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7223 as the last form.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7224
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7225 *** The new function split-string takes a string, splits it at certain
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7226 characters, and returns a list of the substrings in between the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7227 matches.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7228
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7229 For example, (split-string "foo bar lose" " +") returns ("foo" "bar" "lose").
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7230
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7231 *** The new macro with-output-to-string executes some Lisp expressions
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7232 with standard-output set up so that all output feeds into a string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7233 Then it returns that string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7234
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7235 For example, if the current buffer name is `foo',
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7236
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7237 (with-output-to-string
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7238 (princ "The buffer is ")
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7239 (princ (buffer-name)))
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7240
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7241 returns "The buffer is foo".
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7242
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7243 ** Non-ASCII characters are now supported, if enable-multibyte-characters
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7244 is non-nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7245
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7246 These characters have character codes above 256. When inserted in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7247 buffer or stored in a string, they are represented as multibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7248 characters that occupy several buffer positions each.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7249
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7250 *** When enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil, a single character in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7251 a buffer or string can be two or more bytes (as many as four).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7252
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7253 Buffers and strings are still made up of unibyte elements;
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7254 character positions and string indices are always measured in bytes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7255 Therefore, moving forward one character can increase the buffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7256 position by 2, 3 or 4. The function forward-char moves by whole
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7257 characters, and therefore is no longer equivalent to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7258 (lambda (n) (goto-char (+ (point) n))).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7259
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7260 ASCII characters (codes 0 through 127) are still single bytes, always.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7261 Sequences of byte values 128 through 255 are used to represent
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7262 non-ASCII characters. These sequences are called "multibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7263 characters".
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7264
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7265 The first byte of a multibyte character is always in the range 128
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7266 through 159 (octal 0200 through 0237). These values are called
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7267 "leading codes". The second and subsequent bytes are always in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7268 range 160 through 255 (octal 0240 through 0377). The first byte, the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7269 leading code, determines how many bytes long the sequence is.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7270
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7271 *** The function forward-char moves over characters, and therefore
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7272 (forward-char 1) may increase point by more than 1 if it moves over a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7273 multibyte character. Likewise, delete-char always deletes a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7274 character, which may be more than one buffer position.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7275
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7276 This means that some Lisp programs, which assume that a character is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7277 always one buffer position, need to be changed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7278
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7279 However, all ASCII characters are always one buffer position.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7280
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7281 *** The regexp [\200-\377] no longer matches all non-ASCII characters,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7282 because when enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil, these characters
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7283 have codes that are not in the range octal 200 to octal 377. However,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7284 the regexp [^\000-\177] does match all non-ASCII characters,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7285 guaranteed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7286
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7287 *** The function char-boundary-p returns non-nil if position POS is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7288 between two characters in the buffer (not in the middle of a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7289 character).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7290
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7291 When the value is non-nil, it says what kind of character follows POS:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7292
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7293 0 if POS is at an ASCII character or at the end of range,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7294 1 if POS is before a 2-byte length multi-byte form,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7295 2 if POS is at a head of 3-byte length multi-byte form,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7296 3 if POS is at a head of 4-byte length multi-byte form,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7297 4 if POS is at a head of multi-byte form of a composite character.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7298
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7299 *** The function char-bytes returns how many bytes the character CHAR uses.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7300
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7301 *** Strings can contain multibyte characters. The function
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7302 `length' returns the string length counting bytes, which may be
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7303 more than the number of characters.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7304
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7305 You can include a multibyte character in a string constant by writing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7306 it literally. You can also represent it with a hex escape,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7307 \xNNNNNNN..., using as many digits as necessary. Any character which
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7308 is not a valid hex digit terminates this construct. If you want to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7309 follow it with a character that is a hex digit, write backslash and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7310 newline in between; that will terminate the hex escape.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7311
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7312 *** The function concat-chars takes arguments which are characters
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7313 and returns a string containing those characters.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7314
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7315 *** The function sref access a multibyte character in a string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7316 (sref STRING INDX) returns the character in STRING at INDEX. INDEX
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7317 counts from zero. If INDEX is at a position in the middle of a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7318 character, sref signals an error.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7319
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7320 *** The function chars-in-string returns the number of characters
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7321 in a string. This is less than the length of the string, if the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7322 string contains multibyte characters (the length counts bytes).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7323
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7324 *** The function chars-in-region returns the number of characters
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7325 in a region from BEG to END. This is less than (- END BEG) if the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7326 region contains multibyte characters (the length counts bytes).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7327
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7328 *** The function string-to-list converts a string to a list of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7329 the characters in it. string-to-vector converts a string
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7330 to a vector of the characters in it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7331
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7332 *** The function store-substring alters part of the contents
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7333 of a string. You call it as follows:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7334
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7335 (store-substring STRING IDX OBJ)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7336
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7337 This says to alter STRING, by storing OBJ starting at index IDX in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7338 STRING. OBJ may be either a character or a (smaller) string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7339 This function really does alter the contents of STRING.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7340 Since it is impossible to change the length of an existing string,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7341 it is an error if OBJ doesn't fit within STRING's actual length.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7342
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7343 *** char-width returns the width (in columns) of the character CHAR,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7344 if it were displayed in the current buffer and the selected window.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7345
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7346 *** string-width returns the width (in columns) of the text in STRING,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7347 if it were displayed in the current buffer and the selected window.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7348
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7349 *** truncate-string-to-width shortens a string, if necessary,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7350 to fit within a certain number of columns. (Of course, it does
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7351 not alter the string that you give it; it returns a new string
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7352 which contains all or just part of the existing string.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7353
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7354 (truncate-string-to-width STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7355
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7356 This returns the part of STR up to column END-COLUMN.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7357
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7358 The optional argument START-COLUMN specifies the starting column.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7359 If this is non-nil, then the first START-COLUMN columns of the string
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7360 are not included in the resulting value.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7361
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7362 The optional argument PADDING, if non-nil, is a padding character to be added
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7363 at the beginning and end the resulting string, to extend it to exactly
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7364 WIDTH columns. If PADDING is nil, that means do not pad; then, if STRING
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7365 is narrower than WIDTH, the value is equal to STRING.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7366
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7367 If PADDING and START-COLUMN are both non-nil, and if there is no clean
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7368 place in STRING that corresponds to START-COLUMN (because one
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7369 character extends across that column), then the padding character
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7370 PADDING is added one or more times at the beginning of the result
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7371 string, so that its columns line up as if it really did start at
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7372 column START-COLUMN.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7373
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7374 *** When the functions in the list after-change-functions are called,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7375 the third argument is the number of bytes in the pre-change text, not
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7376 necessarily the number of characters. It is, in effect, the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7377 difference in buffer position between the beginning and the end of the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7378 changed text, before the change.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7379
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7380 *** The characters Emacs uses are classified in various character
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7381 sets, each of which has a name which is a symbol. In general there is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7382 one character set for each script, not for each language.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7383
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7384 **** The function charsetp tests whether an object is a character set name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7385
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7386 **** The variable charset-list holds a list of character set names.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7387
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7388 **** char-charset, given a character code, returns the name of the character
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7389 set that the character belongs to. (The value is a symbol.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7390
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7391 **** split-char, given a character code, returns a list containing the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7392 name of the character set, followed by one or two byte-values
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7393 which identify the character within that character set.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7394
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7395 **** make-char, given a character set name and one or two subsequent
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7396 byte-values, constructs a character code. This is roughly the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7397 opposite of split-char.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7398
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7399 **** find-charset-region returns a list of the character sets
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7400 of all the characters between BEG and END.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7401
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7402 **** find-charset-string returns a list of the character sets
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7403 of all the characters in a string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7404
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7405 *** Here are the Lisp facilities for working with coding systems
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7406 and specifying coding systems.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7407
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7408 **** The function coding-system-list returns a list of all coding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7409 system names (symbols). With optional argument t, it returns a list
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7410 of all distinct base coding systems, not including variants.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7411 (Variant coding systems are those like latin-1-dos, latin-1-unix
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7412 and latin-1-mac which specify the end-of-line conversion as well
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7413 as what to do about code conversion.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7414
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7415 **** coding-system-p tests a symbol to see if it is a coding system
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7416 name. It returns t if so, nil if not.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7417
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7418 **** file-coding-system-alist specifies which coding systems to use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7419 for certain file names. It works like network-coding-system-alist,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7420 except that the PATTERN is matched against the file name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7421
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7422 Each element has the format (PATTERN . VAL), where PATTERN determines
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7423 which file names the element applies to. PATTERN should be a regexp
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7424 to match against a file name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7425
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7426 VAL is a coding system, a cons cell containing two coding systems, or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7427 a function symbol. If VAL is a coding system, it is used for both
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7428 decoding what received from the network stream and encoding what sent
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7429 to the network stream. If VAL is a cons cell containing two coding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7430 systems, the car specifies the coding system for decoding, and the cdr
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7431 specifies the coding system for encoding.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7432
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7433 If VAL is a function symbol, the function must return a coding system
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7434 or a cons cell containing two coding systems, which is used as above.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7435
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7436 **** The variable network-coding-system-alist specifies
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7437 the coding system to use for network sockets.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7438
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7439 Each element has the format (PATTERN . VAL), where PATTERN determines
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7440 which network sockets the element applies to. PATTERN should be
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7441 either a port number or a regular expression matching some network
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7442 service names.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7443
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7444 VAL is a coding system, a cons cell containing two coding systems, or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7445 a function symbol. If VAL is a coding system, it is used for both
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7446 decoding what received from the network stream and encoding what sent
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7447 to the network stream. If VAL is a cons cell containing two coding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7448 systems, the car specifies the coding system for decoding, and the cdr
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7449 specifies the coding system for encoding.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7450
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7451 If VAL is a function symbol, the function must return a coding system
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7452 or a cons cell containing two coding systems, which is used as above.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7453
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7454 **** process-coding-system-alist specifies which coding systems to use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7455 for certain subprocess. It works like network-coding-system-alist,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7456 except that the PATTERN is matched against the program name used to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7457 start the subprocess.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7458
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7459 **** The variable default-process-coding-system specifies the coding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7460 systems to use for subprocess (and net connection) input and output,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7461 when nothing else specifies what to do. The value is a cons cell
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7462 (OUTPUT-CODING . INPUT-CODING). OUTPUT-CODING applies to output
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7463 to the subprocess, and INPUT-CODING applies to input from it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7464
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7465 **** The variable coding-system-for-write, if non-nil, specifies the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7466 coding system to use for writing a file, or for output to a synchronous
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7467 subprocess.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7468
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7469 It also applies to any asynchronous subprocess or network connection,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7470 but in a different way: the value of coding-system-for-write when you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7471 start the subprocess or connection affects that subprocess or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7472 connection permanently or until overridden.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7473
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7474 The variable coding-system-for-write takes precedence over
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7475 file-coding-system-alist, process-coding-system-alist and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7476 network-coding-system-alist, and all other methods of specifying a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7477 coding system for output. But most of the time this variable is nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7478 It exists so that Lisp programs can bind it to a specific coding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7479 system for one operation at a time.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7480
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7481 **** coding-system-for-read applies similarly to input from
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7482 files, subprocesses or network connections.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7483
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7484 **** The function process-coding-system tells you what
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7485 coding systems(s) an existing subprocess is using.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7486 The value is a cons cell,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7487 (DECODING-CODING-SYSTEM . ENCODING-CODING-SYSTEM)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7488 where DECODING-CODING-SYSTEM is used for decoding output from
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7489 the subprocess, and ENCODING-CODING-SYSTEM is used for encoding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7490 input to the subprocess.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7491
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7492 **** The function set-process-coding-system can be used to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7493 change the coding systems in use for an existing subprocess.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7494
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7495 ** Emacs has a new facility to help users manage the many
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7496 customization options. To make a Lisp program work with this facility,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7497 you need to use the new macros defgroup and defcustom.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7498
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7499 You use defcustom instead of defvar, for defining a user option
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7500 variable. The difference is that you specify two additional pieces of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7501 information (usually): the "type" which says what values are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7502 legitimate, and the "group" which specifies the hierarchy for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7503 customization.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7504
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7505 Thus, instead of writing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7506
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7507 (defvar foo-blurgoze nil
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7508 "*Non-nil means that foo will act very blurgozely.")
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7509
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7510 you would now write this:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7511
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7512 (defcustom foo-blurgoze nil
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7513 "*Non-nil means that foo will act very blurgozely."
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7514 :type 'boolean
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7515 :group foo)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7516
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7517 The type `boolean' means that this variable has only
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7518 two meaningful states: nil and non-nil. Other type values
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7519 describe other possibilities; see the manual for Custom
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7520 for a description of them.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7521
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7522 The "group" argument is used to specify a group which the option
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7523 should belong to. You define a new group like this:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7524
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7525 (defgroup ispell nil
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7526 "Spell checking using Ispell."
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7527 :group 'processes)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7528
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7529 The "group" argument in defgroup specifies the parent group. The root
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7530 group is called `emacs'; it should not contain any variables itself,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7531 but only other groups. The immediate subgroups of `emacs' correspond
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7532 to the keywords used by C-h p. Under these subgroups come
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7533 second-level subgroups that belong to individual packages.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7534
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7535 Each Emacs package should have its own set of groups. A simple
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7536 package should have just one group; a more complex package should
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7537 have a hierarchy of its own groups. The sole or root group of a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7538 package should be a subgroup of one or more of the "keyword"
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7539 first-level subgroups.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7540
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7541 ** New `widget' library for inserting UI components in buffers.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7542
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7543 This library, used by the new custom library, is documented in a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7544 separate manual that accompanies Emacs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7545
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7546 ** easy-mmode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7547
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7548 The easy-mmode package provides macros and functions that make
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7549 developing minor modes easier. Roughly, the programmer has to code
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7550 only the functionality of the minor mode. All the rest--toggles,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7551 predicate, and documentation--can be done in one call to the macro
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7552 `easy-mmode-define-minor-mode' (see the documentation). See also
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7553 `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7554
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7555 ** Text property changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7556
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7557 *** The `intangible' property now works on overlays as well as on a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7558 text property.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7559
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7560 *** The new functions next-char-property-change and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7561 previous-char-property-change scan through the buffer looking for a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7562 place where either a text property or an overlay might change. The
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7563 functions take two arguments, POSITION and LIMIT. POSITION is the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7564 starting position for the scan. LIMIT says where to stop the scan.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7565
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7566 If no property change is found before LIMIT, the value is LIMIT. If
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7567 LIMIT is nil, scan goes to the beginning or end of the accessible part
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7568 of the buffer. If no property change is found, the value is the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7569 position of the beginning or end of the buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7570
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7571 *** In the `local-map' text property or overlay property, the property
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7572 value can now be a symbol whose function definition is a keymap. This
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7573 is an alternative to using the keymap itself.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7574
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7575 ** Changes in invisibility features
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7576
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7577 *** Isearch can now temporarily show parts of the buffer which are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7578 hidden by an overlay with a invisible property, when the search match
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7579 is inside that portion of the buffer. To enable this the overlay
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7580 should have a isearch-open-invisible property which is a function that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7581 would be called having the overlay as an argument, the function should
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7582 make the overlay visible.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7583
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7584 During incremental search the overlays are shown by modifying the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7585 invisible and intangible properties, if beside this more actions are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7586 needed the overlay should have a isearch-open-invisible-temporary
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7587 which is a function. The function is called with 2 arguments: one is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7588 the overlay and the second is nil when it should show the overlay and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7589 t when it should hide it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7590
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7591 *** add-to-invisibility-spec, remove-from-invisibility-spec
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7592
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7593 Modes that use overlays to hide portions of a buffer should set the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7594 invisible property of the overlay to the mode's name (or another symbol)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7595 and modify the `buffer-invisibility-spec' to include that symbol.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7596 Use `add-to-invisibility-spec' and `remove-from-invisibility-spec' to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7597 manipulate the `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7598 Here is an example of how to do this:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7599
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7600 ;; If we want to display an ellipsis:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7601 (add-to-invisibility-spec '(my-symbol . t))
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7602 ;; If you don't want ellipsis:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7603 (add-to-invisibility-spec 'my-symbol)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7604
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7605 ...
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7606 (overlay-put (make-overlay beginning end) 'invisible 'my-symbol)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7607
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7608 ...
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7609 ;; When done with the overlays:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7610 (remove-from-invisibility-spec '(my-symbol . t))
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7611 ;; Or respectively:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7612 (remove-from-invisibility-spec 'my-symbol)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7613
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7614 ** Changes in syntax parsing.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7615
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7616 *** The syntax-directed buffer-scan functions (such as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7617 `parse-partial-sexp', `forward-word' and similar functions) can now
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7618 obey syntax information specified by text properties, if the variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7619 `parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is non-nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7620
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7621 If the value of `parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is nil, the behavior
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7622 is as before: the syntax-table of the current buffer is always
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7623 used to determine the syntax of the character at the position.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7624
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7625 When `parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is non-nil, the syntax of a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7626 character in the buffer is calculated thus:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7627
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7628 a) if the `syntax-table' text-property of that character
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7629 is a cons, this cons becomes the syntax-type;
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7630
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7631 Valid values of `syntax-table' text-property are: nil, a valid
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7632 syntax-table, and a valid syntax-table element, i.e.,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7633 a cons cell of the form (SYNTAX-CODE . MATCHING-CHAR).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7634
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7635 b) if the character's `syntax-table' text-property
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7636 is a syntax table, this syntax table is used
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7637 (instead of the syntax-table of the current buffer) to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7638 determine the syntax type of the character.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7639
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7640 c) otherwise the syntax-type is determined by the syntax-table
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7641 of the current buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7642
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7643 *** The meaning of \s in regular expressions is also affected by the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7644 value of `parse-sexp-lookup-properties'. The details are the same as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7645 for the syntax-directed buffer-scan functions.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7646
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7647 *** There are two new syntax-codes, `!' and `|' (numeric values 14
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7648 and 15). A character with a code `!' starts a comment which is ended
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7649 only by another character with the same code (unless quoted). A
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7650 character with a code `|' starts a string which is ended only by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7651 another character with the same code (unless quoted).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7652
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7653 These codes are mainly meant for use as values of the `syntax-table'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7654 text property.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7655
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7656 *** The function `parse-partial-sexp' has new semantics for the sixth
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7657 arg COMMENTSTOP. If it is `syntax-table', parse stops after the start
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7658 of a comment or a string, or after end of a comment or a string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7659
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7660 *** The state-list which the return value from `parse-partial-sexp'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7661 (and can also be used as an argument) now has an optional ninth
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7662 element: the character address of the start of last comment or string;
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7663 nil if none. The fourth and eighth elements have special values if the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7664 string/comment is started by a "!" or "|" syntax-code.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7665
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7666 *** Since new features of `parse-partial-sexp' allow a complete
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7667 syntactic parsing, `font-lock' no longer supports
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7668 `font-lock-comment-start-regexp'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7669
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7670 ** Changes in face features
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7671
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7672 *** The face functions are now unconditionally defined in Emacs, even
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7673 if it does not support displaying on a device that supports faces.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7674
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7675 *** The function face-documentation returns the documentation string
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7676 of a face (or nil if it doesn't have one).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7677
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7678 *** The function face-bold-p returns t if a face should be bold.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7679 set-face-bold-p sets that flag.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7680
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7681 *** The function face-italic-p returns t if a face should be italic.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7682 set-face-italic-p sets that flag.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7683
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7684 *** You can now specify foreground and background colors for text
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7685 by adding elements of the form (foreground-color . COLOR-NAME)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7686 and (background-color . COLOR-NAME) to the list of faces in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7687 the `face' property (either the character's text property or an
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7688 overlay property).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7689
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7690 This means that you no longer need to create named faces to use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7691 arbitrary colors in a Lisp package.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7692
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7693 ** Changes in file-handling functions
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7694
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7695 *** File-access primitive functions no longer discard an extra redundant
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7696 directory name from the beginning of the file name. In other words,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7697 they no longer do anything special with // or /~. That conversion
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7698 is now done only in substitute-in-file-name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7699
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7700 This makes it possible for a Lisp program to open a file whose name
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7701 begins with ~.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7702
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7703 *** If copy-file is unable to set the date of the output file,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7704 it now signals an error with the condition file-date-error.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7705
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7706 *** The inode number returned by file-attributes may be an integer (if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7707 the number fits in a Lisp integer) or a list of integers.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7708
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7709 *** insert-file-contents can now read from a special file,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7710 as long as the arguments VISIT and REPLACE are nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7711
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7712 *** The RAWFILE arg to find-file-noselect, if non-nil, now suppresses
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7713 character code conversion as well as other things.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7714
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7715 Meanwhile, this feature does work with remote file names
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7716 (formerly it did not).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7717
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7718 *** Lisp packages which create temporary files should use the TMPDIR
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7719 environment variable to decide which directory to put them in.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7720
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7721 *** interpreter-mode-alist elements now specify regexps
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7722 instead of constant strings.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7723
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7724 *** expand-file-name no longer treats `//' or `/~' specially. It used
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7725 to delete all the text of a file name up through the first slash of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7726 any `//' or `/~' sequence. Now it passes them straight through.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7727
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7728 substitute-in-file-name continues to treat those sequences specially,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7729 in the same way as before.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7730
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7731 *** The variable `format-alist' is more general now.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7732 The FROM-FN and TO-FN in a format definition can now be strings
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7733 which specify shell commands to use as filters to perform conversion.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7734
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7735 *** The new function access-file tries to open a file, and signals an
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7736 error if that fails. If the open succeeds, access-file does nothing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7737 else, and returns nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7738
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7739 *** The function insert-directory now signals an error if the specified
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7740 directory cannot be listed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7741
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7742 ** Changes in minibuffer input
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7743
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7744 *** The functions read-buffer, read-variable, read-command, read-string
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7745 read-file-name, read-from-minibuffer and completing-read now take an
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7746 additional argument which specifies the default value. If this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7747 argument is non-nil, it should be a string; that string is used in two
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7748 ways:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7749
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7750 It is returned if the user enters empty input.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7751 It is available through the history command M-n.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7752
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7753 *** The functions read-string, read-from-minibuffer,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7754 read-no-blanks-input and completing-read now take an additional
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7755 argument INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD. If this is non-nil, then the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7756 minibuffer inherits the current input method and the setting of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7757 enable-multibyte-characters from the previously current buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7758
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7759 In an interactive spec, you can use M instead of s to read an
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7760 argument in this way.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7761
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7762 *** All minibuffer input functions discard text properties
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7763 from the text you enter in the minibuffer, unless the variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7764 minibuffer-allow-text-properties is non-nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7765
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7766 ** Echo area features
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7767
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7768 *** Clearing the echo area now runs the normal hook
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7769 echo-area-clear-hook. Note that the echo area can be used while the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7770 minibuffer is active; in that case, the minibuffer is still active
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7771 after the echo area is cleared.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7772
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7773 *** The function current-message returns the message currently displayed
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7774 in the echo area, or nil if there is none.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7775
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7776 ** Keyboard input features
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7777
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7778 *** tty-erase-char is a new variable that reports which character was
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7779 set up as the terminal's erase character when time Emacs was started.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7780
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7781 *** num-nonmacro-input-events is the total number of input events
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7782 received so far from the terminal. It does not count those generated
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7783 by keyboard macros.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7784
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7785 ** Frame-related changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7786
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7787 *** make-frame runs the normal hook before-make-frame-hook just before
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7788 creating a frame, and just after creating a frame it runs the abnormal
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7789 hook after-make-frame-functions with the new frame as arg.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7790
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7791 *** The new hook window-configuration-change-hook is now run every time
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7792 the window configuration has changed. The frame whose configuration
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7793 has changed is the selected frame when the hook is run.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7794
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7795 *** Each frame now independently records the order for recently
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7796 selected buffers, in its buffer-list frame parameter, so that the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7797 value of other-buffer is now based on the buffers recently displayed
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7798 in the selected frame.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7799
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7800 *** The value of the frame parameter vertical-scroll-bars
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7801 is now `left', `right' or nil. A non-nil value specifies
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7802 which side of the window to put the scroll bars on.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7803
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7804 ** X Windows features
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7805
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7806 *** You can examine X resources for other applications by binding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7807 x-resource-class around a call to x-get-resource. The usual value of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7808 x-resource-class is "Emacs", which is the correct value for Emacs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7809
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7810 *** In menus, checkboxes and radio buttons now actually work.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7811 The menu displays the current status of the box or button.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7812
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7813 *** The function x-list-fonts now takes an optional fourth argument
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7814 MAXIMUM which sets a limit on how many matching fonts to return.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7815 A smaller value of MAXIMUM makes the function faster.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7816
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7817 If the only question is whether *any* font matches the pattern,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7818 it is good to supply 1 for this argument.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7819
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7820 ** Subprocess features
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7821
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7822 *** A reminder: it is no longer necessary for subprocess filter
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7823 functions and sentinels to do save-match-data, because Emacs does this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7824 automatically.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7825
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7826 *** The new function shell-command-to-string executes a shell command
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7827 and returns the output from the command as a string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7828
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7829 *** The new function process-contact returns t for a child process,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7830 and (HOSTNAME SERVICE) for a net connection.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7831
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7832 ** An error in running pre-command-hook or post-command-hook
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7833 does clear the variable to nil. The documentation was wrong before.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7834
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7835 ** In define-key-after, if AFTER is t, the new binding now always goes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7836 at the end of the keymap. If the keymap is a menu, this means it
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7837 goes after the other menu items.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7838
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7839 ** If you have a program that makes several changes in the same area
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7840 of the buffer, you can use the macro combine-after-change-calls
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7841 around that Lisp code to make it faster when after-change hooks
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7842 are in use.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7843
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7844 The macro arranges to call the after-change functions just once for a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7845 series of several changes--if that seems safe.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7846
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7847 Don't alter the variables after-change-functions and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7848 after-change-function within the body of a combine-after-change-calls
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7849 form.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7850
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7851 ** If you define an abbrev (with define-abbrev) whose EXPANSION
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7852 is not a string, then the abbrev does not expand in the usual sense,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7853 but its hook is still run.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7854
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7855 ** Normally, the Lisp debugger is not used (even if you have enabled it)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7856 for errors that are handled by condition-case.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7857
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7858 If you set debug-on-signal to a non-nil value, then the debugger is called
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7859 regardless of whether there is a handler for the condition. This is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7860 useful for debugging problems that happen inside of a condition-case.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7861
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7862 This mode of operation seems to be unreliable in other ways. Errors that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7863 are normal and ought to be handled, perhaps in timers or process
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7864 filters, will instead invoke the debugger. So don't say you weren't
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7865 warned.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7866
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7867 ** The new variable ring-bell-function lets you specify your own
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7868 way for Emacs to "ring the bell".
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7869
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7870 ** If run-at-time's TIME argument is t, the action is repeated at
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7871 integral multiples of REPEAT from the epoch; this is useful for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7872 functions like display-time.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7873
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7874 ** You can use the function locate-library to find the precise file
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7875 name of a Lisp library. This isn't new, but wasn't documented before.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7876
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7877 ** Commands for entering view mode have new optional arguments that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7878 can be used from Lisp. Low-level entrance to and exit from view mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7879 is done by functions view-mode-enter and view-mode-exit.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7880
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7881 ** batch-byte-compile-file now makes Emacs return a nonzero status code
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7882 if there is an error in compilation.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7883
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7884 ** pop-to-buffer, switch-to-buffer-other-window and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7885 switch-to-buffer-other-frame now accept an additional optional
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7886 argument NORECORD, much like switch-to-buffer. If it is non-nil,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7887 they don't put the buffer at the front of the buffer list.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7888
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7889 ** If your .emacs file leaves the *scratch* buffer non-empty,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7890 Emacs does not display the startup message, so as to avoid changing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7891 the *scratch* buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7892
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7893 ** The new function regexp-opt returns an efficient regexp to match a string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7894 The arguments are STRINGS and (optionally) PAREN. This function can be used
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7895 where regexp matching or searching is intensively used and speed is important,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7896 e.g., in Font Lock mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7897
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7898 ** The variable buffer-display-count is local to each buffer,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7899 and is incremented each time the buffer is displayed in a window.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7900 It starts at 0 when the buffer is created.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7901
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7902 ** The new function compose-mail starts composing a mail message
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7903 using the user's chosen mail composition agent (specified with the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7904 variable mail-user-agent). It has variants compose-mail-other-window
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7905 and compose-mail-other-frame.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7906
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7907 ** The `user-full-name' function now takes an optional parameter which
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7908 can either be a number (the UID) or a string (the login name). The
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7909 full name of the specified user will be returned.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7910
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7911 ** Lisp packages that load files of customizations, or any other sort
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7912 of user profile, should obey the variable init-file-user in deciding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7913 where to find it. They should load the profile of the user name found
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7914 in that variable. If init-file-user is nil, meaning that the -q
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7915 option was used, then Lisp packages should not load the customization
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7916 files at all.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7917
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7918 ** format-time-string now allows you to specify the field width
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7919 and type of padding. This works as in printf: you write the field
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7920 width as digits in the middle of a %-construct. If you start
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7921 the field width with 0, it means to pad with zeros.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7923 For example, %S normally specifies the number of seconds since the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7924 minute; %03S means to pad this with zeros to 3 positions, %_3S to pad
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7925 with spaces to 3 positions. Plain %3S pads with zeros, because that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7926 is how %S normally pads to two positions.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7927
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7928 ** thing-at-point now supports a new kind of "thing": url.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7929
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7930 ** imenu.el changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7931
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7932 You can now specify a function to be run when selecting an
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7933 item from menu created by imenu.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7934
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7935 An example of using this feature: if we define imenu items for the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7936 #include directives in a C file, we can open the included file when we
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7937 select one of those items.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7938
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7939 * Emacs 19.34 is a bug-fix release with no user-visible changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7940
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7941 * Changes in Emacs 19.33.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7942
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7943 ** Bibtex mode no longer turns on Auto Fill automatically. (No major
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7944 mode should do that--it is the user's choice.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7945
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7946 ** The variable normal-auto-fill-function specifies the function to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7947 use for auto-fill-function, if and when Auto Fill is turned on.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7948 Major modes can set this locally to alter how Auto Fill works.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7949
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7950 * Editing Changes in Emacs 19.32
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7951
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7952 ** C-x f with no argument now signals an error.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7953 To set the fill column at the current column, use C-u C-x f.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7954
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7955 ** Expanding dynamic abbrevs with M-/ is now smarter about case
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7956 conversion. If you type the abbreviation with mixed case, and it
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7957 matches the beginning of the expansion including case, then the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7958 expansion is copied verbatim. Using SPC M-/ to copy an additional
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7959 word always copies it verbatim except when the previous copied word is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7960 all caps.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7961
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7962 ** On a non-windowing terminal, which can display only one Emacs frame
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7963 at a time, creating a new frame with C-x 5 2 also selects that frame.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7964
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7965 When using a display that can show multiple frames at once, C-x 5 2
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7966 does make the frame visible, but does not select it. This is the same
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7967 as in previous Emacs versions.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7968
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7969 ** You can use C-x 5 2 to create multiple frames on MSDOS, just as on a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7970 non-X terminal on Unix. Of course, only one frame is visible at any
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7971 time, since your terminal doesn't have the ability to display multiple
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7972 frames.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7973
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7974 ** On Windows, set win32-pass-alt-to-system to a non-nil value
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7975 if you would like tapping the Alt key to invoke the Windows menu.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7976 This feature is not enabled by default; since the Alt key is also the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7977 Meta key, it is too easy and painful to activate this feature by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7978 accident.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7979
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7980 ** The command apply-macro-to-region-lines repeats the last defined
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7981 keyboard macro once for each complete line within the current region.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7982 It does this line by line, by moving point to the beginning of that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7983 line and then executing the macro.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7984
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7985 This command is not new, but was never documented before.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7986
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7987 ** You can now use Mouse-1 to place the region around a string constant
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7988 (something surrounded by doublequote characters or other delimiter
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7989 characters of like syntax) by double-clicking on one of the delimiting
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7990 characters.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7991
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7992 ** Font Lock mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7993
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7994 *** Font Lock support modes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7995
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7996 Font Lock can be configured to use Fast Lock mode and Lazy Lock mode (see
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7997 below) in a flexible way. Rather than adding the appropriate function to the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7998 hook font-lock-mode-hook, you can use the new variable font-lock-support-mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7999 to control which modes have Fast Lock mode or Lazy Lock mode turned on when
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8000 Font Lock mode is enabled.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8001
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8002 For example, to use Fast Lock mode when Font Lock mode is turned on, put:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8003
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8004 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8005
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8006 in your ~/.emacs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8007
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8008 *** lazy-lock
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8009
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8010 The lazy-lock package speeds up Font Lock mode by making fontification occur
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8011 only when necessary, such as when a previously unfontified part of the buffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8012 becomes visible in a window. When you create a buffer with Font Lock mode and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8013 Lazy Lock mode turned on, the buffer is not fontified. When certain events
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8014 occur (such as scrolling), Lazy Lock makes sure that the visible parts of the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8015 buffer are fontified. Lazy Lock also defers on-the-fly fontification until
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8016 Emacs has been idle for a given amount of time.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8017
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8018 To use this package, put in your ~/.emacs:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8019
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8020 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8021
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8022 To control the package behaviour, see the documentation for `lazy-lock-mode'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8023
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8024 ** Changes in BibTeX mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8025
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8026 *** For all entries allow spaces and tabs between opening brace or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8027 paren and key.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8028
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8029 *** Non-escaped double-quoted characters (as in `Sch"of') are now
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8030 supported.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8031
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8032 ** Gnus changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8033
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8034 Gnus, the Emacs news reader, has undergone further rewriting. Many new
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8035 commands and variables have been added. There should be no
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8036 significant incompatibilities between this Gnus version and the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8037 previously released version, except in the message composition area.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8038
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8039 Below is a list of the more user-visible changes. Coding changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8040 between Gnus 5.1 and 5.2 are more extensive.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8041
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8042 *** A new message composition mode is used. All old customization
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8043 variables for mail-mode, rnews-reply-mode and gnus-msg are now
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8044 obsolete.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8045
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8046 *** Gnus is now able to generate "sparse" threads -- threads where
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8047 missing articles are represented by empty nodes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8048
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8049 (setq gnus-build-sparse-threads 'some)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8050
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8051 *** Outgoing articles are stored on a special archive server.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8052
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8053 To disable this: (setq gnus-message-archive-group nil)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8054
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8055 *** Partial thread regeneration now happens when articles are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8056 referred.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8057
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8058 *** Gnus can make use of GroupLens predictions:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8059
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8060 (setq gnus-use-grouplens t)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8061
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8062 *** A trn-line tree buffer can be displayed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8063
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8064 (setq gnus-use-trees t)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8065
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8066 *** An nn-like pick-and-read minor mode is available for the summary
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8067 buffers.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8068
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8069 (add-hook 'gnus-summary-mode-hook 'gnus-pick-mode)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8070
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8071 *** In binary groups you can use a special binary minor mode:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8072
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8073 `M-x gnus-binary-mode'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8074
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8075 *** Groups can be grouped in a folding topic hierarchy.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8076
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8077 (add-hook 'gnus-group-mode-hook 'gnus-topic-mode)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8078
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8079 *** Gnus can re-send and bounce mail.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8080
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8081 Use the `S D r' and `S D b'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8082
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8083 *** Groups can now have a score, and bubbling based on entry frequency
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8084 is possible.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8085
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8086 (add-hook 'gnus-summary-exit-hook 'gnus-summary-bubble-group)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8087
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8088 *** Groups can be process-marked, and commands can be performed on
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8089 groups of groups.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8090
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8091 *** Caching is possible in virtual groups.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8092
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8093 *** nndoc now understands all kinds of digests, mail boxes, rnews news
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8094 batches, ClariNet briefs collections, and just about everything else.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8095
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8096 *** Gnus has a new backend (nnsoup) to create/read SOUP packets.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8097
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8098 *** The Gnus cache is much faster.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8099
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8100 *** Groups can be sorted according to many criteria.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8101
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8102 For instance: (setq gnus-group-sort-function 'gnus-group-sort-by-rank)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8103
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8104 *** New group parameters have been introduced to set list-address and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8105 expiration times.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8106
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8107 *** All formatting specs allow specifying faces to be used.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8108
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8109 *** There are several more commands for setting/removing/acting on
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8110 process marked articles on the `M P' submap.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8111
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8112 *** The summary buffer can be limited to show parts of the available
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8113 articles based on a wide range of criteria. These commands have been
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8114 bound to keys on the `/' submap.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8115
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8116 *** Articles can be made persistent -- as an alternative to saving
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8117 articles with the `*' command.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8118
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8119 *** All functions for hiding article elements are now toggles.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8120
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8121 *** Article headers can be buttonized.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8122
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8123 (add-hook 'gnus-article-display-hook 'gnus-article-add-buttons-to-head)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8124
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8125 *** All mail backends support fetching articles by Message-ID.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8126
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8127 *** Duplicate mail can now be treated properly. See the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8128 `nnmail-treat-duplicates' variable.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8129
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8130 *** All summary mode commands are available directly from the article
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8131 buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8132
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8133 *** Frames can be part of `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8134
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8135 *** Mail can be re-scanned by a daemonic process.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8136
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8137 *** Gnus can make use of NoCeM files to filter spam.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8138
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8139 (setq gnus-use-nocem t)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8140
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8141 *** Groups can be made permanently visible.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8142
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8143 (setq gnus-permanently-visible-groups "^nnml:")
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8144
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8145 *** Many new hooks have been introduced to make customizing easier.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8146
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8147 *** Gnus respects the Mail-Copies-To header.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8148
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8149 *** Threads can be gathered by looking at the References header.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8150
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8151 (setq gnus-summary-thread-gathering-function
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8152 'gnus-gather-threads-by-references)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8153
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8154 *** Read articles can be stored in a special backlog buffer to avoid
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8155 refetching.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8156
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8157 (setq gnus-keep-backlog 50)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8158
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8159 *** A clean copy of the current article is always stored in a separate
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8160 buffer to allow easier treatment.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8161
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8162 *** Gnus can suggest where to save articles. See `gnus-split-methods'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8163
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8164 *** Gnus doesn't have to do as much prompting when saving.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8165
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8166 (setq gnus-prompt-before-saving t)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8167
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8168 *** gnus-uu can view decoded files asynchronously while fetching
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8169 articles.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8170
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8171 (setq gnus-uu-grabbed-file-functions 'gnus-uu-grab-view)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8172
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8173 *** Filling in the article buffer now works properly on cited text.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8174
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8175 *** Hiding cited text adds buttons to toggle hiding, and how much
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8176 cited text to hide is now customizable.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8177
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8178 (setq gnus-cited-lines-visible 2)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8179
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8180 *** Boring headers can be hidden.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8181
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8182 (add-hook 'gnus-article-display-hook 'gnus-article-hide-boring-headers)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8183
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8184 *** Default scoring values can now be set from the menu bar.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8185
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8186 *** Further syntax checking of outgoing articles have been added.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8187
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8188 The Gnus manual has been expanded. It explains all these new features
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8189 in greater detail.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8190
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8191 * Lisp Changes in Emacs 19.32
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8192
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8193 ** The function set-visited-file-name now accepts an optional
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8194 second argument NO-QUERY. If it is non-nil, then the user is not
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8195 asked for confirmation in the case where the specified file already
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8196 exists.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8197
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8198 ** The variable print-length applies to printing vectors and bitvectors,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8199 as well as lists.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8200
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8201 ** The new function keymap-parent returns the parent keymap
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8202 of a given keymap.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8203
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8204 ** The new function set-keymap-parent specifies a new parent for a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8205 given keymap. The arguments are KEYMAP and PARENT. PARENT must be a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8206 keymap or nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8207
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8208 ** Sometimes menu keymaps use a command name, a symbol, which is really
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8209 an automatically generated alias for some other command, the "real"
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8210 name. In such a case, you should give that alias symbol a non-nil
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8211 menu-alias property. That property tells the menu system to look for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8212 equivalent keys for the real name instead of equivalent keys for the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8213 alias.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8214
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8215 * Editing Changes in Emacs 19.31
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8216
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8217 ** Freedom of the press restricted in the United States.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8218
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8219 Emacs has been censored in accord with the Communications Decency Act.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8220 This includes removing some features of the doctor program. That law
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8221 was described by its supporters as a ban on pornography, but it bans
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8222 far more than that. The Emacs distribution has never contained any
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8223 pornography, but parts of it were nonetheless prohibited.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8224
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8225 For information on US government censorship of the Internet, and what
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8226 you can do to bring back freedom of the press, see the web site
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8227 `http://www.vtw.org/'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8228
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8229 ** A note about C mode indentation customization.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8230
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8231 The old (Emacs 19.29) ways of specifying a C indentation style
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8232 do not normally work in the new implementation of C mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8233 It has its own methods of customizing indentation, which are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8234 much more powerful than the old C mode. See the Editing Programs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8235 chapter of the manual for details.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8236
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8237 However, you can load the library cc-compat to make the old
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8238 customization variables take effect.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8239
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8240 ** Marking with the mouse.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8241
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8242 When you mark a region with the mouse, the region now remains
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8243 highlighted until the next input event, regardless of whether you are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8244 using M-x transient-mark-mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8245
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8246 ** Improved Windows NT/95 support.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8247
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8248 *** Emacs now supports scroll bars on Windows NT and Windows 95.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8249
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8250 *** Emacs now supports subprocesses on Windows 95. (Subprocesses used
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8251 to work on NT only and not on 95.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8252
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8253 *** There are difficulties with subprocesses, though, due to problems
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8254 in Windows, beyond the control of Emacs. They work fine as long as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8255 you run Windows applications. The problems arise when you run a DOS
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8256 application in a subprocesses. Since current shells run as DOS
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8257 applications, these problems are significant.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8258
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8259 If you run a DOS application in a subprocess, then the application is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8260 likely to busy-wait, which means that your machine will be 100% busy.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8261 However, if you don't mind the temporary heavy load, the subprocess
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8262 will work OK as long as you tell it to terminate before you start any
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8263 other DOS application as a subprocess.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8264
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8265 Emacs is unable to terminate or interrupt a DOS subprocess.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8266 You have to do this by providing input directly to the subprocess.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8267
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8268 If you run two DOS applications at the same time in two separate
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8269 subprocesses, even if one of them is asynchronous, you will probably
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8270 have to reboot your machine--until then, it will remain 100% busy.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8271 Windows simply does not cope when one Windows process tries to run two
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8272 separate DOS subprocesses. Typing CTL-ALT-DEL and then choosing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8273 Shutdown seems to work although it may take a few minutes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8274
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8275 ** M-x resize-minibuffer-mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8276
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8277 This command, not previously mentioned in NEWS, toggles a mode in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8278 which the minibuffer window expands to show as many lines as the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8279 minibuffer contains.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8280
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8281 ** `title' frame parameter and resource.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8282
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8283 The `title' X resource now specifies just the frame title, nothing else.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8284 It does not affect the name used for looking up other X resources.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8285 It works by setting the new `title' frame parameter, which likewise
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8286 affects just the displayed title of the frame.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8287
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8288 The `name' parameter continues to do what it used to do:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8289 it specifies the frame name for looking up X resources,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8290 and also serves as the default for the displayed title
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8291 when the `title' parameter is unspecified or nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8292
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8293 ** Emacs now uses the X toolkit by default, if you have a new
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8294 enough version of X installed (X11R5 or newer).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8295
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8296 ** When you compile Emacs with the Motif widget set, Motif handles the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8297 F10 key by activating the menu bar. To avoid confusion, the usual
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8298 Emacs binding of F10 is replaced with a no-op when using Motif.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8299
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8300 If you want to be able to use F10 in Emacs, you can rebind the Motif
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8301 menubar to some other key which you don't use. To do so, add
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8302 something like this to your X resources file. This example rebinds
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8303 the Motif menu bar activation key to S-F12:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8304
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8305 Emacs*defaultVirtualBindings: osfMenuBar : Shift<Key>F12
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8306
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8307 ** In overwrite mode, DEL now inserts spaces in most cases
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8308 to replace the characters it "deletes".
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8309
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8310 ** The Rmail summary now shows the number of lines in each message.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8311
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8312 ** Rmail has a new command M-x unforward-rmail-message, which extracts
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8313 a forwarded message from the message that forwarded it. To use it,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8314 select a message which contains a forwarded message and then type the command.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8315 It inserts the forwarded message as a separate Rmail message
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8316 immediately after the selected one.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8317
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8318 This command also undoes the textual modifications that are standardly
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8319 made, as part of forwarding, by Rmail and other mail reader programs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8320
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8321 ** Turning off saving of .saves-... files in your home directory.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8322
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8323 Each Emacs session writes a file named .saves-... in your home
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8324 directory to record which files M-x recover-session should recover.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8325 If you exit Emacs normally with C-x C-c, it deletes that file. If
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8326 Emacs or the operating system crashes, the file remains for M-x
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8327 recover-session.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8328
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8329 You can turn off the writing of these files by setting
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8330 auto-save-list-file-name to nil. If you do this, M-x recover-session
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8331 will not work.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8332
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8333 Some previous Emacs versions failed to delete these files even on
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8334 normal exit. This is fixed now. If you are thinking of turning off
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8335 this feature because of past experiences with versions that had this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8336 bug, it would make sense to check whether you still want to do so
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8337 now that the bug is fixed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8338
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8339 ** Changes to Version Control (VC)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8340
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8341 There is a new variable, vc-follow-symlinks. It indicates what to do
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8342 when you visit a link to a file that is under version control.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8343 Editing the file through the link bypasses the version control system,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8344 which is dangerous and probably not what you want.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8345
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8346 If this variable is t, VC follows the link and visits the real file,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8347 telling you about it in the echo area. If it is `ask' (the default),
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8348 VC asks for confirmation whether it should follow the link. If nil,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8349 the link is visited and a warning displayed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8350
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8351 ** iso-acc.el now lets you specify a choice of language.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8352 Languages include "latin-1" (the default) and "latin-2" (which
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8353 is designed for entering ISO Latin-2 characters).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8354
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8355 There are also choices for specific human languages such as French and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8356 Portuguese. These are subsets of Latin-1, which differ in that they
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8357 enable only the accent characters needed for particular language.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8358 The other accent characters, not needed for the chosen language,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8359 remain normal.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8360
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8361 ** Posting articles and sending mail now has M-TAB completion on various
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8362 header fields (Newsgroups, To, CC, ...).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8363
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8364 Completion in the Newsgroups header depends on the list of groups
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8365 known to your news reader. Completion in the Followup-To header
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8366 offers those groups which are in the Newsgroups header, since
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8367 Followup-To usually just holds one of those.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8368
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8369 Completion in fields that hold mail addresses works based on the list
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8370 of local users plus your aliases. Additionally, if your site provides
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8371 a mail directory or a specific host to use for any unrecognized user
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8372 name, you can arrange to query that host for completion also. (See the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8373 documentation of variables `mail-directory-process' and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8374 `mail-directory-stream'.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8375
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8376 ** A greatly extended sgml-mode offers new features such as (to be configured)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8377 skeletons with completing read for tags and attributes, typing named
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8378 characters including optionally all 8bit characters, making tags invisible
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8379 with optional alternate display text, skipping and deleting tag(pair)s.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8380
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8381 Note: since Emacs' syntax feature cannot limit the special meaning of ', " and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8382 - to inside <>, for some texts the result, especially of font locking, may be
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8383 wrong (see `sgml-specials' if you get wrong results).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8384
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8385 The derived html-mode configures this with tags and attributes more or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8386 less HTML3ish. It also offers optional quick keys like C-c 1 for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8387 headline or C-c u for unordered list (see `html-quick-keys'). Edit /
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8388 Text Properties / Face or M-g combinations create tags as applicable.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8389 Outline minor mode is supported and level 1 font-locking tries to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8390 fontify tag contents (which only works when they fit on one line, due
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8391 to a limitation in font-lock).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8392
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8393 External viewing via browse-url can occur automatically upon saving.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8394
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8395 ** M-x imenu-add-to-menubar now adds to the menu bar for the current
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8396 buffer only. If you want to put an Imenu item in the menu bar for all
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8397 buffers that use a particular major mode, use the mode hook, as in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8398 this example:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8399
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8400 (add-hook 'emacs-lisp-mode-hook
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8401 '(lambda () (imenu-add-to-menubar "Index")))
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8402
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8403 ** Changes in BibTeX mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8404
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8405 *** Field names may now contain digits, hyphens, and underscores.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8406
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8407 *** Font Lock mode is now supported.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8408
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8409 *** bibtex-make-optional-field is no longer interactive.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8410
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8411 *** If bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries is non-nil, inserting new
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8412 entries is now done with a faster algorithm. However, inserting
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8413 will fail in this case if the buffer contains invalid entries or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8414 isn't in sorted order, so you should finish each entry with C-c C-c
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8415 (bibtex-close-entry) after you have inserted or modified it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8416 The default value of bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries is nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8417
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8418 *** Function `show-all' is no longer bound to a key, since C-u C-c C-q
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8419 does the same job.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8420
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8421 *** Entries with quotes inside quote-delimited fields (as `author =
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8422 "Stefan Sch{\"o}f"') are now supported.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8423
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8424 *** Case in field names doesn't matter anymore when searching for help
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8425 text.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8426
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8427 ** Font Lock mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8428
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8429 *** Global Font Lock mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8430
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8431 Font Lock mode can be turned on globally, in buffers that support it, by the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8432 new command global-font-lock-mode. You can use the new variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8433 font-lock-global-modes to control which modes have Font Lock mode automagically
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8434 turned on. By default, this variable is set so that Font Lock mode is turned
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8435 on globally where the buffer mode supports it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8436
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8437 For example, to automagically turn on Font Lock mode where supported, put:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8438
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8439 (global-font-lock-mode t)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8440
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8441 in your ~/.emacs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8442
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8443 *** Local Refontification
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8444
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8445 In Font Lock mode, editing a line automatically refontifies that line only.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8446 However, if your change alters the syntactic context for following lines,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8447 those lines remain incorrectly fontified. To refontify them, use the new
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8448 command M-g M-g (font-lock-fontify-block).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8449
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8450 In certain major modes, M-g M-g refontifies the entire current function.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8451 (The variable font-lock-mark-block-function controls how to find the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8452 current function.) In other major modes, M-g M-g refontifies 16 lines
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8453 above and below point.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8454
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8455 With a prefix argument N, M-g M-g refontifies N lines above and below point.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8456
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8457 ** Follow mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8458
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8459 Follow mode is a new minor mode combining windows showing the same
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8460 buffer into one tall "virtual window". The windows are typically two
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8461 side-by-side windows. Follow mode makes them scroll together as if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8462 they were a unit. To use it, go to a frame with just one window,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8463 split it into two side-by-side windows using C-x 3, and then type M-x
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8464 follow-mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8465
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8466 M-x follow-mode turns off Follow mode if it is already enabled.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8467
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8468 To display two side-by-side windows and activate Follow mode, use the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8469 command M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8470
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8471 ** hide-show changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8472
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8473 The hooks hs-hide-hooks and hs-show-hooks have been renamed
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8474 to hs-hide-hook and hs-show-hook, to follow the convention for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8475 normal hooks.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8476
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8477 ** Simula mode now has a menu containing the most important commands.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8478 The new command simula-indent-exp is bound to C-M-q.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8479
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8480 ** etags can now handle programs written in Erlang. Files are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8481 recognised by the extensions .erl and .hrl. The tagged lines are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8482 those that begin a function, record, or macro.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8483
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8484 ** MSDOS Changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8485
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8486 *** It is now possible to compile Emacs with the version 2 of DJGPP.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8487 Compilation with DJGPP version 1 also still works.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8488
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8489 *** The documentation of DOS-specific aspects of Emacs was rewritten
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8490 and expanded; see the ``MS-DOS'' node in the on-line docs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8491
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8492 *** Emacs now uses ~ for backup file names, not .bak.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8493
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8494 *** You can simulate mouse-3 on two-button mice by simultaneously
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8495 pressing both mouse buttons.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8496
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8497 *** A number of packages and commands which previously failed or had
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8498 restricted functionality on MS-DOS, now work. The most important ones
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8499 are:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8500
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8501 **** Printing (both with `M-x lpr-buffer' and with `ps-print' package)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8502 now works.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8503
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8504 **** `Ediff' works (in a single-frame mode).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8505
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8506 **** `M-x display-time' can be used on MS-DOS (due to the new
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8507 implementation of Emacs timers, see below).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8508
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8509 **** `Dired' supports Unix-style shell wildcards.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8510
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8511 **** The `c-macro-expand' command now works as on other platforms.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8512
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8513 **** `M-x recover-session' works.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8514
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8515 **** `M-x list-colors-display' displays all the available colors.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8516
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8517 **** The `TPU-EDT' package works.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8518
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8519 * Lisp changes in Emacs 19.31.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8520
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8521 ** The function using-unix-filesystems on Windows NT and Windows 95
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8522 tells Emacs to read and write files assuming that they reside on a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8523 remote Unix filesystem. No CR/LF translation is done on any files in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8524 this case. Invoking using-unix-filesystems with t activates this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8525 behavior, and invoking it with any other value deactivates it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8526
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8527 ** Change in system-type and system-configuration values.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8528
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8529 The value of system-type on a Linux-based GNU system is now `lignux',
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8530 not `linux'. This means that some programs which use `system-type'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8531 need to be changed. The value of `system-configuration' will also
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8532 be different.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8533
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8534 It is generally recommended to use `system-configuration' rather
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8535 than `system-type'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8536
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8537 See the file LINUX-GNU in this directory for more about this.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8538
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8539 ** The functions shell-command and dired-call-process
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8540 now run file name handlers for default-directory, if it has them.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8541
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8542 ** Undoing the deletion of text now restores the positions of markers
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8543 that pointed into or next to the deleted text.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8544
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8545 ** Timers created with run-at-time now work internally to Emacs, and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8546 no longer use a separate process. Therefore, they now work more
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8547 reliably and can be used for shorter time delays.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8548
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8549 The new function run-with-timer is a convenient way to set up a timer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8550 to run a specified amount of time after the present. A call looks
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8551 like this:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8552
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8553 (run-with-timer SECS REPEAT FUNCTION ARGS...)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8554
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8555 SECS says how many seconds should elapse before the timer happens.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8556 It may be an integer or a floating point number. When the timer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8557 becomes ripe, the action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8558
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8559 REPEAT gives the interval for repeating the timer (measured in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8560 seconds). It may be an integer or a floating point number. nil or 0
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8561 means don't repeat at all--call FUNCTION just once.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8562
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8563 *** with-timeout provides an easy way to do something but give
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8564 up if too much time passes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8565
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8566 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8567
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8568 This executes BODY, but gives up after SECONDS seconds.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8569 If it gives up, it runs the TIMEOUT-FORMS and returns the value
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8570 of the last one of them. Normally it returns the value of the last
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8571 form in BODY.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8572
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8573 *** You can now arrange to call a function whenever Emacs is idle for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8574 a certain length of time. To do this, call run-with-idle-timer. A
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8575 call looks like this:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8576
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8577 (run-with-idle-timer SECS REPEAT FUNCTION ARGS...)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8578
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8579 SECS says how many seconds of idleness should elapse before the timer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8580 runs. It may be an integer or a floating point number. When the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8581 timer becomes ripe, the action is to call FUNCTION with arguments
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8582 ARGS.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8583
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8584 Emacs becomes idle whenever it finishes executing a keyboard or mouse
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8585 command. It remains idle until it receives another keyboard or mouse
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8586 command.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8587
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8588 REPEAT, if non-nil, means this timer should be activated again each
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8589 time Emacs becomes idle and remains idle for SECS seconds The timer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8590 does not repeat if Emacs *remains* idle; it runs at most once after
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8591 each time Emacs becomes idle.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8592
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8593 If REPEAT is nil, the timer runs just once, the first time Emacs is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8594 idle for SECS seconds.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8595
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8596 *** post-command-idle-hook is now obsolete; you shouldn't use it at
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8597 all, because it interferes with the idle timer mechanism. If your
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8598 programs use post-command-idle-hook, convert them to use idle timers
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8599 instead.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8600
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8601 *** y-or-n-p-with-timeout lets you ask a question but give up if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8602 there is no answer within a certain time.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8603
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8604 (y-or-n-p-with-timeout PROMPT SECONDS DEFAULT-VALUE)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8605
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8606 asks the question PROMPT (just like y-or-n-p). If the user answers
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8607 within SECONDS seconds, it returns the answer that the user gave.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8608 Otherwise it gives up after SECONDS seconds, and returns DEFAULT-VALUE.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8609
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8610 ** Minor change to `encode-time': you can now pass more than seven
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8611 arguments. If you do that, the first six arguments have the usual
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8612 meaning, the last argument is interpreted as the time zone, and the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8613 arguments in between are ignored.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8614
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8615 This means that it works to use the list returned by `decode-time' as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8616 the list of arguments for `encode-time'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8617
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8618 ** The default value of load-path now includes the directory
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8619 /usr/local/share/emacs/VERSION/site-lisp In addition to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8620 /usr/local/share/emacs/site-lisp. You can use this new directory for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8621 site-specific Lisp packages that belong with a particular Emacs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8622 version.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8623
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8624 It is not unusual for a Lisp package that works well in one Emacs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8625 version to cause trouble in another. Sometimes packages need updating
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8626 for incompatible changes; sometimes they look at internal data that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8627 has changed; sometimes the package has been installed in Emacs itself
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8628 and the installed version should be used. Whatever the reason for the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8629 problem, this new feature makes it easier to solve.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8630
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8631 ** When your program contains a fixed file name (like .completions or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8632 .abbrev.defs), the file name usually needs to be different on operating
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8633 systems with limited file name syntax.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8634
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8635 Now you can avoid ad-hoc conditionals by using the function
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8636 convert-standard-filename to convert the file name to a proper form
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8637 for each operating system. Here is an example of use, from the file
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8638 completions.el:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8639
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8640 (defvar save-completions-file-name
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8641 (convert-standard-filename "~/.completions")
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8642 "*The filename to save completions to.")
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8643
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8644 This sets the variable save-completions-file-name to a value that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8645 depends on the operating system, because the definition of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8646 convert-standard-filename depends on the operating system. On
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8647 Unix-like systems, it returns the specified file name unchanged. On
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8648 MS-DOS, it adapts the name to fit the limitations of that system.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8649
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8650 ** The interactive spec N now returns the numeric prefix argument
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8651 rather than the raw prefix argument. (It still reads a number using the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8652 minibuffer if there is no prefix argument at all.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8653
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8654 ** When a process is deleted, this no longer disconnects the process
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8655 marker from its buffer position.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8656
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8657 ** The variable garbage-collection-messages now controls whether
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8658 Emacs displays a message at the beginning and end of garbage collection.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8659 The default is nil, meaning there are no messages.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8660
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8661 ** The variable debug-ignored-errors specifies certain kinds of errors
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8662 that should not enter the debugger. Its value is a list of error
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8663 condition symbols and/or regular expressions. If the error has any
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8664 of the condition symbols listed, or if any of the regular expressions
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8665 matches the error message, then that error does not enter the debugger,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8666 regardless of the value of debug-on-error.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8667
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8668 This variable is initialized to match certain common but uninteresting
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8669 errors that happen often during editing.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8670
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8671 ** The new function error-message-string converts an error datum
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8672 into its error message. The error datum is what condition-case
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8673 puts into the variable, to describe the error that happened.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8674
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8675 ** Anything that changes which buffer appears in a given window
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8676 now runs the window-scroll-functions for that window.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8677
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8678 ** The new function get-buffer-window-list returns a list of windows displaying
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8679 a buffer. The function is called with the buffer (a buffer object or a buffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8680 name) and two optional arguments specifying the minibuffer windows and frames
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8681 to search. Therefore this function takes optional args like next-window etc.,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8682 and not get-buffer-window.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8683
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8684 ** buffer-substring now runs the hook buffer-access-fontify-functions,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8685 calling each function with two arguments--the range of the buffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8686 being accessed. buffer-substring-no-properties does not call them.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8687
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8688 If you use this feature, you should set the variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8689 buffer-access-fontified-property to a non-nil symbol, which is a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8690 property name. Then, if all the characters in the buffer range have a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8691 non-nil value for that property, the buffer-access-fontify-functions
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8692 are not called. When called, these functions should put a non-nil
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8693 property on the text that they fontify, so that they won't get called
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8694 over and over for the same text.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8695
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8696 ** Changes in lisp-mnt.el
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8697
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8698 *** The lisp-mnt package can now recognize file headers that are written
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8699 in the formats used by the `what' command and the RCS `ident' command:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8700
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8701 ;; @(#) HEADER: text
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8702 ;; $HEADER: text $
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8703
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8704 in addition to the normal
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8705
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8706 ;; HEADER: text
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8707
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8708 *** The commands lm-verify and lm-synopsis are now interactive. lm-verify
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8709 checks that the library file has proper sections and headers, and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8710 lm-synopsis extracts first line "synopsis'"information.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8711
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8712
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8713
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8714 * For older news, see the file ONEWS
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8715
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8716 ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8717 Copyright information:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8718
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
8719 Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8720
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8721 Permission is granted to anyone to make or distribute verbatim copies
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8722 of this document as received, in any medium, provided that the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8723 copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8724 thus giving the recipient permission to redistribute in turn.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8725
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8726 Permission is granted to distribute modified versions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8727 of this document, or of portions of it,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8728 under the above conditions, provided also that they
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8729 carry prominent notices stating who last changed them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8730
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8731 Local variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8732 mode: outline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8733 paragraph-separate: "[ ]*$"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
8734 end: